PIC24F16KA102-I/SO [MICROCHIP]
20/28-Pin General Purpose, 16-Bit Flash Microcontrollers with nanoWatt XLP™ Technology; 二十八分之二十引脚通用16位闪存微控制器采用nanoWatt XLP ™技术型号: | PIC24F16KA102-I/SO |
厂家: | MICROCHIP |
描述: | 20/28-Pin General Purpose, 16-Bit Flash Microcontrollers with nanoWatt XLP™ Technology |
文件: | 总254页 (文件大小:3938K) |
中文: | 中文翻译 | 下载: | 下载PDF数据表文档文件 |
PIC24F16KA102 Family
Data Sheet
20/28-Pin General Purpose,
16-Bit Flash Microcontrollers
with nanoWatt XLP™ Technology
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B
Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices:
•
Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet.
•
Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the
intended manner and under normal conditions.
•
There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our
knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip’s Data
Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property.
•
•
Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code.
Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not
mean that we are guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable.”
Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our
products. Attempts to break Microchip’s code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If such acts
allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act.
Information contained in this publication regarding device
applications and the like is provided only for your convenience
and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to
ensure that your application meets with your specifications.
MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY OR
OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE INFORMATION,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION,
QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR PURPOSE. Microchip disclaims all liability
arising from this information and its use. Use of Microchip
devices in life support and/or safety applications is entirely at
the buyer’s risk, and the buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and
hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages, claims,
suits, or expenses resulting from such use. No licenses are
conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any Microchip
intellectual property rights.
Trademarks
The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, Accuron,
dsPIC, KEELOQ, KEELOQ logo, MPLAB, PIC, PICmicro,
PICSTART, rfPIC, SmartShunt and UNI/O are registered
trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the
U.S.A. and other countries.
FilterLab, Linear Active Thermistor, MXDEV, MXLAB,
SEEVAL, SmartSensor and The Embedded Control Solutions
Company are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology
Incorporated in the U.S.A.
Analog-for-the-Digital Age, Application Maestro, CodeGuard,
dsPICDEM, dsPICDEM.net, dsPICworks, dsSPEAK, ECAN,
ECONOMONITOR, FanSense, In-Circuit Serial
Programming, ICSP, ICEPIC, Mindi, MiWi, MPASM, MPLAB
Certified logo, MPLIB, MPLINK, mTouch, nanoWatt XLP,
32
PICkit, PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PICtail, PIC logo, PowerCal,
PowerInfo, PowerMate, PowerTool, REAL ICE, rfLAB, Select
Mode, Total Endurance, TSHARC, WiperLock and ZENA are
trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the
U.S.A. and other countries.
SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated
in the U.S.A.
All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their
respective companies.
© 2009, Microchip Technology Incorporated, Printed in the
U.S.A., All Rights Reserved.
Printed on recycled paper.
Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2002 certification for its worldwide
headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and
Tempe, Arizona; Gresham, Oregon and design centers in California
and India. The Company’s quality system processes and procedures
are for its PIC® MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs, KEELOQ® code hopping
devices, Serial EEPROMs, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and
analog products. In addition, Microchip’s quality system for the design
and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified.
DS39927B-page ii
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
20/28-Pin General Purpose, 16-Bit Flash Microcontrollers
with nanoWatt XLP™ Technology
Power Management Modes:
Analog Features:
• Run – CPU, Flash, SRAM and Peripherals On
• Doze – CPU Clock Runs Slower than Peripherals
• Idle – CPU Off, Flash, SRAM and Peripherals On
• Sleep – CPU, Flash and Peripherals Off and SRAM
On
• 10-Bit, up to 9-Channel Analog-to-Digital Converter:
- 500 ksps conversion rate
- Conversion available during Sleep and Idle
• Dual Analog Comparators with Programmable Input/
Output Configuration
• Deep Sleep – CPU, Flash, SRAM and
Most Peripherals Off
• Charge Time Measurement Unit (CTMU):
- Used for capacitance sensing
- Run mode currents down to 8
- Idle mode currents down to 2
μ
A typical
- Time measurement, down to 1 ns resolution
- Delay/pulse generation, down to 1 ns resolution
μA typical
- Deep Sleep mode currents down to 20 nA typical
- RTCC 490 nA, 32 kHz, 1.8V
- Watchdog Timer 350 nA, 1.8V typical
Special Microcontroller Features:
• Operating Voltage Range of 1.8V to 3.6V
• High-Current Sink/Source (18 mA/18 mA) on All I/O Pins
• Flash Program Memory:
High-Performance CPU:
• Modified Harvard Architecture
- Erase/write cycles: 10,000 minimum
- 40-years’ data retention minimum
• Data EEPROM:
• Up to 16 MIPS Operation @ 32 MHz
• 8 MHz Internal Oscillator with 4x PLL Option and
Multiple Divide Options
- Erase/write cycles: 100,000 minimum
- 40-years’ data retention minimum
• 17-Bit by 17-Bit Single-Cycle Hardware Multiplier
• 32-Bit by 16-Bit Hardware Divider
• Fail-Safe Clock Monitor
• 16-Bit x 16-Bit Working Register Array
• C Compiler Optimized Instruction Set Architecture
• System Frequency Range Declaration bits:
- Declaring the frequency range optimizes the current
consumption.
• Flexible Watchdog Timer (WDT) with On-Chip,
Low-Power RC Oscillator for Reliable Operation
• In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) and
In-Circuit Debug (ICD) via two Pins
• Programmable High/Low-Voltage Detect (HLVD)
• Brown-out Reset (BOR):
- Standard BOR with three programmable trip points;
can be disabled in Sleep
• Extreme Low-Power DSBOR for Deep Sleep,
LPBOR for all other modes
Peripheral Features:
• Hardware Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC):
- Provides clock, calendar and alarm functions
- Can run in Deep Sleep Mode
• Programmable Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC)
• Serial Communication modules:
2
- SPI, I C™ and two UART modules
• Three 16-Bit Timers/Counters with Programmable
Prescaler
• 16-Bit Capture Inputs
• 16-Bit Compare/PWM Output
• Configurable Open-Drain Outputs on Digital I/O Pins
• Up to Three External Interrupt Sources
PIC24F
Device
08KA101
16KA101
08KA102
16KA102
20
20
28
28
8K
16K
8K
1.5K
1.5K
1.5K
1.5K
512
512
512
512
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
9
9
9
2
2
2
2
9
9
9
9
Y
Y
Y
Y
16K
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 1
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
Pin Diagrams
20-Pin PDIP, SSOP, SOIC(2)
VDD
VSS
1
2
3
4
5
20
19
18
17
16
MCLR/VPP/RA5
PGC2/AN0/VREF+/CN2/RA0
PGD2/AN1/VREF-/CN3/RA1
REFO/SS1/T2CK/T3CK/CN11/RB15
AN10/CVREF/RTCC/SDI1/OCFA/C1OUT/INT1/CN12/RB14
AN11/SDO1/CTPLS/CN13/RB13
AN12/HLVDIN/SCK1/CTED2/CN14/RB12
OC1/IC1/C2OUT/INT2/CTED1/CN8/RA6
U1RTS/SDA1/CN21/RB9
PGD1/AN2/C1IND/C2INB/U2TX/CN4/RB0
PGC1/AN3/C1INC/C2INA/U2RX/U2BCLK/CN5/RB1
U1RX/U1BCLK/CN6/RB2
6
15
OSCI/CLKI/AN4/C1INB/C2IND/CN30/RA2
OSCO/CLKO/AN5/C1INA/C2INC/CN29/RA3
PGD3/SOSCI/U2RTS/CN1/RB4
7
8
9
10
14
13
U1CTS/SCL1/CN22/RB8
U1TX/INT0/CN23/RB7
12
11
PGC3/SOSCO/T1CK/U2CTS/CN0/RA4
28-Pin SPDIP, SSOP, SOIC(2)
VDD
VSS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
MCLR/VPP/RA5
AN0/VREF+/CN2/RA0
AN1/VREF-/CN3/RA1
REFO/SS1/T2CK/T3CK/CN11/RB15
AN10/CVREF/RTCC/OCFA/C1OUT/INT1/CN12/RB14
AN11/SDO1/CTPLS/CN13/RB13
AN12/HLVDIN/CTED2/CN14/RB12
PGC2/SCK1/CN15/RB11
PGD2/SDI1/PMD2/CN16/RB10
OC1/C2OUT/INT2/CTED1/CN8/RA6
IC1/CN9/RA7
PGD1/AN2/C1IND/C2INB/U2TX/CN4/RB0
PGC1/AN3/C1INC/C2INA/U2RX/U2BCLK/CN5/RB1
AN4/C1INB/C2IND/U1RX/U1BCLK/CN6/RB2
AN5/C1INA/C2INC/CN7/RB3
VSS
OSCI/CLKI/CN30/RA2
OSCO/CLKO/CN29/RA3
SOSCI/U2RTS/CN1/RB4
9
10
11
12
13
14
U1RTS/SDA1/CN21/RB9
U1CTS/SCL1/CN22/RB8
U1TX/INT0/CN23/RB7
SOSCO/T1CK/U2CTS/CN0/RA4
VDD
PGC3/SCL1(1)/CN24/RB6
PGD3/SDA1(1)/CN27/RB5
Note 1: Alternative multiplexing for SDA1 and SCL1 when the I2CSEL Configuration bit is set.
2: All device pins have a maximum voltage of 3.6V and are not 5V tolerant.
DS39927B-page 2
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
Pin Diagrams (Continued)
20-Pin QFN(1,2)
2019181716
REFO/SS1/T2CK/T3CK/CN11/RB15
AN10/CVREF/RTCC/SDI1/OCFA/C1OUT/INT1/CN12/RB14
AN11/SDO1/CTPLS/ CN13/RB13
AN12/HLVDIN/SCK1/CTED2/CN14/RB12
OC1/IC1/C2OUT/INT2/CTED1/CN8/RA6
PGD1/AN2/C1IND/C2INB/U2TX/CN4/RB0
PGC1/AN3/C1INC/C2INA/U2RX/U2BCLK/CN5/RB1
15
14
1
2
3
4
5
U1RX/U1BCLK/CN6/RB2
OSCI/CLKI/AN4/C1INB/C2IND/CN30/RA2
OSCO/CLKO/AN5/C1INA/C2INC/CN29/RA3
PIC24FXXKA10213
12
11
6
7 8 9 10
Note 1: The bottom pad of the QFN package should be connected to Vss.
2: All device pins have a maximum voltage of 3.6V and are not 5V tolerant.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 3
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
Pin Diagrams (Continued)
28-Pin QFN(2,3)
28 27 26 25 24 23 22
PGD1/AN2/C1IND/C2INB/U2TX/CN4/RB0
PGC1/AN3/C1INC/C2INA/U2RX/U2BCLK/CN5/RB1
AN4/C1INB/C2IND/U1RX/U1BCLK/CN6/RB2
AN5/C1INA/C2INC/CN7/RB3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
AN11/SDO1/CTPLS/CN13/RB13
AN12/HLVDIN/CTED2/CN14/RB12
PGC2/SCK1/CN15/RB11
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
PIC24FXXKA102
PGD2/SDI1/PMD2/CN16/RB10
OC1/C2OUT/INT2/CTED1/CN8/RA6
IC1/CN9/RA7
VSS
OSCI/CLKI/CN30/RA2
OSCO/CLKO/CN29/RA3
U1RTS/SDA1/CN21/RB9
8
9 10 11 12 13 14
Note 1: Alternative multiplexing for SDA1 and SCL1 when the I2CSEL Configuration bit is set.
2: The bottom pad of the QFN package should be connected to Vss.
3: All device pins have a maximum voltage of 3.6V and are not 5V tolerant.
DS39927B-page 4
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
Table of Contents
1.0 Device Overview .......................................................................................................................................................................... 7
2.0 Guidelines for Getting Started with 16-bit Microcontrollers ........................................................................................................ 15
3.0 CPU ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 19
4.0 Memory Organization................................................................................................................................................................. 25
5.0 Flash Program Memory.............................................................................................................................................................. 43
6.0 Data EEPROM Memory ............................................................................................................................................................. 51
7.0 Resets ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 57
8.0 Interrupt Controller ..................................................................................................................................................................... 63
9.0 Oscillator Configuration.............................................................................................................................................................. 91
10.0 Power-Saving Features............................................................................................................................................................ 101
11.0 I/O Ports ................................................................................................................................................................................... 109
12.0 Timer1 ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 111
13.0 Timer2/3 ................................................................................................................................................................................... 113
14.0 Input Capture............................................................................................................................................................................ 119
15.0 Output Compare....................................................................................................................................................................... 121
16.0 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)............................................................................................................................................... 127
2
17.0 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C™) ................................................................................................................................................. 135
18.0 Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART)........................................................................................................... 143
19.0 Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC) .................................................................................................................................. 151
20.0 Programmable Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Generator .................................................................................................. 163
21.0 High/Low-Voltage Detect (HLVD)............................................................................................................................................. 167
22.0 10-Bit High-Speed A/D Converter ............................................................................................................................................ 169
23.0 Comparator Module.................................................................................................................................................................. 179
24.0 Comparator Voltage Reference................................................................................................................................................ 183
25.0 Charge Time Measurement Unit (CTMU) ................................................................................................................................ 185
26.0 Special Features ...................................................................................................................................................................... 189
27.0 Development Support............................................................................................................................................................... 199
28.0 Instruction Set Summary.......................................................................................................................................................... 203
29.0 Electrical Characteristics.......................................................................................................................................................... 211
30.0 Packaging Information.............................................................................................................................................................. 231
Appendix A: Revision History............................................................................................................................................................. 243
Index .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 245
The Microchip Web Site..................................................................................................................................................................... 249
Customer Change Notification Service .............................................................................................................................................. 249
Customer Support.............................................................................................................................................................................. 249
Reader Response.............................................................................................................................................................................. 250
Product Identification System ............................................................................................................................................................ 251
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 5
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS
It is our intention to provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip
products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and
enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced.
If you have any questions or comments regarding this publication, please contact the Marketing Communications Department via
E-mail at docerrors@microchip.com or fax the Reader Response Form in the back of this data sheet to (480) 792-4150. We
welcome your feedback.
Most Current Data Sheet
To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web site at:
http://www.microchip.com
You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page.
The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000).
Errata
An errata sheet, describing minor operational differences from the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for current
devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision
of silicon and revision of document to which it applies.
To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following:
•
•
Microchip’s Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com
Your local Microchip sales office (see last page)
When contacting a sales office, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are
using.
Customer Notification System
Register on our web site at www.microchip.com to receive the most current information on all of our products.
DS39927B-page 6
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
1.1.2
POWER-SAVING TECHNOLOGY
1.0
DEVICE OVERVIEW
All of the devices in the PIC24F16KA102 family
incorporate a range of features that can significantly
reduce power consumption during operation. Key
items include:
This document contains device-specific information for
the following devices:
• PIC24F08KA101
• PIC24F16KA101
• PIC24F08KA102
• PIC24F16KA102
• On-the-Fly Clock Switching: The device clock
can be changed under software control to the
Timer1 source or the internal, low-power RC
oscillator during operation, allowing users to
incorporate power-saving ideas into their software
designs.
• Doze Mode Operation: When timing-sensitive
applications, such as serial communications,
require the uninterrupted operation of peripherals,
the CPU clock speed can be selectively reduced,
allowing incremental power savings without
missing a beat.
• Instruction-Based Power-Saving Modes: There
are three instruction-based power-saving modes:
- Idle Mode: The core is shut down while leaving
the peripherals active.
- Sleep Mode: The core and peripherals that
require the system clock are shut down, leaving
the peripherals that use their own clock, or the
clock from other devices, active.
The PIC24F16KA102 family introduces a new line of
extreme low-power Microchip devices: a 16-bit micro-
controller family with a broad peripheral feature set and
enhanced computational performance. It also offers a
new migration option for those high-performance appli-
cations, which may be outgrowing their 8-bit platforms,
but do not require the numerical processing power of a
digital signal processor.
1.1
Core Features
1.1.1
16-BIT ARCHITECTURE
Central to all PIC24F devices is the 16-bit modified
Harvard architecture, first introduced with Microchip’s
dsPIC® digital signal controllers. The PIC24F CPU core
offers a wide range of enhancements, such as:
• 16-bit data and 24-bit address paths with the
ability to move information between data and
memory spaces
• Linear addressing of up to 12 Mbytes (program
space) and 64 Kbytes (data)
- Deep Sleep Mode: The core, peripherals (except
RTCC and DSWDT), Flash and SRAM are shut
down.
1.1.3
OSCILLATOR OPTIONS AND
FEATURES
• A 16-element working register array with built-in
software stack support
• A 17 x 17 hardware multiplier with support for
integer math
• Hardware support for 32-bit by 16-bit division
• An instruction set that supports multiple
addressing modes and is optimized for high-level
languages, such as C
The PIC24F16KA102 family offers five different
oscillator options, allowing users a range of choices in
developing application hardware. These include:
• Two Crystal modes using crystals or ceramic
resonators.
• Two External Clock modes offering the option of a
divide-by-2 clock output.
• Operational performance up to 16 MIPS
• Two fast internal oscillators (FRCs): One with a
nominal 8 MHz output and the other with nominal
500 kHz output. These outputs can also be
divided under software control to provide clock
speed as low as 31 kHz or 2 kHz.
• A Phase Locked Loop (PLL) frequency multiplier,
available to the External Oscillator modes and the
8 MHz FRC oscillator, which allows clock speeds
of up to 32 MHz.
• A separate internal RC oscillator (LPRC) with a
fixed 31 kHz output, which provides a low-power
option for timing-insensitive applications.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 7
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
The internal oscillator block also provides a stable
1.3
Details on Individual Family
Members
reference source for the Fail-Safe Clock Monitor
(FSCM). This option constantly monitors the main clock
source against a reference signal provided by the
internal oscillator and enables the controller to switch to
the internal oscillator, allowing for continued low-speed
operation or a safe application shutdown.
Devices in the PIC24F16KA102 family are available in
20-pin and 28-pin packages. The general block
diagram for all devices is displayed in Figure 1-1.
The devices are different from each other in two ways:
1. Flash program memory (8 Kbytes for
PIC24F08KA devices, 16 Kbytes for PIC24F16KA
devices).
1.1.4
EASY MIGRATION
Regardless of the memory size, all the devices share
the same rich set of peripherals, allowing for a smooth
migration path as applications grow and evolve.
2. Available I/O pins and ports (18 pins on two
ports for 20-pin devices and 24 pins on two ports
for 28-pin devices).
The consistent pinout scheme used throughout the
entire family also helps in migrating to the next larger
device. This is true when moving between devices with
the same pin count, or even jumping from 20-pin to
28-pin devices.
3. Alternate SCL and SDA pins are available only
in 28-pin devices and not in 20-pin devices.
All other features for devices in this family are identical;
these are summarized in Table 1-1.
The PIC24F family is pin compatible with devices in the
dsPIC33 family, and shares some compatibility with the
pinout schema for PIC18 and dsPIC30. This extends
the ability of applications to grow from the relatively
simple, to the powerful and complex.
A
list of the pin features available on the
PIC24F16KA102 family devices, sorted by function, is
provided in Table 1-2.
Note:
Table 1-1 provides the pin location of
individual peripheral features and not how
they are multiplexed on the same pin. This
information is provided in the pinout
diagrams on pages 2, 3 and 4 of the data
sheet. Multiplexed features are sorted by
the priority given to a feature, with the
highest priority peripheral being listed first.
1.2
Other Special Features
• Communications: The PIC24F16KA102 family
incorporates a range of serial communication
peripherals to handle a range of application
requirements. There is an I2C™ module that
supports both the Master and Slave modes of
operation. It also comprises UARTs with built-in
IrDA® encoders/decoders and an SPI module.
• Real-Time Clock/Calendar: This module
implements a full-featured clock and calendar with
alarm functions in hardware, freeing up timer
resources and program memory space for use of
the core application.
• 10-Bit A/D Converter: This module incorporates
programmable acquisition time, allowing for a
channel to be selected and a conversion to be
initiated without waiting for a sampling period, and
faster sampling speed. The 16-deep result buffer
can be used either in Sleep to reduce power, or in
Active mode to improve throughput.
• Charge Time Measurement Unit (CTMU)
Interface: The PIC24F16KA102 family includes
the new CTMU interface module, which can be
used for capacitive touch sensing, proximity
sensing and also for precision time measurement
and pulse generation.
DS39927B-page 8
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 1-1:
DEVICE FEATURES FOR THE PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
Features
Operating Frequency
DC – 32 MHz
16K
5632
Program Memory (bytes)
Program Memory (instructions)
Data Memory (bytes)
8K
8K
16K
2816
2816
5632
1536
512
Data EEPROM Memory (bytes)
Interrupt Sources (soft vectors/NMI traps)
I/O Ports
30 (26/4)
PORTA<6:0>
PORTA<7:0>
PORTB<15:12, 9:7, 4, 2:0>
PORTB<15:0>
Total I/O Pins
18
24
Timers: Total Number (16-bit)
32-Bit (from paired 16-bit timers)
3
1
Input Capture Channels
1
1
Output Compare/PWM Channels
Input Change Notification Interrupt
17
23
Serial Communications: UART
SPI (3-wire/4-wire)
I2C™
2
1
1
10-Bit Analog-to-Digital Module (input channels)
Analog Comparators
9
2
Resets (and delays)
POR, BOR, RESETInstruction, MCLR, WDT, Illegal Opcode,
REPEATInstruction, Hardware Traps, Configuration Word
Mismatch (PWRT, OST, PLL Lock)
Instruction Set
Packages
76 Base Instructions, Multiple Addressing Mode Variations
20-Pin PDIP/SSOP/SOIC/QFN 28-Pin SPDIP/SSOP/SOIC/QFN
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 9
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
FIGURE 1-1:
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY GENERAL BLOCK DIAGRAM
Data Bus
Interrupt
Controller
16
16
16
8
Data Latch
Data RAM
PSV and Table
Data Access
Control Block
PCH
Program Counter
Stack
Control
Logic
PCL
23
Address
Latch
PORTA(1)
RA<0:7>
Repeat
Control
Logic
16
23
16
Read AGU
Write AGU
Address Latch
PORTB(1)
RB<0:15>
Program Memory
Data EEPROM
Data Latch
16
EA MUX
Address Bus
24
16
16
Inst Latch
Inst Register
Instruction
Decode and
Control
Divide
Support
Control Signals
16 x 16
W Reg Array
17x17
Power-up
Timer
Multiplier
Timing
OSCO/CLKO
OSCI/CLKI
Generation
Oscillator
Start-up Timer
FRC/LPRC
Oscillators
Power-on
Reset
16-Bit ALU
16
Watchdog
Timer
DSWDT
Precision
Band Gap
Reference
BOR
VDDV, SS
RTCC
MCLR
10-Bit
ADC
Timer2/3
Comparators
UART1/2
CTMU
SPI1
HLVD
Timer1
CN1-22(1)
IC1
OC1/PWM
I2C1
REFO
Note 1: All pins or features are not implemented on all device pinout configurations. See Table 1-2 for I/O port pin
descriptions.
DS39927B-page 10
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 1-2:
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS
Pin Number
20-Pin
PDIP/SSOP/ 20-Pin
Input
Buffer
28-Pin
SPDIP/
SSOP/SOIC
Function
I/O
Description
28-Pin
QFN
SOIC
QFN
AN0
2
3
19
20
1
2
3
27
28
1
I
I
ANA
ANA
ANA
ANA
ANA
ANA
ANA
ANA
ANA
—
A/D Analog Inputs
AN1
AN2
4
4
I
AN3
5
2
5
2
I
AN4
7
4
6
3
I
AN5
8
5
7
4
I
AN10
17
16
15
6
14
13
12
3
25
24
23
6
22
21
20
3
I
AN11
I
AN12
I
®
U1BCLK
U2BCLK
C1INA
C1INB
C1INC
C1IND
C1OUT
C2INA
C2INB
C2INC
C2IND
C2OUT
CLKI
O
O
I
UART1 IrDA Baud Clock
5
2
5
2
—
UART2 IrDA Baud Clock
8
5
7
4
ANA
ANA
ANA
ANA
—
Comparator 1 Input A (Positive input)
Comparator 1 Input B (Negative input option 1)
Comparator Input C (Negative input option 2)
Comparator Input D (Negative input option 3)
Comparator 1 Output
7
4
6
3
I
5
2
5
2
I
4
1
4
1
I
17
5
14
2
25
5
22
2
O
I
ANA
ANA
ANA
ANA
—
Comparator 2 Input A (Positive input)
Comparator 2 Input B (Negative input option 1)
Comparator 2 Input C (Negative input option 2)
Comparator 2 Input D (Negative input option 3)
Comparator 2 Output
4
1
4
1
I
8
5
7
4
I
7
4
6
3
I
14
7
11
4
20
9
17
6
O
I
ANA
—
Main Clock Input Connection
CLKO
Legend:
8
5
10
7
O
System Clock Output
2
2
ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer, ANA = Analog level input/output, I C™ = I C/SMBus input buffer
Note 1: Alternative multiplexing when the I2C1SEL Configuration bit is cleared.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 11
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 1-2:
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
20-Pin
PDIP/SSOP/ 20-Pin
Input
Buffer
28-Pin
SPDIP/
SSOP/SOIC
Function
I/O
Description
28-Pin
QFN
SOIC
QFN
CN0
10
9
7
12
11
2
9
I
I
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ANA
ST
ST
—
CN1
6
8
CN2
2
19
20
1
27
28
1
I
CN3
3
3
I
CN4
4
4
I
CN5
5
2
5
2
I
CN6
6
3
6
3
I
CN7
—
14
—
18
17
16
15
—
—
13
12
11
—
—
8
—
11
—
15
14
13
12
—
—
10
9
7
4
I
CN8
20
19
26
25
24
23
22
21
18
17
16
15
14
10
9
17
16
23
22
21
20
19
18
15
14
13
12
11
7
I
CN9
I
CN11
CN12
CN13
CN14
CN15
CN16
CN21
CN22
CN23
CN24
CN27
CN29
CN30
CVREF
CTED1
CTED2
CTPLS
IC1
I
I
Interrupt-on-Change Inputs
I
I
I
I
I
I
8
I
—
—
5
I
I
I
7
4
6
I
17
14
15
16
14
11
17
14
15
1
14
11
12
13
11
8
25
20
23
24
19
16
25
20
23
1
22
17
20
21
16
13
22
17
20
26
17
22
6
O
I
Comparator Voltage Reference Output
CTMU Trigger Edge Input 1
CTMU Trigger Edge Input 2
CTMU Pulse Output
I
O
I
ST
ST
ST
ST
ANA
ST
—
Input Capture 1 Input
INT0
I
INT1
14
11
12
18
11
14
4
I
External Interrupt Inputs
INT2
I
HLVDIN
MCLR
OC1
I
HLVD Voltage Input
I
Master Clear (device Reset) Input
Output Compare/PWM Outputs
Output Compare Fault A
14
17
7
20
25
9
O
I
OCFA
OSCI
OSCO
Legend:
—
I
ANA
ANA
Main Oscillator Input Connection
8
5
10
7
O
Main Oscillator Output Connection
2
2
ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer, ANA = Analog level input/output, I C™ = I C/SMBus input buffer
Note 1: Alternative multiplexing when the I2C1SEL Configuration bit is cleared.
DS39927B-page 12
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 1-2:
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
20-Pin
PDIP/SSOP/ 20-Pin
Input
Buffer
28-Pin
SPDIP/
SSOP/SOIC
Function
I/O
Description
28-Pin
QFN
SOIC
QFN
PGC1
5
2
5
2
I/O
ST
In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP™ Programming
Clock
PGD1
PGC2
4
2
1
4
1
I/O
I/O
ST
ST
In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP Programming Data
19
22
19
In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP Programming
Clock
PGD2
PGC3
3
20
7
21
15
18
12
I/O
I/O
ST
ST
In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP Programming Data
10
In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP Programming
Clock
PGD3
RA0
9
2
6
19
20
4
14
2
11
27
28
6
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
—
In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP Programming Data
PORTA Digital I/O
RA1
3
3
RA2
7
9
RA3
8
5
10
12
1
7
RA4
10
1
7
9
RA5
18
11
—
1
26
17
16
1
RA6
14
—
4
20
19
4
RA7
RB0
PORTB Digital I/O
RB1
5
2
5
2
RB2
6
3
6
3
RB3
—
9
—
6
7
4
RB4
11
14
15
16
17
18
21
22
23
24
25
26
26
25
22
8
RB5
—
—
11
12
13
—
—
15
16
17
18
18
17
15
12
13
17
16
9
—
—
8
11
12
13
14
15
18
19
20
21
22
23
23
22
19
RB6
RB7
RB8
9
RB9
10
—
—
12
13
14
15
15
14
12
9
RB10
RB11
RB12
RB13
RB14
RB15
REFO
RTCC
SCK1
SCL1
SDA1
SDI1
SDO1
SOSCI
SOSCO
SS1
Reference Clock Output
O
—
Real-Time Clock Alarm Output
SPI1 Serial Clock Input/Output
I2C1 Synchronous Serial Clock Input/Output
I2C1 Data Input/Output
I/O
I/O
I/O
I
ST
(1)
(1)
2
17, 15
14, 12
15, 11
18
I C
(1)
(1)
2
10
14
13
6
18, 14
I C
21
24
11
12
26
ST
—
SPI1 Serial Data Input
21
O
SPI1 Serial Data Output
8
I
ANA
ANA
ST
Secondary Oscillator Input
Secondary Oscillator Output
10
18
7
9
O
15
23
I/O
Slave Select Input/Frame Select Output (SPI1)
2
2
Legend:
ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer, ANA = Analog level input/output, I C™ = I C/SMBus input buffer
Note 1: Alternative multiplexing when the I2C1SEL Configuration bit is cleared.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 13
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 1-2:
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
20-Pin
PDIP/SSOP/ 20-Pin
Input
Buffer
28-Pin
SPDIP/
SSOP/SOIC
Function
I/O
Description
28-Pin
QFN
SOIC
QFN
T1CK
T2CK
T3CK
U1CTS
U1RTS
U1RX
U1TX
VDD
10
18
18
12
13
6
7
15
15
9
12
26
9
23
I
I
ST
ST
ST
ST
—
Timer1 Clock
Timer2 Clock
Timer3 Clock
26
23
I
17
14
I
UART1 Clear to Send Input
UART1 Request to Send Output
UART1 Receive
10
3
18
15
O
I
6
3
ST
—
11
20
8
16
13
O
P
UART1 Transmit Output
17
13, 28
10, 25
—
Positive Supply for Peripheral Digital Logic and
I/O Pins
VPP
1
3
18
20
1
3
26
28
P
I
—
Programming Mode Entry Voltage
VREF-
ANA
A/D and Comparator Reference Voltage (low)
Input
VREF+
2
19
16
2
27
I
ANA
A/D and Comparator Reference Voltage (high)
Input
VSS
19
8, 27
5, 24
P
—
Ground Reference for Logic and I/O Pin
2
2
Legend:
ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer, ANA = Analog level input/output, I C™ = I C/SMBus input buffer
Note 1: Alternative multiplexing when the I2C1SEL Configuration bit is cleared.
DS39927B-page 14
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
FIGURE 2-1:
RECOMMENDED
MINIMUM CONNECTIONS
2.0
2.1
GUIDELINES FOR GETTING
STARTED WITH 16-BIT
MICROCONTROLLERS
(2)
C2
VDD
Basic Connection Requirements
Getting started with the PIC24F16KA102 family of
16-bit microcontrollers requires attention to a minimal
set of device pin connections before proceeding with
development.
(1)
(1)
R1
R2
(EN/DIS)VREG
VCAP/VDDCORE
MCLR
C1
The following pins must always be connected:
C7
PIC24FXXXX
• All VDD and VSS pins
(see Section 2.2 “Power Supply Pins”)
VDD
VSS
VSS
VDD
(2)
(2)
C3
C6
• All AVDD and AVSS pins, regardless of whether or
not the analog device features are used
(see Section 2.2 “Power Supply Pins”)
• MCLR pin
(see Section 2.3 “Master Clear (MCLR) Pin”)
(2)
(2)
C4
C5
• ENVREG/DISVREG and VCAP/VDDCORE pins
(PIC24FJ devices only)
(see Section 2.4 “Voltage Regulator Pins
(ENVREG/DISVREG and VCAP/VDDCORE)”)
Key (all values are recommendations):
C1 through C6: 0.1 μF, 20V ceramic
C7: 10 μF, 16V tantalum or ceramic
R1: 10 kΩ
These pins must also be connected if they are being
used in the end application:
• PGECx/PGEDx pins used for In-Circuit Serial
Programming™ (ICSP™) and debugging purposes
(see Section 2.5 “ICSP Pins”)
R2: 100Ω to 470Ω
Note 1: See Section 2.4 “Voltage Regulator Pins
(ENVREG/DISVREG and VCAP/VDDCORE)”
for explanation of ENVREG/DISVREG pin
connections.
• OSCI and OSCO pins when an external oscillator
source is used
(see Section 2.6 “External Oscillator Pins”)
2: The example shown is for a PIC24F device
with five VDD/VSS and AVDD/AVSS pairs.
Other devices may have more or less pairs;
adjust the number of decoupling capacitors
appropriately.
Additionally, the following pins may be required:
• VREF+/VREF- pins used when external voltage
reference for analog modules is implemented
Note:
The AVDD and AVSS pins must always be
connected, regardless of whether any of
the analog modules are being used.
The minimum mandatory connections are shown in
Figure 2-1.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 15
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
2.2
Power Supply Pins
2.3
Master Clear (MCLR) Pin
The MCLR pin provides two specific device
functions: device Reset, and device programming
and debugging. If programming and debugging are
2.2.1
DECOUPLING CAPACITORS
The use of decoupling capacitors on every pair of
power supply pins, such as VDD, VSS, AVDD and
AVSS is required.
not required in the end application,
a
direct
connection to VDD may be all that is required. The
addition of other components, to help increase the
application’s resistance to spurious Resets from
Consider the following criteria when using decoupling
capacitors:
voltage sags, may be beneficial.
A
typical
• Value and type of capacitor: A 0.1 μF (100 nF),
10-20V capacitor is recommended. The capacitor
should be a low-ESR device with a resonance
frequency in the range of 200 MHz and higher.
Ceramic capacitors are recommended.
configuration is shown in Figure 2-1. Other circuit
designs may be implemented, depending on the
application’s requirements.
During programming and debugging, the resistance
and capacitance that can be added to the pin must
be considered. Device programmers and debuggers
drive the MCLR pin. Consequently, specific voltage
levels (VIH and VIL) and fast signal transitions must
not be adversely affected. Therefore, specific values
of R1 and C1 will need to be adjusted based on the
application and PCB requirements. For example, it is
recommended that the capacitor C1 be isolated from
the MCLR pin during programming and debugging
• Placement on the printed circuit board: The
decoupling capacitors should be placed as close
to the pins as possible. It is recommended to
place the capacitors on the same side of the
board as the device. If space is constricted, the
capacitor can be placed on another layer on the
PCB using a via; however, ensure that the trace
length from the pin to the capacitor is no greater
than 0.25 inch (6 mm).
operations by using
a jumper (Figure 2-2). The
• Handling high-frequency noise: If the board is
experiencing high-frequency noise (upward of
tens of MHz), add a second ceramic type capaci-
tor in parallel to the above described decoupling
capacitor. The value of the second capacitor can
be in the range of 0.01 μF to 0.001 μF. Place this
second capacitor next to each primary decoupling
capacitor. In high-speed circuit designs, consider
implementing a decade pair of capacitances as
close to the power and ground pins as possible
(e.g., 0.1 μF in parallel with 0.001 μF).
jumper is replaced for normal run-time operations.
Any components associated with the MCLR pin
should be placed within 0.25 inch (6 mm) of the pin.
FIGURE 2-2:
EXAMPLE OF MCLR PIN
CONNECTIONS
VDD
R1
R2
• Maximizing performance: On the board layout
from the power supply circuit, run the power and
return traces to the decoupling capacitors first, and
then to the device pins. This ensures that the
decoupling capacitors are first in the power chain.
Equally important is to keep the trace length
between the capacitor and the power pins to a
minimum, thereby reducing PCB trace inductance.
MCLR
PIC24FXXXX
JP
C1
Note 1: R1 ≤ 10 kΩ is recommended. A suggested
starting value is 10 kΩ. Ensure that the
MCLR pin VIH and VIL specifications are met.
2.2.2
TANK CAPACITORS
On boards with power traces running longer than six
inches in length, it is suggested to use a tank capacitor
for integrated circuits including microcontrollers to
supply a local power source. The value of the tank
capacitor should be determined based on the trace
resistance that connects the power supply source to
the device, and the maximum current drawn by the
device in the application. In other words, select the tank
capacitor so that it meets the acceptable voltage sag at
the device. Typical values range from 4.7 µF to 47 µF.
2: R2 ≤ 470Ω will limit any current flowing into
MCLR from the external capacitor C, in the
event of MCLR pin breakdown, due to
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) or Electrical
Overstress (EOS). Ensure that the MCLR pin
VIH and VIL specifications are met.
DS39927B-page 16
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
2.4
Voltage Regulator Pins
(ENVREG/DISVREG and
VCAP/VDDCORE)
2.5
ICSP Pins
The PGECx and PGEDx pins are used for In-Circuit
Serial Programming (ICSP) and debugging purposes.
It is recommended to keep the trace length between
the ICSP connector and the ICSP pins on the device as
short as possible. If the ICSP connector is expected to
experience an ESD event, a series resistor is recom-
mended, with the value in the range of a few tens of
ohms, not to exceed 100Ω.
Note:
This section applies only to PIC24FJ
devices with an on-chip voltage regulator.
The on-chip voltage regulator enable/disable pin
(ENVREG or DISVREG, depending on the device
family) must always be connected directly to either a
supply voltage or to ground. The particular connection
is determined by whether or not the regulator is to be
used:
Pull-up resistors, series diodes and capacitors on the
PGECx and PGEDx pins are not recommended as they
will interfere with the programmer/debugger communi-
cations to the device. If such discrete components are
an application requirement, they should be removed
from the circuit during programming and debugging.
Alternatively, refer to the AC/DC characteristics and
timing requirements information in the respective
device Flash programming specification for information
on capacitive loading limits and pin input voltage high
(VIH) and input low (VIL) requirements.
• For ENVREG, tie to VDD to enable the regulator,
or to ground to disable the regulator
• For DISVREG, tie to ground to enable the
regulator, or to VDD to disable the regulator
Refer to Section 25.2 “On-Chip Voltage Regulator”
for details on connecting and using the on-chip
regulator.
When the regulator is enabled, a low-ESR (<5Ω)
capacitor is required on the VCAP/VDDCORE pin to
stabilize the voltage regulator output voltage. The
VCAP/VDDCORE pin must not be connected to VDD, and
must use a capacitor of 10 μF, 16V connected to
ground. The type can be ceramic or tantalum. The
placement of this capacitor should be close to the
VCAP/VDDCORE. It is recommended that the trace
length not exceed 0.25 inch (6 mm). Refer to
Section 28.0 “Electrical Characteristics” for
additional information.
For device emulation, ensure that the “Communication
Channel
Select”
(i.e.,
PGECx/PGEDx
pins)
programmed into the device matches the physical con-
nections for the ICSP to MPLAB® ICD 2, MPLAB® ICD
3 or REAL ICE™.
For more information on the ICD 2, ICD 3 and REAL ICE
connection requirements, refer to the following
documents that are available on the Microchip web site.
• “MPLAB® ICD 2 In-Circuit Debugger User’s
Guide” (DS51331)
• “Using MPLAB® ICD 2” (poster) (DS51265)
• “MPLAB® ICD 2 Design Advisory” (DS51566)
• “Using MPLAB® ICD 3” (poster) (DS51765)
• “MPLAB® ICD 3 Design Advisory” (DS51764)
When the regulator is disabled, the VCAP/VDDCORE pin
must be tied to a voltage supply at the VDDCORE level.
Refer to Section 28.0 “Electrical Characteristics” for
information on VDD and VDDCORE.
• “MPLAB® REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator User’s
Guide” (DS51616)
• “Using MPLAB® REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator”
(poster) (DS51749)
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 17
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
2.6
External Oscillator Pins
2.7
Configuration of Analog and
Digital Pins During ICSP
Operations
Many microcontrollers have options for at least two
oscillators: a high-frequency Primary Oscillator and a
low-frequency Secondary Oscillator (refer to
Section 8.0 “Oscillator Configuration” for details).
If MPLAB ICD 2, ICD 3 or REAL ICE emulator is
selected as a debugger, it automatically initializes all of
the A/D input pins (ANx) as “digital” pins, by setting all
bits in the AD1PCFGL register.
The oscillator circuit should be placed on the same
side of the board as the device. Place the oscillator
circuit close to the respective oscillator pins, with no
more than 0.5 inch (12 mm) between the circuit
components and the pins. The load capacitors should
be placed next to the oscillator itself, on the same side
of the board.
The bits in this register that correspond to the A/D pins
that are initialized by MPLAB ICD 2, ICD 3 or the REAL
ICE emulator, must not be cleared by the user
application firmware; otherwise, communication errors
will result between the debugger and the device.
Use a grounded copper pour around the oscillator
circuit to isolate it from surrounding circuits. The
grounded copper pour should be routed directly to the
MCU ground. Do not run any signal traces or power
traces inside the ground pour. Also, if using a
two-sided board, avoid any traces on the other side of
the board where the crystal is placed. A suggested
layout is shown in Figure 2-3.
If your application needs to use certain A/D pins as
analog input pins during the debug session, the user
application must clear the corresponding bits in the
AD1PCFGL register during initialization of the ADC
module.
When MPLAB ICD 2, ICD 3 or the REAL ICE emulator
is used as a programmer, the user application firmware
must correctly configure the AD1PCFGL register.
Automatic initialization of this register is only done
during debugger operation. Failure to correctly
configure the register(s) will result in all A/D pins being
recognized as analog input pins, resulting in the port
value being read as a logic ‘0’, which may affect user
application functionality.
For additional information and design guidance on
oscillator circuits, please refer to these Microchip
Application Notes, available at the corporate web site
(www.microchip.com):
• AN826, “Crystal Oscillator Basics and Crystal
Selection for rfPIC™ and PICmicro® Devices”
• AN849, “Basic PICmicro® Oscillator Design”
• AN943, “Practical PICmicro® Oscillator Analysis
2.8
Unused I/Os
and Design”
Unused I/O pins should be configured as outputs and
driven to a logic low state. Alternatively, connect a 1 kΩ
to 10 kΩ resistor to VSS on unused pins and drive the
output to logic low.
• AN949, “Making Your Oscillator Work”
FIGURE 2-3:
SUGGESTED PLACEMENT
OF THE OSCILLATOR
CIRCUIT
Main Oscillator
Guard Ring
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Guard Trace
Secondary
Oscillator
DS39927B-page 18
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
For most instructions, the core is capable of executing
a data (or program data) memory read, a working
register (data) read, a data memory write and a
program (instruction) memory read per instruction
cycle. As a result, three parameter instructions can be
supported, allowing trinary operations (that is,
A + B = C) to be executed in a single cycle.
3.0
CPU
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information on the CPU,
refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference
Manual”, Section 2. “CPU” (DS39703).
A high-speed, 17-bit by 17-bit multiplier has been
included to significantly enhance the core arithmetic
capability and throughput. The multiplier supports
Signed, Unsigned and Mixed mode, 16-bit by 16-bit or
8-bit by 8-bit integer multiplication. All multiply
instructions execute in a single cycle.
The PIC24F CPU has a 16-bit (data) modified Harvard
architecture with an enhanced instruction set and a
24-bit instruction word with a variable length opcode
field. The Program Counter (PC) is 23 bits wide and
addresses up to 4M instructions of user program
memory space. A single-cycle instruction prefetch
mechanism is used to help maintain throughput and
provides predictable execution. All instructions execute
in a single cycle, with the exception of instructions that
change the program flow, the double-word move
(MOV.D) instruction and the table instructions.
Overhead-free program loop constructs are supported
using the REPEATinstructions, which are interruptible
at any point.
The 16-bit ALU has been enhanced with integer divide
assist hardware that supports an iterative non-restoring
divide algorithm. It operates in conjunction with the
REPEATinstruction looping mechanism and a selection
of iterative divide instructions to support 32-bit (or
16-bit), divided by 16-bit integer signed and unsigned
division. All divide operations require 19 cycles to
complete but are interruptible at any cycle boundary.
The PIC24F has a vectored exception scheme with up
to eight sources of non-maskable traps and up to
118 interrupt sources. Each interrupt source can be
assigned to one of seven priority levels.
PIC24F devices have sixteen, 16-bit working registers
in the programmer’s model. Each of the working
registers can act as a data, address or address offset
register. The 16th working register (W15) operates as a
Software Stack Pointer (SSP) for interrupts and calls.
A block diagram of the CPU is illustrated in Figure 3-1.
The upper 32 Kbytes of the data space memory map
can optionally be mapped into program space at any
16K word boundary of either program memory or data
EEPROM memory defined by the 8-bit Program Space
Visibility Page Address (PSVPAG) register. The
program to data space mapping feature lets any
instruction access program space as if it were data
space.
3.1
Programmer’s Model
Figure 3-2 displays the programmer’s model for the
PIC24F. All registers in the programmer’s model are
memory mapped and can be manipulated directly by
instructions.
Table 3-1 provides a description of each register. All
registers associated with the programmer’s model are
memory mapped.
The Instruction Set Architecture (ISA) has been
significantly enhanced beyond that of the PIC18, but
maintains an acceptable level of backward
compatibility. All PIC18 instructions and addressing
modes are supported, either directly, or through simple
macros. Many of the ISA enhancements have been
driven by compiler efficiency needs.
The core supports Inherent (no operand), Relative,
Literal, Memory Direct and three groups of addressing
modes. All modes support Register Direct and various
Register Indirect modes. Each group offers up to seven
addressing modes. Instructions are associated with
predefined addressing modes depending upon their
functional requirements.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 19
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
FIGURE 3-1:
PIC24F CPU CORE BLOCK DIAGRAM
PSV and Table
Data Access
Control Block
Data Bus
Interrupt
Controller
16
16
16
8
Data Latch
Data RAM
23
16
PCH
PCL
23
Program Counter
Address
Latch
Loop
Control
Logic
Stack
Control
Logic
23
16
RAGU
WAGU
Address Latch
Program Memory
Data EEPROM
Data Latch
EA MUX
16
Address Bus
ROM Latch
24
16
Instruction
Decode and
Control
Instruction Reg
Control Signals
to Various Blocks
Hardware
Multiplier
16 x 16
W Register Array
Divide
16
Support
16-Bit ALU
16
To Peripheral Modules
TABLE 3-1:
CPU CORE REGISTERS
Register(s) Name
Description
W0 through W15
PC
Working Register Array
23-Bit Program Counter
ALU STATUS Register
SR
SPLIM
Stack Pointer Limit Value Register
TBLPAG
PSVPAG
RCOUNT
CORCON
Table Memory Page Address Register
Program Space Visibility Page Address Register
Repeat Loop Counter Register
CPU Control Register
DS39927B-page 20
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
FIGURE 3-2:
PROGRAMMER’S MODEL
15
0
W0 (WREG)
Divider Working Registers
W1
W2
Multiplier Registers
W3
W4
W5
W6
W7
Working/Address
Registers
W8
W9
W10
W11
W12
W13
W14
W15
Frame Pointer
0
0
Stack Pointer
Stack Pointer Limit
Value Register
SPLIM
22
0
0
PC
Program Counter
7
0
0
0
Table Memory Page
Address Register
TBLPAG
7
Program Space Visibility
Page Address Register
PSVPAG
15
15
Repeat Loop Counter
Register
RCOUNT
IPL
SRH
SRL
0
— — — — — — —
ALU STATUS Register (SR)
DC
RA N OV Z
C
2 1 0
15
0
— — — — — — — — — — — — IPL3 PSV — —
CPU Control Register (CORCON)
Registers or bits shadowed for PUSH.Sand POP.Sinstructions.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 21
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
3.2
CPU Control Registers
REGISTER 3-1:
SR: ALU STATUS REGISTER
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0, HSC
DC
bit 15
bit 8
R/W-0, HSC(1) R/W-0, HSC(1) R/W-0, HSC(1) R-0, HSC R/W-0, HSC R/W-0, HSC R/W-0, HSC R/W-0, HSC
IPL2(2) IPL1(2) IPL0(2)
RA OV
N
Z
C
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-9
bit 8
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
DC: ALU Half Carry/Borrow bit
1= A carry-out from the 4th low-order bit (for byte-sized data) or 8th low-order bit (for word-sized data)
of the result occurred
0= No carry-out from the 4th or 8th low-order bit of the result has occurred
bit 7-5
IPL<2:0>: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bits(1,2)
111= CPU interrupt priority level is 7 (15); user interrupts disabled
110= CPU interrupt priority level is 6 (14)
101= CPU Interrupt priority Level is 5 (13)
100= CPU interrupt priority level is 4 (12)
011= CPU interrupt priority level is 3 (11)
010= CPU interrupt priority level is 2 (10)
001= CPU interrupt priority level is 1 (9)
000= CPU interrupt priority level is 0 (8)
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
RA: REPEATLoop Active bit
1= REPEATloop in progress
0= REPEATloop not in progress
N: ALU Negative bit
1= Result was negative
0= Result was non-negative (zero or positive)
OV: ALU Overflow bit
1= Overflow occurred for signed (2’s complement) arithmetic in this arithmetic operation
0= No overflow has occurred
Z: ALU Zero bit
1= An operation, which effects the Z bit, has set it at some time in the past
0= The most recent operation, which effects the Z bit, has cleared it (i.e., a non-zero result)
C: ALU Carry/Borrow bit
1= A carry-out from the Most Significant bit (MSb) of the result occurred
0= No carry-out from the Most Significant bit (MSb) of the result occurred
Note 1: The IPL Status bits are read-only when NSTDIS (INTCON1<15>) = 1.
2: The IPL Status bits are concatenated with the IPL3 bit (CORCON<3>) to form the CPU Interrupt Priority
Level (IPL). The value in parentheses indicates the IPL when IPL3 = 1.
DS39927B-page 22
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 3-2:
CORCON: CPU CONTROL REGISTER
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 15
bit 8
bit 0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/C-0, HSC
IPL3(1)
R/W-0
PSV
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 7
Legend:
HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-4
bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
IPL3: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bit(1)
1= CPU interrupt priority level is greater than 7
0= CPU interrupt priority level is 7 or less
bit 2
PSV: Program Space Visibility in Data Space Enable bit
1= Program space visible in data space
0= Program space not visible in data space
bit 1-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note 1: User interrupts are disabled when IPL3 = 1.
The PIC24F CPU incorporates hardware support for
both multiplication and division. This includes a
dedicated hardware multiplier and support hardware
division for 16-bit divisor.
3.3
Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU)
The PIC24F ALU is 16 bits wide and is capable of
addition, subtraction, bit shifts and logic operations.
Unless otherwise mentioned, arithmetic operations are
2’s complement in nature. Depending on the operation,
the ALU may affect the values of the Carry (C), Zero
(Z), Negative (N), Overflow (OV) and Digit Carry (DC)
Status bits in the SR register. The C and DC Status bits
operate as Borrow and Digit Borrow bits, respectively,
for subtraction operations.
3.3.1
MULTIPLIER
The ALU contains a high-speed, 17-bit x 17-bit
multiplier. It supports unsigned, signed or mixed sign
operation in several multiplication modes:
• 16-bit x 16-bit signed
• 16-bit x 16-bit unsigned
The ALU can perform 8-bit or 16-bit operations,
depending on the mode of the instruction that is used.
Data for the ALU operation can come from the W
register array, or data memory, depending on the
addressing mode of the instruction. Likewise, output
data from the ALU can be written to the W register array
or a data memory location.
• 16-bit signed x 5-bit (literal) unsigned
• 16-bit unsigned x 16-bit unsigned
• 16-bit unsigned x 5-bit (literal) unsigned
• 16-bit unsigned x 16-bit signed
• 8-bit unsigned x 8-bit unsigned
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 23
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
3.3.2
DIVIDER
3.3.3
MULTI-BIT SHIFT SUPPORT
The divide block supports 32-bit/16-bit and 16-bit/16-bit
signed and unsigned integer divide operations with the
following data sizes:
The PIC24F ALU supports both single bit and
single-cycle, multi-bit arithmetic and logic shifts.
Multi-bit shifts are implemented using a shifter block,
capable of performing up to a 15-bit arithmetic right
shift, or up to a 15-bit left shift, in a single cycle. All
multi-bit shift instructions only support Register Direct
Addressing for both the operand source and result
destination.
1. 32-bit signed/16-bit signed divide
2. 32-bit unsigned/16-bit unsigned divide
3. 16-bit signed/16-bit signed divide
4. 16-bit unsigned/16-bit unsigned divide
The quotient for all divide instructions ends up in W0
and the remainder in W1. Sixteen-bit signed and
unsigned DIV instructions can specify any W register
for both the 16-bit divisor (Wn), and any W register
(aligned) pair (W(m + 1):Wm) for the 32-bit dividend.
The divide algorithm takes one cycle per bit of divisor,
so both 32-bit/16-bit and 16-bit/16-bit instructions take
the same number of cycles to execute.
A full summary of instructions that use the shift
operation is provided below in Table 3-2.
TABLE 3-2:
Instruction
INSTRUCTIONS THAT USE THE SINGLE AND MULTI-BIT SHIFT OPERATION
Description
ASR
SL
Arithmetic shift right source register by one or more bits.
Shift left source register by one or more bits.
LSR
Logical shift right source register by one or more bits.
DS39927B-page 24
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
The user access to the program memory space is
restricted to the lower half of the address range
(000000h to 7FFFFFh). The exception is the use of
TBLRD/TBLWT operations, which use TBLPAG<7> to
permit access to the Configuration bits and Device ID
sections of the configuration memory space.
4.0
MEMORY ORGANIZATION
As with Harvard architecture devices, the PIC24F
microcontrollers feature separate program and data
memory space and busing. This architecture also
allows the direct access of program memory from the
data space during code execution.
Memory maps for the PIC24F16KA102 family of
devices are displayed in Figure 4-1.
4.1
Program Address Space
The program address memory space of the PIC24F
devices is 4M instructions. The space is addressable by
a 24-bit value derived from either the 23-bit Program
Counter (PC) during program execution, or from a table
operation or data space remapping, as described in
Section 4.3 “Interfacing Program and Data Memory
Spaces”.
FIGURE 4-1:
PROGRAM SPACE MEMORY MAP FOR PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY DEVICES
PIC24F08KA102
PIC24F16KA102
000000h
000002h
000004h
GOTOInstruction
Reset Address
Interrupt Vector Table
GOTOInstruction
Reset Address
Interrupt Vector Table
Reserved
0000FEh
000100h
Reserved
Alternate Vector Table
000104h
0001FEh
000200h
Alternate Vector Table
Flash
Program Memory
(2816 instructions)
User Flash
Program Memory
(5632 instructions)
0015FEh
Unimplemented
002BFE
Read ‘0’
Unimplemented
Read ‘0’
7FFE00h
Data EEPROM
Data EEPROM
Reserved
7FFFFFh
800000h
Reserved
F7FFFEh
F80000h
F80010h
F80012h
Device Config Registers
Reserved
Device Config Registers
Reserved
FEFFFEh
FF0000h
FFFFFFh
DEVID (2)
DEVID (2)
Note:
Memory areas are not displayed to scale.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 25
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
4.1.1
PROGRAM MEMORY
ORGANIZATION
4.1.3
DATA EEPROM
In the PIC24F16KA102 family, the data EEPROM is
mapped to the top of the user program memory space,
starting at address 7FFE00 and expanding up to
address 7FFFFF.
The program memory space is organized in
word-addressable blocks. Although it is treated as
24 bits wide, it is more appropriate to think of each
address of the program memory as a lower and upper
word, with the upper byte of the upper word being
unimplemented. The lower word always has an even
address, while the upper word has an odd address
(Figure 4-2).
The data EEPROM is organized as 16-bit wide memory
and 256 words deep. This memory is accessed using
table read and write operations similar to the user code
memory.
4.1.4
DEVICE CONFIGURATION WORDS
Program memory addresses are always word-aligned
on the lower word, and addresses are incremented or
decremented by two during code execution. This
arrangement also provides compatibility with data
memory space addressing and makes it possible to
access data in the program memory space.
Table 4-1 provides the addresses of the device Config-
uration Words for the PIC24F16KA102 family. Their
location in the memory map is displayed in Figure 4-1.
Refer to Section 26.1 “Configuration Bits” for more
information on device Configuration Words.
4.1.2
HARD MEMORY VECTORS
TABLE 4-1:
DEVICE CONFIGURATION
WORDS FOR PIC24F16KA102
FAMILY DEVICES
All PIC24F devices reserve the addresses between
00000h and 000200h for hard coded program
execution vectors. A hardware Reset vector is provided
to redirect code execution from the default value of the
PC on device Reset to the actual start of code. A GOTO
instruction is programmed by the user at 000000h with
the actual address for the start of code at 000002h.
Configuration Word
Configuration Word
Addresses
FBS
F80000
F80004
F80006
F80008
F8000A
F8000C
F8000E
F80010
FGS
PIC24F devices also have two interrupt vector
tables, located from 000004h to 0000FFh and
000104h to 0001FFh. These vector tables allow each
of the many device interrupt sources to be handled
by separate ISRs. Section 8.1 “Interrupt Vector
(IVT) Table” discusses the interrupt vector tables
more in detail.
FOSCSEL
FOSC
FWDT
FPOR
FICD
FDS
FIGURE 4-2:
PROGRAM MEMORY ORGANIZATION
least significant word
msw
Address
PC Address
(lsw Address)
most significant word
23
16
8
0
000000h
000002h
000004h
000006h
00000000
000001h
000003h
000005h
000007h
00000000
00000000
00000000
Program Memory
‘Phantom’ Byte
Instruction Width
(read as ‘0’)
DS39927B-page 26
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
4.2.1
DATA SPACE WIDTH
4.2
Data Address Space
The data memory space is organized in
byte-addressable, 16-bit wide blocks. Data is aligned in
data memory and registers as 16-bit words, but all the
data space EAs resolve to bytes. The Least Significant
Bytes (LSBs) of each word have even addresses, while
the Most Significant Bytes (MSBs) have odd
addresses.
The PIC24F core has a separate, 16-bit wide data
memory space, addressable as a single linear range.
The data space is accessed using two Address
Generation Units (AGUs), one each for read and write
operations. The data space memory map is displayed
in Figure 4-3.
All Effective Addresses (EAs) in the data memory space
are 16 bits wide and point to bytes within the data space.
This gives a data space address range of 64 Kbytes or
32K words. The lower half of the data memory space
(that is, when EA<15> = 0) is used for implemented
memory addresses, while the upper half (EA<15> = 1) is
reserved for the Program Space Visibility (PSV) area
(see Section 4.3.3 “Reading Data From Program
Memory Using Program Space Visibility”).
PIC24F16KA102 family devices implement a total of
768 words of data memory. Should an EA point to a
location outside of this area, an all zero word or byte will
be returned.
FIGURE 4-3:
DATA SPACE MEMORY MAP FOR PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY DEVICES
MSB
Address
LSB
Address
MSB
LSB
0000h
07FEh
0800h
0001h
07FFh
0801h
SFR
Space
SFR Space
Data RAM
Near
Data Space
Implemented
Data RAM
0DFFh
1FFF
0DFEh
1FFEh
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
7FFFh
8001h
7FFFh
8000h
Program Space
Visibility Area
FFFFh
FFFEh
Note:
Data memory areas are not shown to scale.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 27
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
Although most instructions are capable of operating on
word or byte data sizes, it should be noted that some
instructions operate only on words.
4.2.2
DATA MEMORY ORGANIZATION
AND ALIGNMENT
To maintain backward compatibility with PIC® devices
and improve data space memory usage efficiency, the
PIC24F instruction set supports both word and byte
operations. As a consequence of byte accessibility, all
EA calculations are internally scaled to step through
word-aligned memory. For example, the core recog-
nizes that Post-Modified Register Indirect Addressing
mode [Ws++] will result in a value of Ws + 1 for byte
operations and Ws + 2 for word operations.
4.2.3
NEAR DATA SPACE
The 8-Kbyte area between 0000h and 1FFFh is
referred to as the near data space. Locations in this
space are directly addressable via a 13-bit absolute
address field within all memory direct instructions. The
remainder of the data space is addressable indirectly.
Additionally, the whole data space is addressable using
MOV instructions, which support Memory Direct
Addressing (MDA) with a 16-bit address field. For
Data byte reads will read the complete word, which
contains the byte, using the LSB of any EA to
determine which byte to select. The selected byte is
placed onto the LSB of the data path. That is, the data
memory and the registers are organized as two
parallel, byte-wide entities with shared (word) address
decode but separate write lines. Data byte writes only
write to the corresponding side of the array or register,
which matches the byte address.
PIC24F16KA102
family
devices,
the
entire
implemented data memory lies in Near Data Space
(NDS).
4.2.4
SFR SPACE
The first 2 Kbytes of the near data space, from 0000h
to 07FFh, are primarily occupied with Special Function
Registers (SFRs). These are used by the PIC24F core
and peripheral modules for controlling the operation of
the device.
All word accesses must be aligned to an even address.
Misaligned word data fetches are not supported, so
care must be taken when mixing byte and word
operations, or translating from 8-bit MCU code. If a mis-
aligned read or write is attempted, an address error
trap will be generated. If the error occurred on a read,
the instruction underway is completed; if it occurred on
a write, the instruction will be executed, but the write
will not occur. In either case, a trap is then executed,
allowing the system and/or user to examine the
machine state prior to execution of the address Fault.
SFRs are distributed among the modules that they
control and are generally grouped together by that
module. Much of the SFR space contains unused
addresses; these are read as ‘0’. The SFR space,
where the SFRs are actually implemented, is provided
in Table 4-2. Each implemented area indicates a
32-byte region where at least one address is
implemented as an SFR. A complete listing of
implemented SFRs, including their addresses, is
provided in Table 4-3 through Table 4-23.
All byte loads into any W register are loaded into the
LSB. The MSB is not modified.
A sign-extend instruction (SE) is provided to allow the
users to translate 8-bit signed data to 16-bit signed
values. Alternatively, for 16-bit unsigned data, users
can clear the MSB of any W register by executing a
zero-extend (ZE) instruction on the appropriate
address.
TABLE 4-2:
IMPLEMENTED REGIONS OF SFR DATA SPACE
SFR Space Address
xx00
xx20
xx40
xx60
xx80
xxA0
xxC0
xxE0
000h
100h
200h
300h
400h
500h
600h
700h
Core
ICN
—
Interrupts
—
—
Timers
Capture
Compare
—
—
—
—
—
—
I2C™
UART
SPI
—
—
—
—
I/O
ADC/CMTU
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RTC/Comp
—
CRC
—
—
System/DS/HLVD
NVM/PMD
—
—
—
—
Legend: — = No implemented SFRs in this block.
DS39927B-page 28
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 4-3:
CPU CORE REGISTERS MAP
File
Name
All
Resets
Addr
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
WREG0
WREG1
WREG2
WREG3
WREG4
WREG5
WREG6
WREG7
WREG8
WREG9
WREG10
WREG11
WREG12
WREG13
WREG14
WREG15
SPLIM
0000
0002
0004
0006
0008
000A
000C
000E
0010
0012
0014
0016
0018
001A
001C
001E
0020
002E
0030
0032
0034
0036
0042
0044
0052
Working Register 0
Working Register 1
Working Register 2
Working Register 3
Working Register 4
Working Register 5
Working Register 6
Working Register 7
Working Register 8
Working Register 9
Working Register 10
Working Register 11
Working Register 12
Working Register 13
Working Register 14
Working Register 15
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0800
xxxx
0000
0000
0000
0000
xxxx
0000
0000
xxxx
Stack Pointer Limit Value Register
Program Counter Low Byte Register
PCL
PCH
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Program Counter Register High Byte
Table Memory Page Address Register
TBLPAG
PSVPAG
RCOUNT
SR
—
—
Program Space Visibility Page Address Register
REPEATLoop Counter Register
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
DC
—
IPL2
—
IPL1
—
IPL0
—
RA
—
N
OV
Z
C
CORCON
DISICNT
Legend:
IPL3
PSV
—
—
Disable Interrupts Counter Register
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
TABLE 4-4:
ICN REGISTER MAP
File
Addr
Name
All
Resets
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
CNEN1 0060 CN15IE(1)
CNEN2 0062
CN14IE
CN30IE
CN13IE
CN29IE
CN12IE
—
CN11IE
CN27IE(1)
CN9IE
—
CN8IE
CN24IE(1)
CN7IE(1)
CN23IE
CN6IE
CN5IE
CN4IE
—
CN3IE
—
CN2IE
—
CN1IE
—
CN0IE
CN16IE(1)
0000
0000
0000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CN22IE
CN21IE
CNPU1 0068 CN15PUE(1) CN14PUE CN13PUE CN12PUE CN11PUE
CNPU2 006A CN30PUE CN29PUE
CN27PUE(1)
CNPD1 0070 CN15PDE(1) CN14PDE CN13PDE CN12PDE CN11PDE
CN9PUE CN8PUE CN7PUE(1) CN6PUE CN5PUE CN4PUE CN3PUE CN2PUE CN1PUE CN0PUE
CN24PUE(1) CN23PUE CN22PUE CN21PUE
CN9PDE CN8PDE CN7PDE(1) CN6PDE CN5PDE CN4PDE CN3PDE CN2PDE CN1PDE CN0PDE
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CN16PUE(1) 0000
0000
CNPD2 0072
—
CN30PDE CN29PDE
—
CN27PDE(1)
—
CN24PDE(1) CN23PDE CN22PDE CN21PDE
—
—
—
—
CN16PDE(1) 0000
Legend:
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1:
These bits are not implemented in 20-pin devices.
TABLE 4-5:
INTERRUPT CONTROLLER REGISTER MAP
File
Addr
Name
All
Bit 0
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Resets
INTCON1 0080 NSTDIS
—
DISI
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MATHERR ADDRERR STKERR OSCFAIL
—
INT0EP
INT0IF
SI2C1IF
—
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
4444
4444
4444
4044
4444
0004
4440
0400
4440
0004
0040
INTCON2 0082
ALTIVT
NVMIF
—
—
—
T1IF
CNIF
—
INT2EP
OC1IF
CMIF
—
INT1EP
IC1IF
IFS0
0084
—
AD1IF
INT2IF
—
U1TXIF U1RXIF
SPI1IF
—
SPF1IF
—
T3IF
—
T2IF
—
—
—
IFS1
0086 U2TXIF
U2RXIF
RTCIF
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
INT1IF
—
MI2C1IF
—
IFS3
008A
008C
0094
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
IFS4
CTMUIF
AD1IE
INT2IE
—
—
—
HLVDIF
T3IE
—
—
—
—
—
CRCIF
T1IE
CNIE
—
U2ERIF
OC1IE
CMIE
—
U1ERIF
IC1IE
—
IEC0
IEC1
IEC3
IEC4
IPC0
IPC1
IPC2
IPC3
IPC4
IPC5
IPC7
IPC15
IPC16
IPC18
IPC19
NVMIE
—
U1TXIE U1RXIE
SPI1IE
—
SPF1IE
—
T2IE
—
—
—
—
INT0IE
SI2C1IE
—
0096 U2TXIE
U2RXIE
RTCIE
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
INT1IE
—
MI2C1IE
—
009A
009C
00A4
00A6
00A8
00AA
00AC
00AE
00B2
00C2
00C4
00C8
00CA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CTMUIE
T1IP1
T2IP1
—
—
—
—
HLVDIE
OC1IP0
—
—
—
—
—
CRCIE
—
U2ERIE
INT0IP2
—
U1ERIE
INT0IP1
—
—
T1IP2
T2IP2
T1IP0
T2IP0
—
OC1IP2
—
OC1IP1
—
—
IC1IP2
—
IC1IP1
—
IC1IP0
—
INT0IP0
—
—
—
—
U1RXIP2 U1RXIP1 U1RXIP0
NVMIP2 NVMIP1 NVMIP0
—
SPI1IP2 SPI1IP1 SPI1IP0
—
SPF1IP2 SPF1IP1 SPF1IP0
AD1IP2 AD1IP1 AD1IP0
MI2C1P2 MI2C1P1 MI2C1P0
—
T3IP2
T3IP1
T3IP0
—
—
CMIP2
—
—
CMIP1
—
—
CMIP0
—
—
—
U1TXIP2 U1TXIP1 U1TXIP0
CNIP2
—
CNIP1
—
CNIP0
—
—
—
—
SI2C1P2
INT1IP2
—
SI2C1P1
INT1IP1
—
SI2C1P0
INT1IP0
—
—
—
—
INT2IP2
—
—
INT2IP1
—
—
INT2IP0
—
—
U2TXIP2 U2TXIP1 U2TXIP0
—
U2RXIP2 U2RXIP1 U2RXIP0
RTCIP2 RTCIP1 RTCIP0
U2ERIP2 U2ERIP1 U2ERIP0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CRCIP2 CRCIP1 CRCIP0
—
—
U1ERIP2 U1ERIP1 U1ERIP0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
HLVDIP2 HLVDIP1 HLVDIP0
—
—
CTMUIP2 CTMUIP1 CTMUIP0
—
—
—
—
INTTREG 00E0 CPUIRQ
Legend:
VHOLD
ILR3
ILR2
ILR1
ILR0
—
VECNUM6 VECNUM5 VECNUM4 VECNUM3 VECNUM2 VECNUM1 VECNUM0 0000
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
TABLE 4-6:
TIMER REGISTER MAP
All
Resets
File Name Addr
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
TMR1
PR1
0100
0102
0104
0106
0108
010A
010C
010E
0110
0112
Timer1 Register
0000
FFFF
0000
0000
0000
0000
FFFF
FFFF
0000
0000
Timer1 Period Register
T1CON
TMR2
TMR3HLD
TMR3
PR2
TON
—
TSIDL
—
—
—
—
—
—
TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0
—
TSYNC
TCS
—
Timer2 Register
Timer3 Holding Register (for 32-bit timer operations only)
Timer3 Register
Timer2 Period Register
PR3
Timer3 Period Register
T2CON
T3CON
Legend:
TON
TON
—
—
TSIDL
TSIDL
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0
TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0
T32
—
—
—
TCS
TCS
—
—
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
TABLE 4-7:
INPUT CAPTURE REGISTER MAP
File
Name
All
Resets
Addr
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
IC1BUF
IC1CON
Legend:
0140
0142
Input Capture 1 Register
FFFF
0000
—
—
ICSIDL
—
—
—
—
—
ICTMR
ICI1
ICI0
ICOV
ICBNE
ICM2
ICM1
ICM0
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
TABLE 4-8:
OUTPUT COMPARE REGISTER MAP
File
Name
All
Resets
Addr
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
OC1RS
OC1R
0180
0182
0184
Output Compare 1 Secondary Register
Output Compare 1 Register
FFFF
FFFF
0000
OC1CON
Legend:
—
—
OCSIDL
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
OCFLT OCTSEL
OCM2
OCM1
OCM0
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
TABLE 4-9:
I2C™ REGISTER MAP
All
Resets
File Name
Addr
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
I2C1RCV
I2C1TRN
I2C1BRG
I2C1CON
I2C1STAT
I2C1ADD
I2C1MSK
0200
0202
0204
0206
0208
020A
020C
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
I2C1 Receive Register
I2C1 Transmit Register
0000
00FF
0000
1000
0000
0000
0000
—
—
—
I2C1 Baud Rate Generator Register
I2CEN
I2CSIDL SCLREL IPMIEN
A10M
BCL
—
DISSLW
SMEN
GCEN
STREN
I2COV
ACKDT
D/A
ACKEN
P
RCEN
S
PEN
R/W
RSEN
RBF
SEN
TBF
ACKSTAT TRSTAT
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
GCSTAT ADD10
IWCOL
—
—
—
—
I2C1 Address Register
—
AMSK9
AMSK8
AMSK7
AMSK6
AMSK5
AMSK4
AMSK3
AMSK2
AMSK1
AMSK0
Legend:
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
TABLE 4-10: UART REGISTER MAP
File
Name
All
Resets
Addr
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
U1MODE
U1STA
0220
UARTEN
—
USIDL
IREN
—
RTSMD
—
UEN1
UTXBF
—
UEN0
WAKE
LPBACK
ABAUD
ADDEN
RXINV
RIDLE
BRGH
PERR
PDSEL1 PDSEL0 STSEL
0000
0222 UTXISEL1 UTXINV UTXISEL0
UTXBRK UTXEN
TRMT URXISEL1 URXISEL0
FERR
OERR URXDA 0110
U1TXREG 0224
U1RXREG 0226
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
UART1 Transmit Register
UART1 Receive Register
0000
0000
0000
—
—
U1BRG
U2MODE
U2STA
0228
0230
Baud Rate Generator Prescaler Register
UARTEN
—
USIDL
IREN
—
RTSMD
—
UEN1
UTXBF
—
UEN0
WAKE
LPBACK
ABAUD
ADDEN
RXINV
RIDLE
BRGH
PERR
PDSEL1 PDSEL0 STSEL
0000
0232 UTXISEL1 UTXINV UTXISEL0
UTXBRK UTXEN
TRMT URXISEL1 URXISEL0
FERR
OERR URXDA 0110
U2TXREG 0234
U2RXREG 0236
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
UART2 Transmit Register
UART2 Receive Register
0000
0000
0000
—
—
U2BRG
0238
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Baud Rate Generator Prescaler
Legend:
TABLE 4-11: SPI REGISTER MAP
File
Name
All
Resets
Addr
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
SPI1STAT
0240
SPIEN
—
—
—
SPISIDL
—
—
DISSCK
—
—
SPIBEC2 SPIBEC1 SPIBEC0 SRMPT SPIROV SRXMPT SISEL2
SISEL1
SPRE1
—
SISEL0
SPRE0
—
SPITBF
PPRE1
SPIFE
SPIRBF
PPRE0
SPIBEN
0000
0000
0000
0000
SPI1CON1 0242
SPI1CON2 0244
DISSDO MODE16
SMP
—
CKE
—
SSEN
—
CKP
—
MSTEN
—
SPRE2
—
FRMEN
SPIFSD SPIFPOL
—
—
SPI1BUF
0248
SPI1 Transmit/Receive Buffer
Legend:
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
TABLE 4-12: PORTA REGISTER MAP
File
Name
All
Resets
Addr
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5(1)
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
TRISA
02C0
02C2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TRISA7(4) TRISA6
—
TRISA4 TRISA3(5,6) TRISA2(5) TRISA1
TRISA0
RA0(2)
00DF
xxxx
PORTA
RA7(4)
LATA7(4)
ODA7(4)
RA6
RA5
RA4(3)
LATA4
ODA4
RA3(5,6)
LATA3(5,6) LATA2(5)
ODA3(5,6) ODA2(5)
RA2(5)
RA1(2)
LATA1
ODA1
LATA
02C4
02C6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LATA6
ODA6
—
—
LATA0
ODA0
xxxx
0000
ODCA
Legend:
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Bit available only when MCLRE = 0.
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
A read of RA1 and RA0 results in ‘0’ when debug is active on the PGC2/PGD2 pin.
A read of RA4 results in ‘0’ when debug is active on the PGC3/PGD3 pin.
These bits are not implemented in 20-pin devices.
Bits are available only when the primary oscillator is disabled (POSCMD1:POSCMD0 = 00); otherwise read as ‘0’.
Bits are available only when the primary oscillator is disabled or EC mode is selected (POSCMD1:POSCMD0 = 00or 11) and CLKO is disabled (OSCIOFNC = 0); otherwise read as ‘0’.
TABLE 4-13: PORTB REGISTER MAP
File
Name
All
Resets
Addr
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
TRISB 02C8 TRISB15
PORTB 02CA RB15
LATB 02CC LATB15
TRISB14
RB14
TRISB13
RB13
TRISB12 TRISB11(3) TRISB10(3) TRISB9
TRISB8
RB8
TRISB7 TRISB6(3) TRISB5(3) TRISB4 TRISB3(3) TRISB2
TRISB1
RB1(1)
LATB1
ODB1
TRISB0
RB0(1)
LATB0
ODB0
FFFF
xxxx
xxxx
0000
RB12
LATB12
ODB12
RB11(3)
LATB11(3) LATB10(3)
ODB11 ODB10
RB10(3)
RB9
RB7
RB6(3)
LATB6(3) LATB5(3)
ODB6 ODB5
RB5(3)
RB4(2)
LATB4
ODB4
RB3(3)
LATB3(3)
ODB3
RB2
LATB14
ODB14
LATB13
ODB13
LATB9
ODB9
LATB8
ODB8
LATB7
ODB7
LATB2
ODB2
ODCB 02CE
ODB15
Legend:
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1:
A read of RB1 and RB0 results in ‘0’ when debug is active on the PGEC1/PGED1 pins.
A read of RB4 results in ‘0’ when debug is active on the PGEC3/PGED3 pins.
PORTB bits, 11, 10, 6, 5 and 3, are not implemented in 20-pin devices.
2:
3:
TABLE 4-14: PAD CONFIGURATION REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
RTSECSEL1
Bit 1
RTSECSEL0
Bit 0 All Resets
0000
PADCFG1 02FC
Legend:
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
SMBUSDEL OC1TRIS
—
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
TABLE 4-15: ADC REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
All Resets
ADC1BUF0
ADC1BUF1
ADC1BUF2
ADC1BUF3
ADC1BUF4
0300
0302
0304
0306
0308
ADC Data Buffer 0
ADC Data Buffer 1
ADC Data Buffer 2
ADC Data Buffer 3
ADC Data Buffer 4
ADC Data Buffer 5
ADC Data Buffer 6
ADC Data Buffer 7
ADC Data Buffer 8
ADC Data Buffer 9
ADC Data Buffer 10
ADC Data Buffer 11
ADC Data Buffer 12
ADC Data Buffer 13
ADC Data Buffer 14
ADC Data Buffer 15
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
ADC1BUF5 030A
ADC1BUF6 030C
ADC1BUF7 030E
ADC1BUF8
ADC1BUF9
0310
0312
ADC1BUFA 0314
ADC1BUFB 0316
ADC1BUFC 0318
ADC1BUFD 031A
ADC1BUFE 031C
ADC1BUFF 031E
AD1CON1
AD1CON2
AD1CON3
AD1CHS
0320
0322
0324
0328
032C
0330
ADON
VCFG2
ADRC
CH0NB
—
—
VCFG1
—
ADSIDL
—
—
—
—
FORM1
—
FORM0
—
SSRC2
BUFS
—
SSRC1
—
SSRC0
SMPI3
ADCS5
—
—
—
ASAM
SMPI0
ADCS2
SAMP
BUFM
ADCS1
DONE
ALTS
VCFG0 OFFCAL
CSCNA
SAMC2
SMPI2
ADCS4
SMPI1
ADCS3
—
—
—
—
SAMC4
—
SAMC3
SAMC1
SAMC0
—
ADCS0
—
CH0SB3 CH0SB2 CH0SB1 CH0SB0 CH0NA
—
CH0SA4 CH0SA3 CH0SA2 CH0SA1 CH0SA0
AD1PCFG
AD1CSSL
Legend:
—
PCFG12 PCFG11 PCFG10
CSSL12 CSSL11 CSSL10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
PCFG5
CSSL5
PCFG4
CSSL4
PCFG3
CSSL3
PCFG2
CSSL2
PCFG1
CSSL1
PCFG0
CSSL0
—
—
—
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
TABLE 4-16: CTMU REGISTER MAP
File
Name
All
Resets
Addr Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
—
CTMUCON 033C CTMUEN
CTMUSIDL TGEN EDGEN EDGSEQEN IDISSEN CTTRIG EDG2POL EDG2SEL1 EDG2SEL0 EDG1POL EDG1SEL1 EDG1SEL0 EDG2STAT EDG1STAT 0000
ITRIM2 ITRIM1 ITRIM0 IRNG1 IRNG0 0000
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
CTMUICON 033E ITRIM5 ITRIM4 ITRIM3
Legend:
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TABLE 4-17: REAL-TIME CLOCK AND CALENDAR REGISTER MAP
File
Name
All
Resets
Addr
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
ALRMVAL
0620
Alarm Value Register Window Based on ALRMPTR<15:0>
xxxx
0000
xxxx
0000
ALCFGRPT 0622 ALRMEN CHIME
AMASK3
AMASK2 AMASK1 AMASK0 ALRMPTR1 ALRMPTR0 ARPT7 ARPT6
RTCC Value Register Window Based on RTCPTR<15:0>
ARPT5
CAL5
ARPT4 ARPT3 ARPT2
ARPT1
CAL1
ARPT0
CAL0
RTCVAL
RCFGCAL
Legend:
0624
0626
RTCEN
—
RTCWREN RTCSYNC HALFSEC RTCOE RTCPTR1 RTCPTR0
CAL7
CAL6
CAL4
CAL3
CAL2
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
TABLE 4-18: DUAL COMPARATOR REGISTER MAP
File
Name
All
Resets
Addr
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CVRR
—
—
—
CVR3
—
—
CVR2
—
CMSTAT
CVRCON
CM1CON
CM2CON
Legend:
0630 CMSIDL
C2EVT
—
C1EVT
—
C2OUT
CVR1
CCH1
CCH1
C1OUT
CVR0
CCH0
CCH0
0000
0000
0000
0000
0632
0634
0636
—
—
—
CVREN CVROE
EVPOL1 EVPOL0
EVPOL1 EVPOL0
CVRSS
CREF
CREF
CON
CON
COE
COE
CPOL
CPOL
CLPWR
CLPWR
CEVT
CEVT
COUT
COUT
—
—
—
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
TABLE 4-19: CRC REGISTER MAP
File
Name
All
Resets
Addr
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
CRCCON
CRCXOR
CRCDAT
0640
0642
0644
—
—
CSIDL VWORD4 VWORD3 VWORD2 VWORD1 VWORD0 CRCFUL CRCMPT
—
CRCGO
PLEN3
PLEN2
PLEN1
PLEN0
—
0040
0000
0000
0000
X<15:1>
CRC Data Input Register
CRC Result Register
CRCWDAT 0646
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
TABLE 4-20: CLOCK CONTROL REGISTER MAP
All
Resets
File Name
Addr
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
RCON
0740
0742
0744
0748
074E
TRAPR IOPUWR SBOREN
—
—
—
DPSLP
—
PMSLP
EXTR
SWR
—
SWDTEN
LOCK
—
WDTO
—
SLEEP
CF
IDLE
—
BOR
POR
(Note 1)
OSCCON
CLKDIV
—
ROI
—
COSC2
DOZE2
—
COSC1
DOZE1
—
COSC0
DOZE0
—
NOSC2 NOSC1 NOSC0 CLKLOCK
SOSCEN OSWEN (Note 2)
DOZEN
—
RCDIV2 RCDIV1 RCDIV0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TUN1
—
—
TUN0
—
3140
0000
0000
0000
OSCTUN
REFOCON
HLVDCON
Legend:
—
—
—
—
TUN5
—
TUN4
—
TUN3
—
TUN2
—
ROEN
—
ROSSLP ROSEL
HLSIDL
RODIV3 RODIV2 RODIV1 RODIV0
—
—
0756 HLVDEN
—
—
—
—
—
—
VDIR
BGVST
IRVST
—
HLVDL3 HLVDL2 HLVDL1 HLVDL0
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1:
2:
RCON register Reset values are dependent on type of Reset.
OSCCON register Reset values are dependent on configuration fuses and by type of Reset.
TABLE 4-21: DEEP SLEEP REGISTER MAP
All
Resets(1)
File Name Addr
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
DSCON
DSWSRC
DSGPR0
0758
075A
075C
DSEN
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
DSBOR RELEASE
0000
0000
DSINT0
DSFLT
DSWDT DSRTCC DSMCLR
—
DSPOR
Deep Sleep General Purpose Register 0
Deep Sleep General Purpose Register 1
0000
0000
DSGPR1
075E
Legend:
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1:
The Deep Sleep registers are only reset on a VDD POR event.
TABLE 4-22: NVM REGISTER MAP
All
Resets
File Name Addr Bit 15 Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11 Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
NVMCON
NVMKEY
0760
0766
WR
—
WREN WRERR PGMONLY
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
ERASE
NVMOP5 NVMOP4 NVMOP3 NVMOP2 NVMOP1 NVMOP0 0000(1)
—
—
—
NVMKEY7 NVMKEY6 NVMKEY5 NVMKEY4 NVMKEY3 NVMKEY2 NVMKEY1 NVMKEY0 0000
Legend:
Note 1:
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Reset value shown is for POR only. Value on other Reset states is dependent on the state of memory write or erase operations at the time of Reset.
TABLE 4-23: PMD REGISTER MAP
File Name Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
All Resets
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
PMD1
PMD2
PMD3
PMD4
Legend:
0770
0772
0774
0776
T3MD T2MD T1MD
—
—
—
—
—
IC1MD
—
I2C1MD
—
U2MD
—
U1MD
—
SPI1MD
—
—
—
—
—
—
ADC1MD
OC1MD
—
0000
0000
0000
0000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CMPMD RTCCMD
CRCPMD
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
EEMD
REFOMD CTMUMD HLVDMD
—
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
4.2.5
SOFTWARE STACK
4.3
Interfacing Program and Data
Memory Spaces
In addition to its use as a working register, the W15
register in PIC24F devices is also used as a Software
Stack Pointer. The pointer always points to the first
available free word and grows from lower to higher
addresses. It pre-decrements for stack pops and
post-increments for stack pushes, as depicted in
Figure 4-4.
The PIC24F architecture uses a 24-bit wide program
space and 16-bit wide data space. The architecture is
also a modified Harvard scheme, meaning that data
can also be present in the program space. To use this
data successfully, it must be accessed in a way that
preserves the alignment of information in both spaces.
For a PC push during any CALLinstruction, the MSB of
the PC is zero-extended before the push, ensuring that
the MSB is always clear.
Apart from the normal execution, the PIC24F
architecture provides two methods by which the
program space can be accessed during operation:
Note:
A PC push during exception processing
will concatenate the SRL register to the
MSB of the PC prior to the push.
• Using table instructions to access individual bytes
or words anywhere in the program space
• Remapping a portion of the program space into
the data space, PSV
The Stack Pointer Limit Value (SPLIM) register,
associated with the Stack Pointer, sets an upper
address boundary for the stack. SPLIM is uninitialized
at Reset. As is the case for the Stack Pointer,
SPLIM<0> is forced to ‘0’ as all stack operations must
be word-aligned. Whenever an EA is generated using
W15 as a source or destination pointer, the resulting
address is compared with the value in SPLIM. If the
contents of the Stack Pointer (W15) and the SPLIM
register are equal, and a push operation is performed,
a stack error trap will not occur. The stack error trap will
occur on a subsequent push operation.
Table instructions allow an application to read or write
small areas of the program memory. This makes the
method ideal for accessing data tables that need to be
updated from time to time. It also allows access to all
bytes of the program word. The remapping method
allows an application to access a large block of data on
a read-only basis, which is ideal for look ups from a
large table of static data. It can only access the least
significant word (lsw) of the program word.
4.3.1
ADDRESSING PROGRAM SPACE
Thus, for example, if it is desirable to cause a stack
error trap when the stack grows beyond address 0DF6
in RAM, initialize the SPLIM with the value, 0DF4.
Since the address ranges for the data and program
spaces are 16 and 24 bits, respectively, a method is
needed to create a 23-bit or 24-bit program address
from 16-bit data registers. The solution depends on the
interface method to be used.
Similarly, a Stack Pointer underflow (stack error) trap is
generated when the Stack Pointer address is found to
be less than 0800h. This prevents the stack from
interfering with the Special Function Register (SFR)
space.
For table operations, the 8-bit Table Memory Page
Address register (TBLPAG) is used to define a 32K word
region within the program space. This is concatenated
with a 16-bit EA to arrive at a full 24-bit program space
address. In this format, the Most Significant bit (MSb) of
TBLPAG is used to determine if the operation occurs in
the user memory (TBLPAG<7> = 0) or the configuration
memory (TBLPAG<7> = 1).
Note:
A write to the SPLIM register should not be
immediately followed by an indirect read
operation using W15.
FIGURE 4-4:
CALL STACK FRAME
For remapping operations, the 8-bit Program Space
Visibility Page Address register (PSVPAG) is used to
define a 16K word page in the program space. When
the MSb of the EA is ‘1’, PSVPAG is concatenated with
the lower 15 bits of the EA to form a 23-bit program
space address. Unlike the table operations, this limits
remapping operations strictly to the user memory area.
0000h
15
0
PC<15:0>
000000000
W15 (before CALL)
W15 (after CALL)
See Table 4-24 and Figure 4-5 to know how the
program EA is created for table operations and
remapping accesses from the data EA. Here, P<23:0>
refers to a program space word, whereas D<15:0>
refers to a data space word.
PC<22:16>
<Free Word>
POP : [--W15]
PUSH: [W15++]
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 37
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 4-24: PROGRAM SPACE ADDRESS CONSTRUCTION
Program Space Address
Access
Space
Access Type
<23>
<22:16>
<15>
<14:1>
<0>
Instruction Access
(Code Execution)
User
User
0
PC<22:1>
0
0xx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxx0
TBLPAG<7:0> Data EA<15:0>
0xxx xxxx
TBLRD/TBLWT
(Byte/Word Read/Write)
xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
Data EA<15:0>
Configuration
TBLPAG<7:0>
1xxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
Data EA<14:0>(1)
Program Space Visibility User
(Block Remap/Read)
0
0
PSVPAG<7:0>(2)
xxxx xxxx
xxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
Note 1: Data EA<15> is always ‘1’ in this case, but is not used in calculating the program space address. Bit 15 of
the address is PSVPAG<0>.
2: PSVPAG can have only two values (‘00’ to access program memory and FF to access data EEPROM) on
the PIC24F16KA102 family.
FIGURE 4-5:
DATA ACCESS FROM PROGRAM SPACE ADDRESS GENERATION
Program Counter(1)
0
Program Counter
23 Bits
0
1/0
EA
Table Operations(2)
1/0
TBLPAG
8 Bits
16 Bits
24 Bits
Select
1
0
EA
Program Space Visibility(1)
(Remapping)
0
PSVPAG
8 Bits
15 Bits
23 Bits
Byte Select
User/Configuration
Space Select
Note 1: The LSb of program space addresses is always fixed as ‘0’ in order to maintain word alignment of data in the
program and data spaces.
2: Table operations are not required to be word-aligned. Table read operations are permitted in the configuration
memory space.
DS39927B-page 38
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
In a similar fashion, two table instructions, TBLWTH
and TBLWTL, are used to write individual bytes or
words to a program space address. The details of
their operation are explained in Section 5.0 “Flash
Program Memory”.
4.3.2
DATA ACCESS FROM PROGRAM
MEMORY AND DATA EEPROM
MEMORY USING TABLE
INSTRUCTIONS
The TBLRDL and TBLWTL instructions offer a direct
method of reading or writing the lower word of any
address within the program memory without going
through data space. It also offers a direct method of
reading or writing a word of any address within data
EEPROM memory. The TBLRDH and TBLWTH instruc-
tions are the only method to read or write the upper 8 bits
of a program space word as data.
For all table operations, the area of program memory
space to be accessed is determined by the Table
Memory Page Address register (TBLPAG). TBLPAG
covers the entire program memory space of the
device, including user and configuration spaces. When
TBLPAG<7> = 0, the table page is located in the user
memory space. When TBLPAG<7> = 1, the page is
located in configuration space.
Note:
The TBLRDHand TBLWTHinstructions are
not used while accessing data EEPROM
memory.
Note:
Only table read operations will execute in
the configuration memory space, and only
then, in implemented areas such as the
Device ID. Table write operations are not
allowed.
The PC is incremented by 2 for each successive
24-bit program word. This allows program memory
addresses to directly map to data space addresses.
Program memory can thus be regarded as two 16-bit
word-wide address spaces, residing side by side, each
with the same address range. TBLRDL and TBLWTL
access the space which contains the least significant
data word, and TBLRDHand TBLWTHaccess the space
which contains the upper data byte.
Two table instructions are provided to move byte or
word-sized (16-bit) data to and from program space.
Both function as either byte or word operations.
1. TBLRDL (Table Read Low): In Word mode, it
maps the lower word of the program space
location (P<15:0>) to a data address (D<15:0>).
In Byte mode, either the upper or lower byte of
the lower program word is mapped to the lower
byte of a data address. The upper byte is
selected when byte select is ‘1’; the lower byte
is selected when it is ‘0’.
2. TBLRDH (Table Read High): In Word mode, it
maps the entire upper word of a program address
(P<23:16>) to
a data address. Note that
D<15:8>, the ‘phantom’ byte, will always be ‘0’.
In Byte mode, it maps the upper or lower byte of
the program word to D<7:0> of the data
address, as above. Note that the data will
always be ‘0’ when the upper ‘phantom’ byte is
selected (byte select = 1).
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 39
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
FIGURE 4-6:
ACCESSING PROGRAM MEMORY WITH TABLE INSTRUCTIONS
Program Space
Data EA<15:0>
8
TBLPAG
23
16
0
00
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
000000h
0
23
15
002BFEh
‘Phantom’ Byte
TBLRDH.B(Wn<0> = 0)
TBLRDL.B(Wn<0> = 1)
TBLRDL.B(Wn<0> = 0)
TBLRDL.W
The address for the table operation is determined by the data EA
within the page defined by the TBLPAG register. Only read
operations are provided; write operations are also valid in the
user memory area.
800000h
Although each data space address, 8000h and higher,
maps directly into a corresponding program memory
address (see Figure 4-7), only the lower 16 bits of the
24-bit program word are used to contain the data. The
upper 8 bits of any program space locations used as
data should be programmed with ‘1111 1111’ or
‘0000 0000’ to force a NOP. This prevents possible
issues should the area of code ever be accidentally
executed.
4.3.3
READING DATA FROM PROGRAM
MEMORY USING PROGRAM SPACE
VISIBILITY
The upper 32 Kbytes of data space may optionally be
mapped into an 8K word page (in PIC24F08KA1XX
devices) and a 16K word page (in PIC24F16KA1XX
devices) of the program space. This provides
transparent access of stored constant data from the
data space without the need to use special instructions
(i.e., TBLRDL/H).
Note:
PSV access is temporarily disabled during
table reads/writes.
Program space access through the data space occurs
if the MSb of the data space EA is ‘1’, and PSV is
enabled by setting the PSV bit in the CPU Control
(CORCON<2>) register. The location of the program
memory space to be mapped into the data space is
determined by the Program Space Visibility Page
Address register (PSVPAG). This 8-bit register defines
any one of 256 possible pages of 16K words in pro-
gram space. In effect, PSVPAG functions as the upper
8 bits of the program memory address, with the 15 bits
of the EA functioning as the lower bits.
For operations that use PSV and are executed outside
a REPEATloop, the MOV and MOV.Dinstructions will
require one instruction cycle in addition to the specified
execution time. All other instructions will require two
instruction cycles in addition to the specified execution
time.
For operations that use PSV, which are executed inside
a REPEAT loop, there will be some instances that
require two instruction cycles in addition to the
specified execution time of the instruction:
By incrementing the PC by 2 for each program memory
word, the lower 15 bits of data space addresses directly
map to the lower 15 bits in the corresponding program
space addresses.
• Execution in the first iteration
• Execution in the last iteration
• Execution prior to exiting the loop due to an
interrupt
Data reads from this area add an additional cycle to the
instruction being executed, since two program memory
fetches are required.
• Execution upon re-entering the loop after an
interrupt is serviced
DS39927B-page 40
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
Any other iteration of the REPEAT loop will allow the
instruction accessing data, using PSV, to execute in a
single cycle.
FIGURE 4-7:
PROGRAM SPACE VISIBILITY OPERATION
When CORCON<2> = 1and EA<15> = 1:
Program Space
Data Space
PSVPAG
00
23
15
0
000000h
0000h
Data EA<14:0>
002BFEh
The data in the page
designated by
PSVPAG is mapped
into the upper half of
the data memory
space....
8000h
PSV Area
...while the lower 15 bits
of the EA specify an exact
address within the PSV
area. This corresponds
exactly to the same lower
15 bits of the actual
FFFFh
program space address.
800000h
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 41
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39927B-page 42
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
Real-Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP) is accomplished
using TBLRD (table read) and TBLWT (table write)
instructions. With RTSP, the user may write program
memory data in blocks of 32 instructions (96 bytes) at
a time, and erase program memory in blocks of 32, 64
and 128 instructions (96,192 and 384 bytes) at a time.
5.0
FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information on Flash
programming, refer to the “PIC24F Family
Reference Manual”, Section 4. “Program
Memory” (DS39715).
The NVMOP<1:0> (NVMCON<1:0>) bits decide the
erase block size.
The PIC24F16KA102 family of devices contains
internal Flash program memory for storing and
executing application code. The memory is readable,
writable and erasable when operating with VDD over
1.8V.
5.1
Table Instructions and Flash
Programming
Regardless of the method used, Flash memory
programming is done with the table read and write
instructions. These allow direct read and write access to
the program memory space from the data memory while
the device is in normal operating mode. The 24-bit target
address in the program memory is formed using the
TBLPAG<7:0> bits and the Effective Address (EA) from
a W register, specified in the table instruction, as
depicted in Figure 5-1.
Flash memory can be programmed in three ways:
• In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™)
• Run-Time Self Programming (RTSP)
• Enhanced In-Circuit Serial Programming
(Enhanced ICSP)
ICSP allows a PIC24F16KA102 device to be serially
programmed while in the end application circuit. This is
simply done with two lines for the programming clock
and programming data (which are named PGCx and
PGDx, respectively), and three other lines for power
(VDD), ground (VSS) and Master Clear/Program Mode
Entry Voltage (MCLR/VPP). This allows customers to
manufacture boards with unprogrammed devices and
then program the microcontroller just before shipping
the product. This also allows the most recent firmware
or custom firmware to be programmed.
The TBLRDLand the TBLWTLinstructions are used to
read or write to bits<15:0> of program memory.
TBLRDLand TBLWTLcan access program memory in
both Word and Byte modes.
The TBLRDHand TBLWTHinstructions are used to read
or write to bits<23:16> of program memory. TBLRDH
and TBLWTHcan also access program memory in Word
or Byte mode.
FIGURE 5-1:
ADDRESSING FOR TABLE REGISTERS
24 Bits
Using
Program
Counter
0
Program Counter
0
Working Reg EA
Using
Table
Instruction
1/0
TBLPAG Reg
8 Bits
16 Bits
User/Configuration
Space Select
Byte
Select
24-Bit EA
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 43
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
5.2
RTSP Operation
5.3
Enhanced In-Circuit Serial
Programming
The PIC24F Flash program memory array is organized
into rows of 32 instructions or 96 bytes. RTSP allows
the user to erase blocks of 1 row, 2 rows and 4 rows
(32, 64 and 128 instructions) at a time and to program
one row at a time. It is also possible to program single
words.
Enhanced ICSP uses an on-board bootloader, known
as the program executive, to manage the programming
process. Using an SPI data frame format, the program
executive can erase, program and verify program
memory. For more information on Enhanced ICSP, see
the device programming specification.
The 1-row (96 bytes), 2-row (192 bytes) and 4-row
(384 bytes) erase blocks and single row write block
(96 bytes) are edge-aligned, from the beginning of
program memory.
5.4
Control Registers
There are two SFRs used to read and write the
program Flash memory: NVMCON and NVMKEY.
When data is written to program memory using TBLWT
instructions, the data is not written directly to memory.
Instead, data written using table writes is stored in holding
latches until the programming sequence is executed.
The NVMCON register (Register 5-1) controls the
blocks that need to be erased, which memory type is to
be programmed and when the programming cycle
starts.
Any number of TBLWT instructions can be executed
and a write will be successfully performed. However,
32 TBLWTinstructions are required to write the full row
of memory.
NVMKEY is a write-only register that is used for write
protection. To start a programming or erase sequence,
the user must consecutively write 55h and AAh to the
NVMKEY register. Refer to Section 5.5 “Programming
Operations” for further details.
The basic sequence for RTSP programming is to set up
a Table Pointer, then do a series of TBLWTinstructions to
load the buffers. Programming is performed by setting
the control bits in the NVMCON register.
5.5
Programming Operations
Data can be loaded in any order and the holding
registers can be written to multiple times before
performing a write operation. Subsequent writes,
however, will wipe out any previous writes.
A complete programming sequence is necessary for
programming or erasing the internal Flash in RTSP
mode. During a programming or erase operation, the
processor stalls (waits) until the operation is finished.
Setting the WR bit (NVMCON<15>) starts the
operation and the WR bit is automatically cleared when
the operation is finished.
Note:
Writing to a location multiple times without
erasing it is not recommended.
All of the table write operations are single-word writes
(two instruction cycles), because only the buffers are
written.
A
programming cycle is required for
programming each row.
DS39927B-page 44
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 5-1:
NVMCON: FLASH MEMORY CONTROL REGISTER
R/SO-0, HC
WR
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
PGMONLY(4)
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
WREN
WRERR
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
NVMOP5(1)
R/W-0
NVMOP4(1)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
NVMOP1(1)
R/W-0
NVMOP0(1)
bit 0
ERASE
NVMOP3(1) NVMOP2(1)
bit 7
Legend:
SO = Settable Only bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
HC = Hardware Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
W = Writable bit
x = Bit is unknown
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
bit 15
WR: Write Control bit
1= Initiates a Flash memory program or erase operation. The operation is self-timed and the bit is
cleared by hardware once the operation is complete
0= Program or erase operation is complete and inactive
bit 14
bit 13
WREN: Write Enable bit
1= Enable Flash program/erase operations
0= Inhibit Flash program/erase operations
WRERR: Write Sequence Error Flag bit
1= An improper program or erase sequence attempt or termination has occurred (bit is set automatically
on any set attempt of the WR bit)
0= The program or erase operation completed normally
bit 12
bit 11-7
bit 6
PGMONLY: Program Only Enable bit(4)
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
ERASE: Erase/Program Enable bit
1= Perform the erase operation specified by NVMOP<5:0> on the next WR command
0= Perform the program operation specified by NVMOP<5:0> on the next WR command
bit 5-0
NVMOP<5:0>: Programming Operation Command Byte bits(1)
Erase Operations (when ERASE bit is ‘1’):
1010xx= Erase entire boot block (including code-protected boot block)(2)
1001xx= Erase entire memory (including boot block, configuration block, general block)(2)
011010= Erase 4 rows of Flash memory(3)
011001= Erase 2 rows of Flash memory(3)
011000= Erase 1 row of Flash memory(3)
0101xx= Erase entire configuration block (except code protection bits)
0100xx= Erase entire data EEPROM(4)
0011xx= Erase entire general memory block programming operations
0001xx= Write 1 row of Flash memory (when ERASE bit is ‘0’)(3)
Note 1: All other combinations of NVMOP<5:0> are no operation.
2: Available in ICSP™ mode only. Refer to device programming specification.
3: The address in the Table Pointer decides which rows will be erased.
4: This bit is used only while accessing data EEPROM.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 45
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
4. Write the first 32 instructions from data RAM into
the program memory buffers (see Example 5-1).
5.5.1
PROGRAMMING ALGORITHM FOR
FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
5. Write the program block to Flash memory:
The user can program one row of Flash program
memory at a time by erasing the programmable row.
The general process is:
a) Set the NVMOP bits to ‘011000’ to
configure for row programming. Clear the
ERASE bit and set the WREN bit.
1. Read
a
row
of
program
memory
b) Write 55h to NVMKEY.
c) Write AAh to NVMKEY.
(32 instructions) and store in data RAM.
2. Update the program data in RAM with the
desired new data.
d) Set the WR bit. The programming cycle
begins and the CPU stalls for the duration of
the write cycle. When the write to Flash
memory is done, the WR bit is cleared
automatically.
3. Erase a row (see Example 5-1):
a) Set the NVMOP bits (NVMCON<5:0>) to
‘011000’ to configure for row erase. Set the
ERASE (NVMCON<6>) and WREN
(NVMCON<14>) bits.
For protection against accidental operations, the write
initiate sequence for NVMKEY must be used to allow
any erase or program operation to proceed. After the
programming command has been executed, the user
must wait for the programming time until programming
is complete. The two instructions following the start of
the programming sequence should be NOPs, as
displayed in Example 5-5.
b) Write the starting address of the block to be
erased into the TBLPAG and W registers.
c) Write 55h to NVMKEY.
d) Write AAh to NVMKEY.
e) Set the WR bit (NVMCON<15>). The erase
cycle begins and the CPU stalls for the
duration of the erase cycle. When the erase is
done, the WR bit is cleared automatically.
EXAMPLE 5-1:
ERASING A PROGRAM MEMORY ROW – ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE CODE
; Set up NVMCON for row erase operation
MOV
MOV
#0x4058, W0
W0, NVMCON
;
; Initialize NVMCON
; Init pointer to row to be ERASED
MOV
MOV
MOV
#tblpage(PROG_ADDR), W0
W0, TBLPAG
#tbloffset(PROG_ADDR), W0
;
; Initialize PM Page Boundary SFR
; Initialize in-page EA[15:0] pointer
; Set base address of erase block
; Block all interrupts
TBLWTL W0, [W0]
DISI
#5
for next 5 instructions
MOV
MOV
MOV
MOV
BSET
NOP
NOP
#0x55, W0
W0, NVMKEY
#0xAA, W1
W1, NVMKEY
NVMCON, #WR
; Write the 55 key
;
; Write the AA key
; Start the erase sequence
; Insert two NOPs after the erase
; command is asserted
DS39927B-page 46
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
EXAMPLE 5-2:
ERASING A PROGRAM MEMORY ROW – ‘C’ LANGUAGE CODE
// C example using MPLAB C30
int __attribute__ ((space(auto_psv))) progAddr = &progAddr; // Variable located in Pgm Memory
unsigned int offset;
//Set up pointer to the first memory location to be written
TBLPAG = __builtin_tblpage(&progAddr);
offset = &progAddr & 0xFFFF;
// Initialize PM Page Boundary SFR
// Initialize lower word of address
__builtin_tblwtl(offset, 0x0000);
NVMCON = 0x4058;
// Set base address of erase block
// with dummy latch write
// Initialize NVMCON
asm("DISI #5");
__builtin_write_NVM();
// Block all interrupts for next 5 instructions
// C30 function to perform unlock
// sequence and set WR
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 47
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
EXAMPLE 5-3:
LOADING THE WRITE BUFFERS – ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE CODE
; Set up NVMCON for row programming operations
MOV
MOV
#0x4004, W0
W0, NVMCON
;
; Initialize NVMCON
; Set up a pointer to the first program memory location to be written
; program memory selected, and writes enabled
MOV
MOV
MOV
#0x0000, W0
W0, TBLPAG
#0x6000, W0
;
; Initialize PM Page Boundary SFR
; An example program memory address
; Perform the TBLWT instructions to write the latches
; 0th_program_word
MOV
MOV
#LOW_WORD_0, W2
#HIGH_BYTE_0, W3
;
;
TBLWTL W2, [W0]
TBLWTH W3, [W0++]
; Write PM low word into program latch
; Write PM high byte into program latch
; 1st_program_word
MOV
MOV
#LOW_WORD_1, W2
#HIGH_BYTE_1, W3
;
;
TBLWTL W2, [W0]
TBLWTH W3, [W0++]
; Write PM low word into program latch
; Write PM high byte into program latch
; 2nd_program_word
MOV
MOV
#LOW_WORD_2, W2
#HIGH_BYTE_2, W3
;
;
TBLWTL W2, [W0]
TBLWTH W3, [W0++]
; Write PM low word into program latch
; Write PM high byte into program latch
•
•
•
; 32nd_program_word
MOV
MOV
#LOW_WORD_31, W2
#HIGH_BYTE_31, W3
;
;
TBLWTL W2, [W0]
TBLWTH W3, [W0]
; Write PM low word into program latch
; Write PM high byte into program latch
EXAMPLE 5-4:
LOADING THE WRITE BUFFERS – ‘C’ LANGUAGE CODE
// C example using MPLAB C30
#define NUM_INSTRUCTION_PER_ROW 64
int __attribute__ ((space(auto_psv))) progAddr = &progAddr; // Variable located in Pgm Memory
unsigned int offset;
unsigned int i;
unsigned int progData[2*NUM_INSTRUCTION_PER_ROW];
// Buffer of data to write
// Initialize NVMCON
//Set up NVMCON for row programming
NVMCON = 0x4001;
//Set up pointer to the first memory location to be written
TBLPAG = __builtin_tblpage(&progAddr);
offset = &progAddr & 0xFFFF;
// Initialize PM Page Boundary SFR
// Initialize lower word of address
//Perform TBLWT instructions to write necessary number of latches
for(i=0; i < 2*NUM_INSTRUCTION_PER_ROW; i++)
{
__builtin_tblwtl(offset, progData[i++]);
__builtin_tblwth(offset, progData[i]);
offset = offset + 2;
// Write to address low word
// Write to upper byte
// Increment address
}
DS39927B-page 48
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
EXAMPLE 5-5:
INITIATING A PROGRAMMING SEQUENCE – ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE CODE
DISI
#5
; Block all interrupts
for next 5 instructions
MOV
MOV
MOV
MOV
BSET
NOP
NOP
BTSC
BRA
#0x55, W0
W0, NVMKEY
#0xAA, W1
W1, NVMKEY
NVMCON, #WR
; Write the 55 key
;
; Write the AA key
; Start the erase sequence
; 2 NOPs required after setting WR
;
; Wait for the sequence to be completed
;
NVMCON, #15
$-2
EXAMPLE 5-6:
INITIATING A PROGRAMMING SEQUENCE – ‘C’ LANGUAGE CODE
// C example using MPLAB C30
asm("DISI #5");
// Block all interrupts for next 5 instructions
// Perform unlock sequence and set WR
__builtin_write_NVM();
EXAMPLE 5-7:
PROGRAMMING A SINGLE WORD OF FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
; Setup a pointer to data Program Memory
MOV
MOV
MOV
MOV
MOV
#tblpage(PROG_ADDR), W0
W0, TBLPAG
#tbloffset(PROG_ADDR), W0
#LOW_WORD_N, W2
;
;Initialize PM Page Boundary SFR
;Initialize a register with program memory address
;
;
#HIGH_BYTE_N, W3
TBLWTL W2, [W0]
TBLWTH W3, [W0++]
; Write PM low word into program latch
; Write PM high byte into program latch
; Setup NVMCON for programming one word to data Program Memory
MOV
MOV
DISI
MOV
MOV
MOV
MOV
BSET
#0x4003, W0
W0, NVMCON
#5
#0x55, W0
W0, NVMKEY
#0xAA, W0
W0, NVMKEY
NVMCON, #WR
;
; Set NVMOP bits to 0011
; Disable interrupts while the KEY sequence is written
; Write the key sequence
; Start the write cycle
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 49
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39927B-page 50
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
6.1
NVMCON Register
6.0
DATA EEPROM MEMORY
The NVMCON register (Register 6-1) is also the pri-
mary control register for data EEPROM program/erase
operations. The upper byte contains the control bits
used to start the program or erase cycle, and the flag
bit to indicate if the operation was successfully
performed. The lower byte of NVMCOM configures the
type of NVM operation that will be performed.
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information on Data
EEPROM, refer to the “PIC24F Family
Reference Manual”, Section 5. “Data
EEPROM” (DS39720).
The data EEPROM memory is a Nonvolatile Memory
(NVM), separate from the program and volatile data
RAM. Data EEPROM memory is based on the same
Flash technology as program memory, and is optimized
for both long retention and a higher number of
erase/write cycles.
6.2
NVMKEY Register
The NVMKEY is a write-only register that is used to
prevent accidental writes or erasures of data EEPROM
locations.
To start any programming or erase sequence, the
following instructions must be executed first, in the
exact order provided:
The data EEPROM is mapped to the top of the user
program memory space, with the top address at
program memory address, 7FFE00h to 7FFFFFh. The
size of the data EEPROM is 256 words in
PIC24F16KA102 devices.
1. Write 55h to NVMKEY.
2. Write AAh to NVMKEY.
After this sequence, a write will be allowed to the
NVMCON register for one instruction cycle. In most
cases, the user will simply need to set the WR bit in the
NVMCON register to start the program or erase cycle.
Interrupts should be disabled during the unlock
sequence.
The MPLAB® C30 C compiler provides a defined library
procedure (builtin_write_NVM) to perform the
unlock sequence. Example 6-1 illustrates how the
unlock sequence can be performed with in-line
assembly.
The data EEPROM is organized as 16-bit wide
memory. Each word is directly addressable, and is
readable and writable during normal operation over the
entire VDD range.
Unlike the Flash program memory, normal program
execution is not stopped during a data EEPROM
program or erase operation.
The data EEPROM programming operations are
controlled using the three NVM Control registers:
• NVMCON: Nonvolatile Memory Control Register
• NVMKEY: Nonvolatile Memory Key Register
• NVMADR: Nonvolatile Memory Address Register
EXAMPLE 6-1:
DATA EEPROM UNLOCK SEQUENCE
//Disable Interrupts For 5 instructions
asm volatile(“disi #5”);
//Issue Unlock Sequence
asm volatile(“mov #0x55, W0
“mov W0, NVMKEY
\n”
\n”
“mov #0xAA, W1
\n”
“mov W1, NVMKEY
\n”);
// Perform Write/Erase operations
asm volatile (“bset NVMCON, #WR
“nop
\n”
\n”
“nop
\n”);
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 51
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 6-1:
NVMCON: NONVOLATILE MEMORY CONTROL REGISTER
R/S-0, HC
WR
R/W-0
WREN
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
WRERR
PGMONLY
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
ERASE
NVMOP5
NVMOP4
NVMOP3
NVMOP2
NVMOP1
NVMOP0
bit 0
bit 7
Legend:
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
HC = Hardware Clearable bit
x = Bit is unknown
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
S = Settable bit
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
-n = Value at POR
bit 15
bit 14
bit 13
WR: Write Control bit (program or erase)
1= Initiates a data EEPROM erase or write cycle (can be set but not cleared in software)
0= Write cycle is complete (cleared automatically by hardware)
WREN: Write Enable bit (erase or program)
1= Enable an erase or program operation
0= No operation allowed (device clears this bit on completion of the write/erase operation)
WRERR: Flash Error Flag bit
1= A write operation is prematurely terminated (any MCLR or WDT Reset during programming
operation)
0= The write operation completed successfully
bit 12
PGMONLY: Program Only Enable bit
1= Write operation is executed without erasing target address(es) first
0= Automatic erase-before-write: write operations are preceded automatically by an erase of target
address(es)
bit 11-7
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
ERASE: Erase Operation Select bit
1= Perform an erase operation when WR is set
0= Perform a write operation when WR is set
bit 5-0
NVMOP<5:0>: Programming Operation Command Byte bits
Erase Operations (when ERASE bit is ‘1’):
011010= Erase 8 words
011001= Erase 4 words
011000= Erase 1 word
0100xx= Erase entire data EEPROM
Programming Operations (when ERASE bit is ‘0’):
001xx= Write 1 word
DS39927B-page 52
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
Like program memory operations, the Least Significant
bit (LSb) of NVMADR is restricted to even addresses.
This is because any given address in the data
EEPROM space consists of only the lower word of the
program memory width; the upper word, including the
uppermost “phantom byte”, are unavailable. This
means that the LSb of a data EEPROM address will
always be ‘0’.
6.3
NVM Address Register
As with Flash program memory, the NVM Address
Registers, NVMADRU and NVMADR, form the 24-bit
Effective Address (EA) of the selected row or word for
data EEPROM operations. The NVMADRU register is
used to hold the upper 8 bits of the EA, while the
NVMADR register is used to hold the lower 16 bits of
the EA. These registers are not mapped into the
Special Function Register (SFR) space; instead, they
directly capture the EA<23:0> of the last table write
instruction that has been executed and selects the data
EEPROM row to erase. Figure 6-1 depicts the program
memory EA that is formed for programming and erase
operations.
Similarly, the Most Significant bit (MSb) of NVMADRU
is always ‘0’, since all addresses lie in the user program
space.
FIGURE 6-1:
DATA EEPROM ADDRESSING WITH TBLPAG AND NVM ADDRESS REGISTERS
24-Bit PM Address
7Fh
xxxxh
0
0
TBLPAG
W Register EA
NVMADRU
NVMADR
6.4
Data EEPROM Operations
Note 1: Unexpected results will be obtained
should the user attempt to read the
EEPROM while a programming or erase
operation is underway.
The EEPROM block is accessed using table read and
write operations similar to those used for program
memory. The TBLWTHand TBLRDHinstructions are not
required for data EEPROM operations since the
memory is only 16 bits wide (data on the lower address
is valid only). The following programming operations
can be performed on the data EEPROM:
2: The C30 C compiler includes library
procedures to automatically perform the
table read and table write operations,
manage the Table Pointer and write
buffers, and unlock and initiate memory
write sequences. This eliminates the
need to create assembler macros or time
critical routines in C for each application.
• Erase one, four or eight words
• Bulk erase the entire data EEPROM
• Write one word
• Read one word
The library procedures are used in the code examples
detailed in the following sections. General descriptions
of each process are provided for users who are not
using the C30 compiler libraries.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 53
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
A typical erase sequence is provided in Example 6-2.
This example shows how to do a one-word erase. Sim-
ilarly, a four-word erase and an eight-word erase can
be done. This example uses C library procedures to
manage the Table Pointer (builtin_tblpage and
builtin_tbloffset) and the Erase Page Pointer
(builtin_tblwtl). The memory unlock sequence
(builtin_write_NVM) also sets the WR bit to initiate
the operation and returns control when complete.
6.4.1
ERASE DATA EEPROM
The data EEPROM can be fully erased, or can be
partially erased, at three different sizes: one word, four
words or eight words. The bits, NVMOP<1:0>
(NVMCON<1:0>), decide the number of words to be
erased. To erase partially from the data EEPROM, the
following sequence must be followed:
1. Configure NVMCON to erase the required
number of words: one, four or eight.
2. Load TBLPAG and WREG with the EEPROM
address to be erased.
3. Clear NVMIF status bit and enable NVM
interrupt (optional).
4. Write the key sequence to NVMKEY.
5. Set the WR bit to begin erase cycle.
6. Either poll the WR bit or wait for the NVM
interrupt (NVMIF set).
EXAMPLE 6-2:
SINGLE-WORD ERASE
int __attribute__ ((space(eedata))) eeData = 0x1234; // Variable located in EEPROM
unsigned int offset;
// Set up NVMCON to erase one word of data EEPROM
NVMCON = 0x4058;
// Set up a pointer to the EEPROM location to be erased
TBLPAG = __builtin_tblpage(&eeData);
offset = __builtin_tbloffset(&eeData);
__builtin_tblwtl(offset, 0);
// Initialize EE Data page pointer
// Initizlize lower word of address
// Write EEPROM data to write latch
asm volatile ("disi #5");
__builtin_write_NVM();
// Disable Interrupts For 5 Instructions
// Issue Unlock Sequence & Start Write Cycle
DS39927B-page 54
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
6.4.1.1
Data EEPROM Bulk Erase
6.4.2
SINGLE-WORD WRITE
To erase the entire data EEPROM (bulk erase), the
address registers do not need to be configured
because this operation affects the entire data
EEPROM. The following sequence helps in performing
bulk erase:
To write a single word in the data EEPROM, the
following sequence must be followed:
1. Erase one data EEPROM word (as mentioned in
the previous section) if PGMONLY bit
(NVMCON<12>) is set to ‘1’.
1. Configure NVMCON to Bulk Erase mode.
2. Write the data word into the data EEPROM
latch.
2. Clear NVMIF status bit and enable NVM
interrupt (optional).
3. Program the data word into the EEPROM:
3. Write the key sequence to NVMKEY.
4. Set the WR bit to begin erase cycle.
- Configure the NVMCON register to program one
EEPROM word (NVMCON<5:0> = 0001xx).
- Clear NVMIF status bit and enable NVM
interrupt (optional).
5. Either poll the WR bit or wait for the NVM
interrupt (NVMIF set).
- Write the key sequence to NVMKEY.
- Set the WR bit to begin erase cycle.
- Either poll the WR bit or wait for the NVM
interrupt (NVMIF set).
A
typical bulk erase sequence is provided in
Example 6-3.
- To get cleared, wait until NVMIF is set.
A typical single-word write sequence is provided in
Example 6-4.
EXAMPLE 6-3:
DATA EEPROM BULK ERASE
// Set up NVMCON to bulk erase the data EEPROM
NVMCON = 0x4050;
// Disable Interrupts For 5 Instructions
asm volatile (“disi #5”);
// Issue Unlock Sequence and Start Erase Cycle
__builtin_write_NVM();
EXAMPLE 6-4:
SINGLE-WORD WRITE TO DATA EEPROM
int __attribute__ ((space(eedata))) eeData = 0x1234; // Variable located in EEPROM
int newData;
// New data to write to EEPROM
unsigned int offset;
// Set up NVMCON to erase one word of data EEPROM
NVMCON = 0x4004;
// Set up a pointer to the EEPROM location to be erased
TBLPAG = __builtin_tblpage(&eeData);
offset = __builtin_tbloffset(&eeData);
__builtin_tblwtl(offset, newData);
// Initialize EE Data page pointer
// Initizlize lower word of address
// Write EEPROM data to write latch
asm volatile ("disi #5");
__builtin_write_NVM();
// Disable Interrupts For 5 Instructions
// Issue Unlock Sequence & Start Write Cycle
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 55
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
A typical read sequence, using the Table Pointer manage-
ment (builtin_tblpage and builtin_tbloffset)
and table read (builtin_tblrdl) procedures from the
C30 compiler library, is provided in Example 6-5.
6.4.3
READING THE DATA EEPROM
To read a word from data EEPROM, the table read
instruction is used. Since the EEPROM array is only
16 bits wide, only the TBLRDL instruction is needed.
The read operation is performed by loading TBLPAG
and WREG with the address of the EEPROM location
followed by a TBLRDLinstruction.
Program Space Visibility (PSV) can also be used to
read locations in the data EEPROM.
EXAMPLE 6-5:
READING THE DATA EEPROM USING THE TBLRD COMMAND
int __attribute__ ((space(eedata))) eeData = 0x1234;
// Variable located in EEPROM
int data;
// Data read from EEPROM
unsigned int offset;
// Set up a pointer to the EEPROM location to be erased
TBLPAG = __builtin_tblpage(&eeData);
offset = __builtin_tbloffset(&eeData);
data = __builtin_tblrdl(offset);
// Initialize EE Data page pointer
// Initizlize lower word of address
// Write EEPROM data to write latch
DS39927B-page 56
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
Any active source of Reset will make the SYSRST
signal active. Many registers associated with the CPU
and peripherals are forced to a known Reset state.
Most registers are unaffected by a Reset; their status is
unknown on Power-on Reset (POR) and unchanged by
all other Resets.
7.0
RESETS
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information on Resets,
refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference
Manual”, Section 40. “Reset with
Programmable Brown-out Reset”.
Note:
Refer to the specific peripheral or CPU
section of this manual for register Reset
states.
The Reset module combines all Reset sources and
controls the device Master Reset Signal, SYSRST. The
following is a list of device Reset sources:
All types of device Reset will set a corresponding status
bit in the RCON register to indicate the type of Reset
(see Register 7-1). A POR will clear all bits except for
the BOR and POR bits (RCON<1:0>) which are set.
The user may set or clear any bit at any time during
code execution. The RCON bits only serve as status
bits. Setting a particular Reset status bit in software will
not cause a device Reset to occur.
• POR: Power-on Reset
• MCLR: Pin Reset
• SWR: RESETInstruction
• WDTR: Watchdog Timer Reset
• BOR: Brown-out Reset
• Low-Power BOR/Deep Sleep BOR
• TRAPR: Trap Conflict Reset
• IOPUWR: Illegal Opcode Reset
• UWR: Uninitialized W Register Reset
The RCON register also has other bits associated with
the Watchdog Timer (WDT) and device power-saving
states. The function of these bits is discussed in other
sections of this manual.
Figure 7-1 displays a simplified block diagram of the
Reset module.
Note:
The status bits in the RCON register
should be cleared after they are read so
that the next RCON register value after a
device Reset will be meaningful.
FIGURE 7-1:
RESET SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM
RESET
Instruction
Glitch Filter
MCLR
WDT
Module
Sleep or Idle
POR
BOR
V
DD Rise
Detect
SYSRST
VDD
BOREN<1:0>
Brown-out
Reset
00
0
RCON<SBOREN>
01
10
11
SLEEP
1
Trap Conflict
Illegal Opcode
Uninitialized W Register
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 57
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 7-1:
RCON: RESET CONTROL REGISTER(1)
R/W-0, HS
TRAPR
R/W-0, HS
IOPUWR
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/C-0, HS
DPSLP
U-0
—
R/W-0
SBOREN
PMSLP
bit 15
bit 8
R/W-0, HS
EXTR
R/W-0, HS
SWR
R/W-0, HS
SWDTEN(2)
R/W-0, HS R/W-0, HS
WDTO SLEEP
R/W-0, HS
IDLE
R/W-1, HS
BOR
R/W-1, HS
POR
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
C = Clearable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
HS = Hardware Settable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
bit 15
bit 14
TRAPR: Trap Reset Flag bit
1= A Trap Conflict Reset has occurred
0= A Trap Conflict Reset has not occurred
IOPUWR: Illegal Opcode or Uninitialized W Access Reset Flag bit
1= An illegal opcode detection, an illegal address mode or uninitialized W register used as an
Address Pointer caused a Reset
0= An illegal opcode or uninitialized W Reset has not occurred
bit 13
SBOREN: Software Enable/Disable of BOR bit
1= BOR is turned on in software
0= BOR is turned off in software
bit 12-11
bit 10
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
DPSLP: Deep Sleep Mode Flag bit
1= Deep Sleep has occurred
0= Deep Sleep has not occurred
bit 9
bit 8
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
PMSLP: Program Memory Power During Sleep bit
1= Program memory bias voltage remains powered during Sleep
0= Program memory bias voltage is powered down during Sleep
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
EXTR: External Reset (MCLR) Pin bit
1= A Master Clear (pin) Reset has occurred
0= A Master Clear (pin) Reset has not occurred
SWR: Software Reset (Instruction) Flag bit
1= A RESETinstruction has been executed
0= A RESETinstruction has not been executed
SWDTEN: Software Enable/Disable of WDT bit(2)
1= WDT is enabled
0= WDT is disabled
WDTO: Watchdog Timer Time-out Flag bit
1= WDT time-out has occurred
0= WDT time-out has not occurred
SLEEP: Wake-up from Sleep Flag bit
1= Device has been in Sleep mode
0= Device has not been in Sleep mode
IDLE: Wake-up from Idle Flag bit
1= Device has been in Idle mode
0= Device has not been in Idle mode
Note 1: All of the Reset status bits may be set or cleared in software. Setting one of these bits in software does not
cause a device Reset.
2: If the FWDTEN Configuration bit is ‘1’ (unprogrammed), the WDT is always enabled, regardless of the
SWDTEN bit setting.
DS39927B-page 58
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 7-1:
RCON: RESET CONTROL REGISTER(1) (CONTINUED)
bit 1
BOR: Brown-out Reset Flag bit
1= A Brown-out Reset has occurred (the BOR is also set after a POR)
0= A Brown-out Reset has not occurred
bit 0
POR: Power-on Reset Flag bit
1= A Power-up Reset has occurred
0= A Power-up Reset has not occurred
Note 1: All of the Reset status bits may be set or cleared in software. Setting one of these bits in software does not
cause a device Reset.
2: If the FWDTEN Configuration bit is ‘1’ (unprogrammed), the WDT is always enabled, regardless of the
SWDTEN bit setting.
TABLE 7-1:
RESET FLAG BIT OPERATION
Setting Event
Flag Bit
Clearing Event
TRAPR (RCON<15>)
IOPUWR (RCON<14>)
CM (RCON<9>)
Trap Conflict Event
POR
Illegal Opcode or Uninitialized W Register Access
Configuration Mismatch Reset
MCLR Reset
POR
POR
EXTR (RCON<7>)
SWR (RCON<6>)
WDTO (RCON<4>)
SLEEP (RCON<3>)
IDLE (RCON<2>)
BOR (RCON<1>)
POR (RCON<0>)
DPSLP (RCON<10>)
POR
RESETInstruction
POR
WDT Time-out
PWRSAVInstruction, POR
PWRSAV #SLEEPInstruction
PWRSAV #IDLEInstruction
POR, BOR
POR
POR
—
POR
—
PWRSAV #SLEEPinstruction with DSCON <DSEN> set
POR
Note: All Reset flag bits may be set or cleared by the user software.
TABLE 7-2:
OSCILLATOR SELECTION vs.
TYPE OF RESET (CLOCK
SWITCHING ENABLED)
7.1
Clock Source Selection at Reset
If clock switching is enabled, the system clock source at
device Reset is chosen as shown in Table 7-2. If clock
switching is disabled, the system clock source is always
selected according to the oscillator Configuration bits.
Refer to Section 8.0 “Oscillator Configuration” for
further details.
Reset Type
Clock Source Determinant
POR
BOR
FNOSC Configuration bits
(FNOSC<10:8>)
MCLR
WDTO
SWR
COSC Control bits
(OSCCON<14:12>)
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 59
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
The FSCM delay determines the time at which the
FSCM begins to monitor the system clock source after
the SYSRST signal is released.
7.2
Device Reset Times
The Reset times for various types of device Reset are
summarized in Table 7-3. Note that the system Reset
signal, SYSRST, is released after the POR and PWRT
delay times expire.
The time at which the device actually begins to execute
code will also depend on the system oscillator delays,
which include the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) and
the PLL lock time. The OST and PLL lock times occur
in parallel with the applicable SYSRST delay times.
TABLE 7-3:
Reset Type
POR(6)
RESET DELAY TIMES FOR VARIOUS DEVICE RESETS
System Clock
Clock Source
SYSRST Delay
Notes
Delay
EC
TPOR + TPWRT
TPOR + TPWRT
TPOR + TPWRT
TPOR + TPWRT
TPOR + TPWRT
TPOR+ TPWRT
TPOR + TPWRT
TPWRT
—
1, 2
FRC, FRCDIV
LPRC
TFRC
TLPRC
TLOCK
1, 2, 3
1, 2, 3
1, 2, 4
ECPLL
FRCPLL
TFRC + TLOCK 1, 2, 3, 4
TOST 1, 2, 5
TOST + TLOCK 1, 2, 4, 5
XT, HS, SOSC
XTPLL, HSPLL
EC
BOR
—
2
FRC, FRCDIV
LPRC
TPWRT
TFRC
TLPRC
TLOCK
2, 3
2, 3
2, 4
TPWRT
ECPLL
TPWRT
FRCPLL
TPWRT
TFRC + TLOCK 2, 3, 4
TOST 2, 5
TFRC + TLOCK 2, 3, 4
None
XT, HS, SOSC
XTPLL, HSPLL
Any Clock
TPWRT
TPWRT
All Others
—
—
Note 1: TPOR = Power-on Reset delay.
2: TPWRT = 64 ms nominal if the Power-up Timer is enabled; otherwise, it is zero.
3: TFRC and TLPRC = RC Oscillator start-up times.
4: TLOCK = PLL lock time.
5: TOST = Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST). A 10-bit counter waits 1024 oscillator periods before releasing
oscillator clock to the system.
6: If Two-Speed Start-up is enabled, regardless of the Primary Oscillator selected, the device starts with FRC,
and in such cases, FRC start-up time is valid.
Note: For detailed operating frequency and timing specifications, see Section 29.0 “Electrical Characteristics”.
DS39927B-page 60
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
7.2.1
POR AND LONG OSCILLATOR
START-UP TIMES
7.5
Brown-out Reset (BOR)
The PIC24F16KA102 family devices implement a BOR
circuit, which provides the user several configuration
and power-saving options. The BOR is controlled by
the <BORV1:BORV0> and (BOREN<1:0>) Configura-
tion bits (FPOR<6:5,1:0>). There are a total of four
BOR configurations, which are provided in Table 7-3.
The oscillator start-up circuitry and its associated delay
timers are not linked to the device Reset delays that
occur at power-up. Some crystal circuits (especially
low-frequency crystals) will have a relatively long
start-up time. Therefore, one or more of the following
conditions is possible after SYSRST is released:
The BOR threshold is set by the BORV<1:0> bits. If
BOR is enabled (any values of BOREN<1:0>, except
‘00’), any drop of VDD below the set threshold point will
reset the device. The chip will remain in BOR until VDD
rises above threshold.
• The oscillator circuit has not begun to oscillate.
• The Oscillator Start-up Timer has not expired (if a
crystal oscillator is used).
• The PLL has not achieved a lock (if PLL is used).
If the Power-up Timer is enabled, it will be invoked after
VDD rises above the threshold; it, then, will keep the chip
in Reset for an additional time delay, TPWRT, if VDD drops
below the threshold while the power-up timer is running.
The chip goes back into a BOR and the Power-up Timer
will be initialized. Once VDD rises above the threshold,
the Power-up Timer will execute the additional time
delay.
The device will not begin to execute code until a valid
clock source has been released to the system. There-
fore, the oscillator and PLL start-up delays must be
considered when the Reset delay time must be known.
7.2.2
FAIL-SAFE CLOCK MONITOR
(FSCM) AND DEVICE RESETS
If the FSCM is enabled, it will begin to monitor the
system clock source when SYSRST is released. If a
valid clock source is not available at this time, the
device will automatically switch to the FRC Oscillator
and the user can switch to the desired crystal oscillator
in the Trap Service Routine (TSR).
BOR and the Power-up Timer are independently
configured. Enabling the BOR Reset does not
automatically enable the PWRT.
7.5.1
SOFTWARE ENABLED BOR
When BOREN<1:0> = 01, the BOR can be enabled or
disabled by the user in software. This is done with the
control bit, SBOREN (RCON<13>). Setting SBOREN
enables the BOR to function as previously described.
Clearing the SBOREN disables the BOR entirely. The
SBOREN bit operates only in this mode; otherwise, it is
read as ‘0’.
7.3
Special Function Register Reset
States
Most of the Special Function Registers (SFRs) associ-
ated with the PIC24F CPU and peripherals are reset to a
particular value at a device Reset. The SFRs are
grouped by their peripheral or CPU function and their
Reset values are specified in each section of this manual.
Placing BOR under software control gives the user the
additional flexibility of tailoring the application to its
environment without having to reprogram the device to
change the BOR configuration. It also allows the user
to tailor the incremental current that the BOR con-
sumes. While the BOR current is typically very small, it
may have some impact in low-power applications.
The Reset value for each SFR does not depend on the
type of Reset with the exception of four registers. The
Reset value for the Reset Control register, RCON, will
depend on the type of device Reset. The Reset value
for the Oscillator Control register, OSCCON, will
depend on the type of Reset and the programmed
values of the FNOSC bits in the Flash Configuration
Word (FOSCSEL); see Table 7-2. The RCFGCAL and
NVMCON registers are only affected by a POR.
Note:
Even when the BOR is under software
control, the BOR Reset voltage level is still
set by the BORV<1:0> Configuration bits.
It can not be changed in software.
7.4
Deep Sleep BOR (DSBOR)
Deep Sleep BOR is a very low-power BOR circuitry,
used when the device is in Deep Sleep mode. Due to
low-current consumption, accuracy may vary.
The DSBOR trip point is around 2.0V. DSBOR is
enabled by configuring FDS<DSLPBOR>
=
1.
DSLPBOR will re-arm the POR to ensure the device will
reset if VDD drops below the POR threshold.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 61
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
7.5.2
DETECTING BOR
7.5.3
DISABLING BOR IN SLEEP MODE
When BOR is enabled, the BOR bit (RCON<1>) is
always reset to ‘1’ on any BOR or POR event. This
makes it difficult to determine if a BOR event has
occurred just by reading the state of BOR alone. A
more reliable method is to simultaneously check the
state of both POR and BOR. This assumes that the
POR and BOR bits are reset to ‘0’ in the software
immediately after any POR event. If the BOR bit is ‘1’
while POR is ‘0’, it can be reliably assumed that a BOR
event has occurred.
When BOREN<1:0> = 10, BOR remains under hard-
ware control and operates as previously described.
However, whenever the device enters Sleep mode,
BOR is automatically disabled. When the device
returns to any other operating mode, BOR is
automatically re-enabled.
This mode allows for applications to recover from
brown-out situations, while actively executing code,
when the device requires BOR protection the most. At
the same time, it saves additional power in Sleep mode
by eliminating the small incremental BOR current.
Note:
Even when the device exits from Deep
Sleep mode, both the POR and BOR are
set.
DS39927B-page 62
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
8.1.1
ALTERNATE INTERRUPT VECTOR
TABLE (AIVT)
8.0
INTERRUPT CONTROLLER
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information on the
Interrupt Controller, refer to the “PIC24F
Family Reference Manual”, Section 8.
“Interrupts” (DS39707).
The Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT) is located
after the IVT, as displayed in Figure 8-1. Access to the
AIVT is provided by the ALTIVT control bit
(INTCON2<15>). If the ALTIVT bit is set, all interrupt
and exception processes will use the alternate vectors
instead of the default vectors. The alternate vectors are
organized in the same manner as the default vectors.
The PIC24F interrupt controller reduces the numerous
peripheral interrupt request signals to a single interrupt
request signal to the CPU. It has the following features:
The AIVT supports emulation and debugging efforts by
providing a means to switch between an application
and a support environment without requiring the
interrupt vectors to be reprogrammed. This feature also
enables switching between applications for evaluation
of different software algorithms at run-time. If the AIVT
is not needed, the AIVT should be programmed with
the same addresses used in the IVT.
• Up to eight processor exceptions and
software traps
• Seven user-selectable priority levels
• Interrupt Vector Table (IVT) with up to 118 vectors
• Unique vector for each interrupt or exception
source
• Fixed priority within a specified user priority level
• Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT) for debug
support
8.2
Reset Sequence
A device Reset is not a true exception because the
interrupt controller is not involved in the Reset process.
The PIC24F devices clear their registers in response to
a Reset, which forces the Program Counter (PC) to
zero. The microcontroller then begins program execu-
tion at location 000000h. The user programs a GOTO
instruction at the Reset address, which redirects the
program execution to the appropriate start-up routine.
• Fixed interrupt entry and return latencies
8.1
Interrupt Vector (IVT) Table
The IVT is displayed in Figure 8-1. The IVT resides in
the program memory, starting at location 000004h. The
IVT contains 126 vectors, consisting of eight
non-maskable trap vectors, plus, up to 118 sources of
interrupt. In general, each interrupt source has its own
vector. Each interrupt vector contains a 24-bit wide
address. The value programmed into each interrupt
vector location is the starting address of the associated
Interrupt Service Routine (ISR).
Note:
Any unimplemented or unused vector
locations in the IVT and AIVT should be
programmed with the address of a default
interrupt handler routine that contains a
RESETinstruction.
Interrupt vectors are prioritized in terms of their natural
priority; this is linked to their position in the vector table.
All other things being equal, lower addresses have a
higher natural priority. For example, the interrupt
associated with vector 0 will take priority over interrupts
at any other vector address.
PIC24F16KA102
family
devices
implement
non-maskable traps and unique interrupts; these are
summarized in Table 8-1 and Table 8-2.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 63
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
FIGURE 8-1:
PIC24F INTERRUPT VECTOR TABLE
Reset – GOTOInstruction
Reset – GOTOAddress
Reserved
000000h
000002h
000004h
Oscillator Fail Trap Vector
Address Error Trap Vector
Stack Error Trap Vector
Math Error Trap Vector
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Interrupt Vector 0
Interrupt Vector 1
—
000014h
—
—
Interrupt Vector 52
Interrupt Vector 53
Interrupt Vector 54
—
00007Ch
00007Eh
000080h
(1)
Interrupt Vector Table (IVT)
—
—
Interrupt Vector 116
Interrupt Vector 117
Reserved
0000FCh
0000FEh
000100h
000102h
Reserved
Reserved
Oscillator Fail Trap Vector
Address Error Trap Vector
Stack Error Trap Vector
Math Error Trap Vector
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Interrupt Vector 0
Interrupt Vector 1
—
000114h
—
—
(1)
Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT)
Interrupt Vector 52
Interrupt Vector 53
Interrupt Vector 54
—
00017Ch
00017Eh
000180h
—
—
Interrupt Vector 116
Interrupt Vector 117
Start of Code
0001FEh
000200h
Note 1: See Table 8-2 for the interrupt vector list.
DS39927B-page 64
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 8-1:
TRAP VECTOR DETAILS
IVT Address
Vector Number
AIVT Address
Trap Source
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
000004h
000006h
000008h
00000Ah
00000Ch
00000Eh
000010h
000012h
000104h
000106h
000108h
00010Ah
00010Ch
00010Eh
000110h
000112h
Reserved
Oscillator Failure
Address Error
Stack Error
Math Error
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
TABLE 8-2:
IMPLEMENTED INTERRUPT VECTORS
Interrupt Bit Locations
Enable
Vector
Number
AIVT
Address
Interrupt Source
IVT Address
Flag
Priority
ADC1 Conversion Done
Comparator Event
CRC Generator
CTMU
13
18
67
77
0
00002Eh
000038h
00009Ah
0000AEh
000014h
00003Ch
00004Eh
000036h
000034h
000016h
00003Ah
0000A4h
000032h
000018h
000090h
000026h
000028h
00001Ah
000022h
000024h
000096h
00002Ah
00002Ch
000098h
000050h
000052h
00012Eh
000138h
00019Ah
0001AEh
000114h
00013Ch
00014Eh
000136h
000134h
000116h
00013Ah
0001A4h
000132h
000118h
000190h
000126h
000128h
00011Ah
000122h
000124h
000196h
00012Ah
00012Ch
000198h
000150h
000152h
IFS0<13>
IFS1<2>
IFS4<3>
IFS4<13>
IFS0<0>
IFS1<4>
IFS1<13>
IFS1<1>
IFS1<0>
IFS0<1>
IFS1<3>
IFS4<8>
IFS0<15>
IFS0<2>
IFS3<14>
IFS0<9>
IFS0<10>
IFS0<3>
IFS0<7>
IFS0<8>
IFS4<1>
IFS0<11>
IFS0<12>
IFS4<2>
IFS1<14>
IFS1<15>
IEC0<13>
IEC1<2>
IEC4<3>
IEC4<13>
IEC0<0>
IEC1<4>
IEC1<13>
IEC1<1>
IEC1<0>
IEC0<1>
IEC1<3>
IEC4<8>
IEC0<15>
IEC0<2>
IEC3<14>
IEC0<9>
IEC0<10>
IEC0<3>
IEC0<7>
IEC0<8>
IEC4<1>
IEC0<11>
IEC0<12>
IEC4<2>
IEC1<14>
IEC1<15>
IPC3<6:4>
IPC4<10:8>
IPC16<14:12>
IPC19<6:4>
IPC0<2:0>
External Interrupt 0
External Interrupt 1
External Interrupt 2
I2C1 Master Event
I2C1 Slave Event
Input Capture1
20
29
17
16
1
IPC5<2:0>
IPC7<6:4>
IPC4<6:4>
IPC4<2:0>
IPC0<6:4>
Input Change Notification
HLVD High/Low-Voltage Detect
NVM – NVM Write Complete
Output Compare 1
Real-Time Clock/Calendar
SPI1 Error
19
72
15
2
IPC4<14:12>
IPC17<2:0>
IPC3<14:12>
IPC0<10:8>
IPC15<10:8>
IPC2<6:4>
62
9
SPI1 Event
10
3
IPC2<10:8>
IPC0<14:12>
IPC1<14:12>
IPC2<2:0>
Timer1
Timer2
7
Timer3
8
UART1 Error
65
11
12
66
30
31
IPC16<6:4>
IPC2<14:12>
IPC3<2:0>
UART1 Receiver
UART1 Transmitter
UART2 Error
IPC16<10:8>
IPC7<10:8>
IPC7<14:12>
UART2 Receiver
UART2 Transmitter
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 65
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
The INTTREG register contains the associated inter-
rupt vector number and the new CPU interrupt priority
level, which are latched into the Vector Number
(VECNUM<6:0>) and the Interrupt Level (ILR<3:0>) bit
fields in the INTTREG register. The new interrupt
priority level is the priority of the pending interrupt.
8.3
Interrupt Control and Status
Registers
The PIC24F16KA102 family of devices implements a
total of 22 registers for the interrupt controller:
• INTCON1
• INTCON2
The interrupt sources are assigned to the IFSx, IECx
and IPCx registers in the same sequence listed in
Table 8-2. For example, the INT0 (External Interrupt 0)
is depicted as having a vector number and a natural
order priority of 0. Thus, the INT0IF status bit is found
in IFS0<0>, the INT0IE enable bit in IEC0<0> and the
INT0IP<2:0> priority bits in the first position of IPC0
(IPC0<2:0>).
• IFS0, IFS1, IFS3 and IFS4
• IEC0, IEC1, IEC3 and IEC4
• IPC0 through IPC5, IPC7 and IPC15 through
IPC19
• INTTREG
Global interrupt control functions are controlled from
INTCON1 and INTCON2. INTCON1 contains the
Interrupt Nesting Disable (NSTDIS) bit, as well as the
control and status flags for the processor trap sources.
The INTCON2 register controls the external interrupt
request signal behavior and the use of the AIV table.
Although they are not specifically part of the interrupt
control hardware, two of the CPU control registers
contain bits that control interrupt functionality. The ALU
STATUS register (SR) contains the IPL<2:0> bits
(SR<7:5>). These indicate the current CPU interrupt
priority level. The user may change the current CPU
priority level by writing to the IPL bits.
The IFSx registers maintain all of the interrupt request
flags. Each source of interrupt has a status bit, which is
set by the respective peripherals, or external signal,
and is cleared via software.
The CORCON register contains the IPL3 bit, which
together with IPL<2:0>, also indicates the current CPU
priority level. IPL3 is a read-only bit so that the trap
events cannot be masked by the user’s software.
The IECx registers maintain all of the interrupt enable
bits. These control bits are used to individually enable
interrupts from the peripherals or external signals.
All interrupt registers are described in Register 8-1
through Register 8-21, in the following sections.
The IPCx registers are used to set the interrupt priority
level for each source of interrupt. Each user interrupt
source can be assigned to one of eight priority levels.
DS39927B-page 66
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-1:
SR: ALU STATUS REGISTER
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R-0, HSC
DC(1)
bit 15
bit 8
R/W-0, HSC R/W-0, HSC R/W-0, HSC
IPL2(2,3) IPL1(2,3) IPL0(2,3)
bit 7
R-0, HSC
RA(1)
R/W-0, HSC R/W-0, HSC R/W-0, HSC R/W-0, HSC
N(1) OV(1) Z(1) C(1)
bit 0
Legend:
HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15-9
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
IPL<2:0>: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bits(2,3)
111= CPU interrupt priority level is 7 (15); user interrupts disabled
110= CPU interrupt priority level is 6 (14)
101= CPU interrupt priority level is 5 (13)
100= CPU interrupt priority level is 4 (12)
011= CPU interrupt priority level is 3 (11)
010= CPU interrupt priority level is 2 (10)
001= CPU interrupt priority level is 1 (9)
000= CPU interrupt priority level is 0 (8)
Note 1: See Register 3-1 for the description of these bits, which are not dedicated to interrupt control functions.
2: The IPL bits are concatenated with the IPL3 bit (CORCON<3>) to form the CPU interrupt priority level.
The value in parentheses indicates the interrupt priority level if IPL3 = 1.
3: The IPL Status bits are read-only when NSTDIS (INTCON1<15>) = 1.
Note:
Bit 8 and bits 4 through 0 are described in Section 3.0 “CPU”.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 67
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-2:
CORCON: CPU CONTROL REGISTER
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 15
bit 8
bit 0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/C-0, HSC
IPL3(2)
R/W-0
PSV(1)
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 7
Legend:
C = Clearable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-4
bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
IPL3: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bit(2)
1= CPU interrupt priority level is greater than 7
0= CPU interrupt priority level is 7 or less
bit 1-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note 1: See Register 3-2 for the description of this bit, which is not dedicated to interrupt control functions.
2: The IPL3 bit is concatenated with the IPL<2:0> bits (SR<7:5>) to form the CPU interrupt priority level.
Note:
Bit 2 is described in Section 3.0 “CPU”.
DS39927B-page 68
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-3:
INTCON1: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0
NSTDIS
bit 15
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 8
bit 0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0, HS
MATHERR
R/W-0, HS
ADDRERR
R/W-0, HS
STKERR
R/W-0, HS
OSCFAIL
U-0
—
bit 7
Legend:
HS = Hardware Settable bit
W = Writable bit
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
‘1’ = Bit is set
bit 15
NSTDIS: Interrupt Nesting Disable bit
1= Interrupt nesting is disabled
0= Interrupt nesting is enabled
bit 14-5
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
MATHERR: Arithmetic Error Trap Status bit
1= Overflow trap has occurred
0= Overflow trap has not occurred
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
ADDRERR: Address Error Trap Status bit
1= Address error trap has occurred
0= Address error trap has not occurred
STKERR: Stack Error Trap Status bit
1= Stack error trap has occurred
0= Stack error trap has not occurred
OSCFAIL: Oscillator Failure Trap Status bit
1= Oscillator failure trap has occurred
0= Oscillator failure trap has not occurred
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 69
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-4:
INTCON2: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER2
R/W-0
R-0, HSC
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
ALTIVT
DISI
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
INT2EP
INT1EP
INT0EP
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15
bit 14
ALTIVT: Enable Alternate Interrupt Vector Table bit
1= Use Alternate Interrupt Vector Table
0= Use standard (default) vector table
DISI: DISIInstruction Status bit
1= DISIinstruction is active
0= DISIinstruction is not active
bit 13-3
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
INT2EP: External Interrupt 2 Edge Detect Polarity Select bit
1= Interrupt on negative edge
0= Interrupt on positive edge
bit 1
bit 0
INT1EP: External Interrupt 1 Edge Detect Polarity Select bit
1= Interrupt on negative edge
0= Interrupt on positive edge
INT0EP: External Interrupt 0 Edge Detect Polarity Select bit
1= Interrupt on negative edge
0= Interrupt on positive edge
DS39927B-page 70
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-5:
IFS0: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 0
R/W-0, HS
NVMIF
U-0
—
R/W-0, HS
AD1IF
R/W-0, HS
U1TXIF
R/W-0, HS
U1RXIF
R/W-0, HS
SPI1IF
R/W-0, HS
SPF1IF
R/W-0, HS
T3IF
bit 15
bit 8
R/W-0, HS
T2IF
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0, HS
T1IF
R/W-0, HS
OC1IF
R/W-0, HS
IC1IF
R/W-0, HS
INT0IF
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
HS = Hardware Settable bit
W = Writable bit
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
‘1’ = Bit is set
bit 15
NVMIF: NVM Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
bit 14
bit 13
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
AD1IF: A/D Conversion Complete Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
bit 12
bit 11
bit 10
bit 9
U1TXIF: UART1 Transmitter Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
U1RXIF: UART1 Receiver Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
SPI1IF: SPI1 Event Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
SPF1IF: SPI1 Fault Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
bit 8
T3IF: Timer3 Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
bit 7
T2IF: Timer2 Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
bit 6-4
bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
T1IF: Timer1 Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
OC1IF: Output Compare Channel 1 Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
IC1IF: Input Capture Channel 1 Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
INT0IF: External Interrupt 0 Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 71
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-6:
IFS1: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 1
R/W-0, HS
U2TXIF
bit 15
R/W-0, HS
R/W-0, HS
INT2IF
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U2RXIF
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0, HS
INT1IF
R/W-0, HS
CNIF
R/W-0, HS
CMIF
R/W-0
R/W-0
MI2C1IF
SI2C1IF
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
HS = Hardware Settable bit
W = Writable bit
R = Readable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
bit 15
bit 14
bit 13
U2TXIF: UART2 Transmitter Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
U2RXIF: UART2 Receiver Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
INT2IF: External Interrupt 2 Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
bit 12-5
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
INT1IF: External Interrupt 1 Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
CNIF: Input Change Notification Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
CMIF: Comparator Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
MI2C1IF: Master I2C1 Event Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
SI2C1IF: Slave I2C1 Event Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
DS39927B-page 72
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-7:
IFS3: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 3
U-0
—
R/W-0, HS
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
RTCIF
bit 15
bit 8
bit 0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 7
Legend:
HS = Hardware Settable bit
W = Writable bit
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
‘1’ = Bit is set
bit 15
bit 14
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
RTCIF: Real-Time Clock and Calendar Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
bit 13-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 73
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-8:
IFS4: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 4
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0, HS
CTMUIF
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0, HS
HLVDIF
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0, HS
CRCIF
R/W-0, HS
U2ERIF
R/W-0, HS
U1ERIF
U-0
—
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
HS = Hardware Settable bit
W = Writable bit
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
‘1’ = Bit is set
bit 15-14
bit 13
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
CTMUIF: CTMU Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
bit 12-9
bit 8
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
HLVDIF: High/Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
bit 7-4
bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
CRCIF: CRC Generator Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
U2ERIF: UART2 Error Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
U1ERIF: UART1 Error Interrupt Flag Status bit
1= Interrupt request has occurred
0= Interrupt request has not occurred
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
DS39927B-page 74
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-9:
IEC0: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0
NVMIE
bit 15
U-0
—
R/W-0
AD1IE
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
T3IE
U1TXIE
U1RXIE
SPI1IE
SPF1IE
bit 8
R/W-0
T2IE
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
T1IE
R/W-0
OC1IE
R/W-0
IC1IE
R/W-0
INT0IE
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15
NVMIE: NVM Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
bit 14
bit 13
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
AD1IE: A/D Conversion Complete Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
bit 12
bit 11
bit 10
bit 9
U1TXIE: UART1 Transmitter Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
U1RXIE: UART1 Receiver Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
SPI1IE: SPI1 Transfer Complete Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
SPF1IE: SPI1 Fault Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
bit 8
T3IE: Timer3 Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
bit 7
T2IE: Timer2 Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
bit 6-4
bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
T1IE: Timer1 Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
OC1IE: Output Compare Channel 1 Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
IC1IE: Input Capture Channel 1 Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
INT0IE: External Interrupt 0 Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 75
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-10: IEC1: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U2TXIE
U2RXIE
INT2IE
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
CNIE
R/W-0
CMIE
R/W-0
R/W-0
INT1IE
MI2C1IE
SI2C1IE
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15
bit 14
bit 13
U2TXIE: UART2 Transmitter Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
U2RXIE: UART2 Receiver Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
INT2IE: External Interrupt 2 Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
bit 12-5
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
INT1IE: External Interrupt 1 Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
bit 3
bit 2
CNIE: Input Change Notification Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
CMIE: Comparator Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
bit 1
bit 0
MI2C1IE: Master I2C1 Event Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
SI2C1IE: Slave I2C1 Event Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
DS39927B-page 76
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-11: IEC3: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 3
U-0
—
R/W-0
RTCIE
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 15
bit 8
bit 0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 7
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15
bit 14
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
RTCIE: Real-Time Clock and Calendar Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
bit 13-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 77
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-12: IEC4: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 4
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
CTMUIE
HLVDIE
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
CRCIE
U2ERIE
U1ERIE
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-14
bit 13
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
CTMUIE: CTMU Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
bit 12-9
bit 8
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
HLVDIE: High/Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
bit 7-4
bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
CRCIE: CRC Generator Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
U2ERIE: UART2 Error Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
U1ERIE: UART1 Error Interrupt Enable bit
1= Interrupt request enabled
0= Interrupt request not enabled
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
DS39927B-page 78
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-13: IPC0: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 0
U-0
—
R/W-1
T1IP2
R/W-0
T1IP1
R/W-0
T1IP0
U-0
—
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
OC1IP2
OC1IP1
OC1IP0
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
R/W-1
IC1IP2
R/W-0
IC1IP1
R/W-0
IC1IP0
U-0
—
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
INT0IP2
INT0IP1
INT0IP0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
T1IP<2:0>: Timer1 Interrupt Priority bits
bit 14-12
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
bit 11
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 10-8
OC1IP<2:0>: Output Compare Channel 1 Interrupt Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-4
IC1IP<2:0>: Input Capture Channel 1 Interrupt Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0
INT0IP<2:0>: External Interrupt 0 Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 79
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-14: IPC1: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 1
U-0
—
R/W-1
T2IP2
R/W-0
T2IP1
R/W-0
T2IP0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 15
bit 8
bit 0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 7
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
T2IP<2:0>: Timer2 Interrupt Priority bits
bit 14-12
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
bit 11-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
DS39927B-page 80
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-15: IPC2: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 2
U-0
—
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
U1RXIP2
U1RXIP1
U1RXIP0
SPI1IP2
SPI1IP1
SPI1IP0
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
R/W-1
T3IP2
R/W-0
T3IP1
R/W-0
T3IP0
SPF1IP2
SPF1IP1
SPF1IP0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 14-12
U1RXIP<2:0>: UART1 Receiver Interrupt Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
bit 11
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 10-8
SPI1IP<2:0>: SPI1 Event Interrupt Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-4
SPF1IP<2:0>: SPI1 Fault Interrupt Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0
T3IP<2:0>: Timer3 Interrupt Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 81
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-16: IPC3: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 3
U-0
—
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
NVMIP2
NVMIP1
NVMIP0
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
AD1IP2
AD1IP1
AD1IP0
U1TXIP2
U1TXIP1
U1TXIP0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
NVMIP<2:0>: NVM Interrupt Priority bits
bit 14-12
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
bit 11-7
bit 6-4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
AD1IP<2:0>: A/D Conversion Complete Interrupt Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0
U1TXIP<2:0>: UART1 Transmitter Interrupt Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
DS39927B-page 82
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-17: IPC4: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 4
U-0
—
R/W-1
CNIP2
R/W-0
CNIP1
R/W-0
CNIP0
U-0
—
R/W-1
CMIP2
R/W-0
CMIP1
R/W-0
CMIP0
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
MI2C1P2
MI2C1P1
MI2C1P0
SI2C1P2
SI2C1P1
SI2C1P0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 14-12
CNIP<2:0>: Input Change Notification Interrupt Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
bit 11
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 10-8
CMIP<2:0>: Comparator Interrupt Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-4
MI2C1P<2:0>: Master I2C1 Event Interrupt Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0
SI2C1P<2:0>: Slave I2C1 Event Interrupt Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 83
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-18: IPC5: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 5
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
INT1IP2
INT1IP1
INT1IP0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-3
bit 2-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
INT1IP<2:0>: External Interrupt 1 Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
DS39927B-page 84
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-19: IPC7: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 7
U-0
—
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
U2TXIP2
U2TXIP1
U2TXIP0
U2RXIP2
U2RXIP1
U2RXIP0
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
INT2IP2
INT2IP1
INT2IP0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 14-12
U2TXIP<2:0>: UART2 Transmitter Interrupt Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
bit 11
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 10-8
U2RXIP<2:0>: UART2 Receiver Interrupt Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-4
INT2IP<2:0>: External Interrupt 2 Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
bit 3-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 85
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-20: IPC15: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 15
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
RTCIP2
RTCIP1
RTCIP0
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-11
bit 10-8
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
RTCIP<2:0>: Real-Time Clock and Calendar Interrupt Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
bit 7-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
DS39927B-page 86
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-21: IPC16: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 16
U-0
—
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
CRCIP2
CRCIP1
CRCIP0
U2ERIP2
U2ERIP1
U2ERIP0
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U1ERIP2
U1ERIP1
U1ERIP0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 14-12
CRCIP<2:0>: CRC Generator Error Interrupt Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
bit 11
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 10-8
U2ERIP<2:0>: UART2 Error Interrupt Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-4
U1ERIP<2:0>: UART1 Error Interrupt Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
bit 3-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 87
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-22: IPC18: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 18
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
HLVDIP2
HLVDIP1
HLVDIP0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-3
bit 2-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
HLVDIP<2:0>: High/Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
REGISTER 8-23: IPC19: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 19
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 15
bit 8
bit 0
U-0
—
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
CTMUIP2
CTMUIP1
CTMUIP0
bit 7
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-7
bit 6-4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
CTMUIP<2:0>: CTMU Interrupt Priority bits
111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001= Interrupt is priority 1
000= Interrupt source is disabled
bit 3-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
DS39927B-page 88
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 8-24: INTTREG: INTERRUPT CONTROL AND STATUS REGISTER
R-0
U-0
—
R/W-0
U-0
—
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
CPUIRQ
VHOLD
ILR<3:0>
bit 15
bit 8
bit 0
U-0
—
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
VECNUM<6:0>
bit 7
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15
CPUIRQ: Interrupt Request from Interrupt Controller CPU bit
1= An interrupt request has occurred but has not yet been Acknowledged by the CPU (this will
happen when the CPU priority is higher than the interrupt priority)
0= No interrupt request is left unacknowledged
bit 14
bit 13
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
VHOLD: Allows Vector Number Capture and Changes what Interrupt is Stored in VECNUM bit
1= VECNUM will contain the value of the highest priority pending interrupt, instead of the current
interrupt
0= VECNUM will contain the value of the last Acknowledged interrupt (last interrupt that has occurred
with higher priority than the CPU, even if other interrupts are pending)
bit 12
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 11-8
ILR<3:0>: New CPU Interrupt Priority Level bits
1111= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 15
•
•
•
0001= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 1
0000= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 0
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-0
VECNUM<6:0>: Vector Number of Pending Interrupt bits
0111111= Interrupt Vector pending is number 135
•
•
•
0000001= Interrupt Vector pending is number 9
0000000= Interrupt Vector pending is number 8
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 89
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
8.4.3
TRAP SERVICE ROUTINE (TSR)
8.4
Interrupt Setup Procedures
A Trap Service Routine (TSR) is coded like an ISR,
except that the appropriate trap status flag in the
INTCON1 register must be cleared to avoid re-entry
into the TSR.
8.4.1
INITIALIZATION
To configure an interrupt source:
1. Set the NSTDIS Control bit (INTCON1<15>) if
nested interrupts are not desired.
8.4.4
INTERRUPT DISABLE
2. Select the user-assigned priority level for the
interrupt source by writing the control bits in the
appropriate IPCx register. The priority level will
depend on the specific application and type of
interrupt source. If multiple priority levels are not
desired, the IPCx register control bits for all
enabled interrupt sources may be programmed
to the same non-zero value.
All user interrupts can be disabled using the following
procedure:
1. Push the current SR value onto the software
stack using the PUSHinstruction.
2. Force the CPU to priority level 7 by inclusive
ORing the value OEh with SRL.
To enable user interrupts, the POPinstruction may be
Note: At a device Reset, the IPCx registers are
initialized, such that all user interrupt
sources are assigned to priority level 4.
used to restore the previous SR value.
Only user interrupts with a priority level of 7 or less can
be disabled. Trap sources (level 8-15) cannot be
disabled.
3. Clear the interrupt flag status bit associated with
the peripheral in the associated IFSx register.
The DISI instruction provides a convenient way to
disable interrupts of priority levels 1-6 for a fixed period.
Level 7 interrupt sources are not disabled by the DISI
instruction.
4. Enable the interrupt source by setting the
interrupt enable control bit associated with the
source in the appropriate IECx register.
8.4.2
INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE
The method that is used to declare an ISR and initialize
the IVT with the correct vector address depends on the
programming language (i.e., C or assembler) and the
language development toolsuite that is used to develop
the application. In general, the user must clear the
interrupt flag in the appropriate IFSx register for the
source of the interrupt that the ISR handles. Otherwise,
the ISR will be re-entered immediately after exiting the
routine. If the ISR is coded in assembly language, it
must be terminated using a RETFIE instruction to
unstack the saved PC value, SRL value and old CPU
priority level.
DS39927B-page 90
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
• Software-controllable switching between various
clock sources.
9.0
OSCILLATOR
CONFIGURATION
• Software-controllable postscaler for selective
clocking of CPU for system power savings.
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be
reference source. For more information
on Oscillator Configuration, refer to the
“PIC24F Family Reference Manual”,
Section 38. “Oscillator with 500 kHz
Low-Power FRC” (DS39726).
• System frequency range declaration bits for EC
mode. When using an external clock source, the
current consumption is reduced by setting the
declaration bits to the expected frequency range.
a
comprehensive
• A Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) that detects clock
failure and permits safe application recovery or
shutdown.
The oscillator system for the PIC24F16KA102 family of
devices has the following features:
Figure 9-1 provides a simplified diagram of the oscillator
system.
• A total of five external and internal oscillator options
as clock sources, providing 11 different clock
modes.
• On-chip 4x Phase Locked Loop (PLL) to boost
internal operating frequency on select internal and
external oscillator sources.
FIGURE 9-1:
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY CLOCK DIAGRAM
Primary Oscillator
REFOCON<15:8>
XT, HS, EC
OSCO
OSCI
Reference Clock
Generator
XTPLL, HSPLL
ECPLL,FRCPLL
4 x PLL
REFO
8 MHz
4 MHz
8 MHz
FRC
Oscillator
FRCDIV
Peripherals
500 kHz
LPFRC
Oscillator
CLKDIV<10:8>
FRC
CLKO
CPU
LPRC
LPRC
Oscillator
31 kHz (nominal)
Secondary Oscillator
SOSC
SOSCO
SOSCI
CLKDIV<14:12>
SOSCEN
Enable
Oscillator
Clock Control Logic
Fail-Safe
Clock
Monitor
WDT, PWRT, DSWDT
Clock Source Option
for Other Modules
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 91
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
9.1
CPU Clocking Scheme
9.2
Initial Configuration on POR
The system clock source can be provided by one of
four sources:
The oscillator source (and operating mode) that is used
at a device Power-on Reset (POR) event is selected
using Configuration bit settings. The oscillator
Configuration bit settings are located in the Configuration
registers in the program memory (refer to Section 26.1
“Configuration Bits” for further details). The Primary
• Primary Oscillator (POSC) on the OSCI and OSCO
pins
• Secondary Oscillator (SOSC) on the SOSCI and
SOSCO pins
Oscillator
Configuration
bits,
POSCMD<1:0>
The PIC24F16KA102 family devices consist of two
types of secondary oscillator:
(FOSC<1:0>), and the Initial Oscillator Select Configura-
tion bits, FNOSC<2:0> (FOSCSEL<2:0>), select the
oscillator source that is used at a POR. The FRC primary
oscillator with postscaler (FRCDIV) is the default (unpro-
grammed) selection. The secondary oscillator, or one of
the internal oscillators, may be chosen by programming
these bit locations. The EC mode frequency range
Configuration bits, POSCFREQ<1:0> (FOSC<4:3>),
optimize power consumption when running in EC
mode. The default configuration is “frequency range is
greater than 8 MHz”.
- High-Power Secondary Oscillator
- Low-Power Secondary Oscillator
These can be selected by using the SOSCSEL
(FOSC<5>) bit.
• Fast Internal RC (FRC) Oscillator
-
8 MHz FRC Oscillator
- 500 kHz Lower Power FRC Oscillator
• Low-Power Internal RC (LPRC) Oscillator
The primary oscillator and 8 MHz FRC sources have
the option of using the internal 4x PLL. The frequency
of the FRC clock source can optionally be reduced by
the programmable clock divider. The selected clock
source generates the processor and peripheral clock
sources.
The Configuration bits allow users to choose between
the various clock modes, shown in Table 9-1.
9.2.1
CLOCK SWITCHING MODE
CONFIGURATION BITS
The FCKSM Configuration bits (FOSC<7:6>) are used
jointly to configure device clock switching and the
FSCM. Clock switching is enabled only when FCKSM1
is programmed (‘0’). The FSCM is enabled only when
FCKSM<1:0> are both programmed (‘00’).
The processor clock source is divided by two to produce
the internal instruction cycle clock, FCY. In this docu-
ment, the instruction cycle clock is also denoted by
FOSC/2. The internal instruction cycle clock, FOSC/2, can
be provided on the OSCO I/O pin for some operating
modes of the primary oscillator.
TABLE 9-1:
CONFIGURATION BIT VALUES FOR CLOCK SELECTION
Oscillator Mode Oscillator Source POSCMD<1:0>
FNOSC<2:0>
Note
1, 2
8 MHz FRC Oscillator with Postscaler
(FRCDIV)
Internal
11
111
500 MHz FRC Oscillator with Postscaler
(LPFRCDIV)
Internal
11
110
1
Low-Power RC Oscillator (LPRC)
Internal
Secondary
Primary
11
00
10
101
100
011
1
1
Secondary (Timer1) Oscillator (SOSC)
Primary Oscillator (HS) with PLL Module
(HSPLL)
Primary Oscillator (EC) with PLL Module
(ECPLL)
Primary
00
011
Primary Oscillator (HS)
Primary Oscillator (XT)
Primary Oscillator (EC)
Primary
Primary
Primary
Internal
10
01
00
11
010
010
010
001
8 MHz FRC Oscillator with PLL Module
(FRCPLL)
1
1
8 MHz FRC Oscillator (FRC)
Internal
11
000
Note 1: OSCO pin function is determined by the OSCIOFNC Configuration bit.
2: This is the default oscillator mode for an unprogrammed (erased) device.
DS39927B-page 92
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
The Clock Divider register (Register 9-2) controls the
features associated with Doze mode, as well as the
postscaler for the FRC oscillator.
9.3
Control Registers
The operation of the oscillator is controlled by three
Special Function Registers (SFRs):
The FRC Oscillator Tune register (Register 9-3) allows
the user to fine tune the FRC oscillator over a range of
approximately ±12%. Each bit increment or decrement
changes the factory calibrated frequency of the FRC
oscillator by a fixed amount.
• OSCCON
• CLKDIV
• OSCTUN
The OSCCON register (Register 9-1) is the main con-
trol register for the oscillator. It controls clock source
switching and allows the monitoring of clock sources.
REGISTER 9-1:
OSCCON: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER
U-0
—
R-0, HSC
R-0, HSC
COSC1
R-0, HSC
COSC0
U-0
—
R/W-x(1)
NOSC2
R/W-x(1)
NOSC1
R/W-x(1)
NOSC0
COSC2
bit 15
bit 8
R/SO-0, HSC
CLKLOCK
bit 7
U-0
—
R-0, HSC(2)
LOCK
U-0
—
R/CO-0, HS
CF
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
SOSCEN
OSWEN
bit 0
Legend:
CO = Clear Only bit
SO = Set Only bit
HS = Hardware Settable bit HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 14-12
COSC<2:0>: Current Oscillator Selection bits
111= 8 MHz Fast RC Oscillator with Postscaler (FRCDIV)
110= 500 kHz Low-Power Fast RC Oscillator (FRC) with Postscaler (LPFRCDIV)
101= Low-Power RC Oscillator (LPRC)
100= Secondary Oscillator (SOSC)
011= Primary Oscillator with PLL module (XTPLL, HSPLL, ECPLL)
010= Primary Oscillator (XT, HS, EC)
001= 8 MHz FRC Oscillator with Postscaler and PLL module (FRCPLL)
000= 8 MHz FRC Oscillator (FRC)
bit 11
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 10-8
NOSC<2:0>: New Oscillator Selection bits(1)
111= 8 MHz Fast RC Oscillator with Postscaler (FRCDIV)
110= 500 kHz Low-Power Fast RC Oscillator (FRC) with Postscaler (LPFRCDIV)
101= Low-Power RC Oscillator (LPRC)
100= Secondary Oscillator (SOSC)
011= Primary Oscillator with PLL module (XTPLL, HSPLL, ECPLL)
010= Primary Oscillator (XT, HS, EC)
001= 8 MHz FRC Oscillator with Postscaler and PLL module (FRCPLL)
000= 8 MHz FRC Oscillator (FRC)
Note 1: Reset values for these bits are determined by the FNOSC Configuration bits.
2: Also resets to ‘0’ during any valid clock switch or whenever a non-PLL Clock mode is selected.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 93
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 9-1:
OSCCON: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED)
bit 7
CLKLOCK: Clock Selection Lock Enabled bit
If FSCM is enabled (FCKSM1 = 1):
1= Clock and PLL selections are locked
0= Clock and PLL selections are not locked and may be modified by setting the OSWEN bit
If FSCM is disabled (FCKSM1 = 0):
Clock and PLL selections are never locked and may be modified by setting the OSWEN bit.
bit 6
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
LOCK: PLL Lock Status bit(2)
1= PLL module is in lock or PLL module start-up timer is satisfied
0= PLL module is out of lock, PLL start-up timer is running or PLL is disabled
bit 4
bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
CF: Clock Fail Detect bit
1= FSCM has detected a clock failure
0= No clock failure has been detected
bit 2
bit 1
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
SOSCEN: 32 kHz Secondary Oscillator (SOSC) Enable bit
1= Enable secondary oscillator
0= Disable secondary oscillator
bit 0
OSWEN: Oscillator Switch Enable bit
1= Initiate an oscillator switch to clock source specified by NOSC<2:0> bits
0= Oscillator switch is complete
Note 1: Reset values for these bits are determined by the FNOSC Configuration bits.
2: Also resets to ‘0’ during any valid clock switch or whenever a non-PLL Clock mode is selected.
DS39927B-page 94
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 9-2:
CLKDIV: CLOCK DIVIDER REGISTER
R/W-0
ROI
R/W-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-0
DOZEN(1)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-1
DOZE2
DOZE1
DOZE0
RCDIV2
RCDIV1
RCDIV0
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15
ROI: Recover on Interrupt bit
1= Interrupts clear the DOZEN bit and reset the CPU and peripheral clock ratio to 1:1
0= Interrupts have no effect on the DOZEN bit
bit 14-12
DOZE<2:0>: CPU and Peripheral Clock Ratio Select bits
111= 1:128
110= 1:64
101= 1:32
100= 1:16
011= 1:8
010= 1:4
001= 1:2
000= 1:1
bit 11
DOZEN: DOZE Enable bit(1)
1= DOZE<2:0> bits specify the CPU and peripheral clock ratio
0= CPU and peripheral clock ratio set to 1:1
bit 10-8
RCDIV<2:0>: FRC Postscaler Select bits
When OSCCON (COSC<2:0>) = 111:
111= 31.25 kHz (divide by 256)
110= 125 kHz (divide by 64)
101= 250 kHz (divide by 32)
100= 500 kHz (divide by 16)
011= 1 MHz (divide by 8)
010= 2 MHz (divide by 4)
001= 4 MHz (divide by 2) (default)
000= 8 MHz (divide by 1)
When OSCCON (COSC<2:0>) = 110:
111= 1.95 kHz (divide by 256)
110= 7.81 kHz (divide by 64)
101= 15.62 kHz (divide by 32)
100= 31.25 kHz (divide by 16)
011= 62.5 kHz (divide by 8)
010= 125 kHz (divide by 4)
001= 250 kHz (divide by 2) (default)
000= 500 kHz (divide by 1)
bit 7-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note 1: This bit is automatically cleared when the ROI bit is set and an interrupt occurs.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 95
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 9-3:
OSCTUN: FRC OSCILLATOR TUNE REGISTER
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
TUN5(1)
R/W-0
TUN4(1)
R/W-0
TUN3(1)
R/W-0
TUN2(1)
R/W-0
TUN1(1)
R/W-0
TUN0(1)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-6
bit 5-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
TUN<5:0>: FRC Oscillator Tuning bits(1)
011111= Maximum frequency deviation
011110
·
·
·
000001
000000= Center frequency, oscillator is running at factory calibrated frequency
111111
·
·
·
100001
100000= Minimum frequency deviation
Note 1: Increments or decrements of TUN<5:0> may not change the FRC frequency in equal steps over the FRC
tuning range and may not be monotonic.
DS39927B-page 96
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
Once the basic sequence is completed, the system
clock hardware responds automatically as follows:
9.4
Clock Switching Operation
With few limitations, applications are free to switch
between any of the four clock sources (POSC, SOSC,
FRC and LPRC) under software control and at any
time. To limit the possible side effects that could result
from this flexibility, PIC24F devices have a safeguard
lock built into the switching process.
1. The clock switching hardware compares the
COSCx bits with the new value of the NOSCx
bits. If they are the same, then the clock switch
is a redundant operation. In this case, the
OSWEN bit is cleared automatically and the
clock switch is aborted.
Note:
The primary oscillator mode has three
different submodes (XT, HS and EC),
which are determined by the POSCMDx
Configuration bits. While an application
can switch to and from primary oscillator
mode in software, it cannot switch
between the different primary submodes
without reprogramming the device.
2. If a valid clock switch has been initiated, the
LOCK (OSCCON<5>) and CF (OSCCON<3>)
bits are cleared.
3. The new oscillator is turned on by the hardware
if it is not currently running. If a crystal oscillator
must be turned on, the hardware will wait until
the OST expires. If the new source is using the
PLL, then the hardware waits until a PLL lock is
detected (LOCK = 1).
9.4.1
ENABLING CLOCK SWITCHING
4. The hardware waits for 10 clock cycles from the
new clock source and then performs the clock
switch.
To enable clock switching, the FCKSM1 Configuration bit
in the FOSC Configuration register must be programmed
to ‘0’. (Refer to Section 26.1 “Configuration Bits” for
further details.) If the FCKSM1 Configuration bit is unpro-
grammed (‘1’), the clock switching function and FSCM
function are disabled. This is the default setting.
5. The hardware clears the OSWEN bit to indicate a
successful clock transition. In addition, the
NOSCx bits value is transferred to the COSCx
bits.
The NOSCx control bits (OSCCON<10:8>) do not
control the clock selection when clock switching is
disabled. However, the COSCx bits (OSCCON<14:12>)
will reflect the clock source selected by the FNOSCx
Configuration bits.
6. The old clock source is turned off at this time,
with the exception of LPRC (if WDT, FSCM or
RTCC with LPRC as clock source are enabled)
or SOSC (if SOSCEN remains enabled).
Note 1: The processor will continue to execute
code throughout the clock switching
sequence. Timing-sensitive code should
not be executed during this time.
The OSWEN control bit (OSCCON<0>) has no effect
when clock switching is disabled; it is held at ‘0’ at all
times.
2: Direct clock switches between any
primary oscillator mode with PLL and
FRCPLL mode are not permitted. This
applies to clock switches in either
direction. In these instances, the
application must switch to FRC mode as
a transition clock source between the two
PLL modes.
9.4.2
OSCILLATOR SWITCHING
SEQUENCE
At a minimum, performing a clock switch requires this
basic sequence:
1. If desired, read the COSCx bits (OSCCON<14:12>),
to determine the current oscillator source.
2. Perform the unlock sequence to allow a write to
the OSCCON register high byte.
3. Write the appropriate value to the NOSCx bits
(OSCCON<10:8>) for the new oscillator source.
4. Perform the unlock sequence to allow a write to
the OSCCON register low byte.
5. Set the OSWEN bit to initiate the oscillator
switch.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 97
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
The following code sequence for a clock switch is
recommended:
9.5
Reference Clock Output
In addition to the CLKO output (FOSC/2) available in
certain oscillator modes, the device clock in the
PIC24F16KA102 family devices can also be configured
to provide a reference clock output signal to a port pin.
This feature is available in all oscillator configurations
and allows the user to select a greater range of clock
submultiples to drive external devices in the
application.
1. Disable interrupts during the OSCCON register
unlock and write sequence.
2. Execute the unlock sequence for the OSCCON
high byte by writing 78h and 9Ah to
OSCCON<15:8> in two back-to-back instructions.
3. Write new oscillator source to the NOSCx bits in
the instruction immediately following the unlock
sequence.
This reference clock output is controlled by the
REFOCON register (Register 9-4). Setting the ROEN
bit (REFOCON<15>) makes the clock signal available
on the REFO pin. The RODIV bits (REFOCON<11:8>)
enable the selection of 16 different clock divider
options.
4. Execute the unlock sequence for the OSCCON
low byte by writing 46h and 57h to
OSCCON<7:0> in two back-to-back instructions.
5. Set the OSWEN bit in the instruction immediately
following the unlock sequence.
6. Continue to execute code that is not
clock-sensitive (optional).
The ROSSLP and ROSEL bits (REFOCON<13:12>)
control the availability of the reference output during
Sleep mode. The ROSEL bit determines if the oscillator
on OSC1 and OSC2, or the current system clock
source, is used for the reference clock output. The
ROSSLP bit determines if the reference source is
available on REFO when the device is in Sleep mode.
7. Invoke an appropriate amount of software delay
(cycle counting) to allow the selected oscillator
and/or PLL to start and stabilize.
8. Check to see if OSWEN is ‘0’. If it is, the switch
was successful. If OSWEN is still set, then check
the LOCK bit to determine the cause of failure.
To use the reference clock output in Sleep mode, both
the ROSSLP and ROSEL bits must be set. The device
clock must also be configured for one of the primary
modes (EC, HS or XT); otherwise, if the ROSEL bit is
not also set, the oscillator on OSC1 and OSC2 will be
powered down when the device enters Sleep mode.
Clearing the ROSEL bit allows the reference output
frequency to change as the system clock changes
during any clock switches.
The core sequence for unlocking the OSCCON register
and initiating a clock switch is provided in Example 9-1.
EXAMPLE 9-1:
BASIC CODE SEQUENCE
FOR CLOCK SWITCHING
;Place the new oscillator selection in W0
;OSCCONH (high byte) Unlock Sequence
MOV
MOV
MOV
MOV.b
MOV.b
#OSCCONH, w1
#0x78, w2
#0x9A, w3
w2, [w1]
w3, [w1]
;Set new oscillator selection
MOV.b WREG, OSCCONH
;OSCCONL (low byte) unlock sequence
MOV
MOV
MOV
MOV.b
MOV.b
#OSCCONL, w1
#0x46, w2
#0x57, w3
w2, [w1]
w3, [w1]
;Start oscillator switch operation
BSET OSCCON,#0
DS39927B-page 98
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 9-4:
REFOCON: REFERENCE OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
ROEN
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
ROSSLP
ROSEL
RODIV3
RODIV2
RODIV1
RODIV0
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15
ROEN: Reference Oscillator Output Enable bit
1= Reference oscillator enabled on REFO pin
0= Reference oscillator disabled
bit 14
bit 13
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
ROSSLP: Reference Oscillator Output Stop in Sleep bit
1= Reference oscillator continues to run in Sleep
0= Reference oscillator is disabled in Sleep
bit 12
ROSEL: Reference Oscillator Source Select bit
1= Primary oscillator used as the base clock(1)
0= System clock used as the base clock; base clock reflects any clock switching of the device
bit 11-8
RODIV3:RODIV0: Reference Oscillator Divisor Select bits
1111= Base clock value divided by 32,768
1110= Base clock value divided by 16,384
1101= Base clock value divided by 8,192
1100= Base clock value divided by 4,096
1011= Base clock value divided by 2,048
1010= Base clock value divided by 1,024
1001= Base clock value divided by 512
1000= Base clock value divided by 256
0111= Base clock value divided by 128
0110= Base clock value divided by 64
0101= Base clock value divided by 32
0100= Base clock value divided by 16
0011= Base clock value divided by 8
0010= Base clock value divided by 4
0001= Base clock value divided by 2
0000= Base clock value
bit 7-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note 1: The crystal oscillator must be enabled using the FOSC<2:0> bits; the crystal maintains the operation in
Sleep mode.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 99
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39927B-page 100
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
The assembly syntax of the PWRSAV instruction is
shown in Example 10-1.
10.0 POWER-SAVING FEATURES
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information, refer to the
“PIC24F Family Reference Manual”,
”Section 39. Power-Saving Features
with Deep Sleep” (DS39727).
Note: SLEEP_MODE and IDLE_MODE are con-
stants defined in the assembler include
file for the selected device.
Sleep and Idle modes can be exited as a result of an
enabled interrupt, WDT time-out or a device Reset.
When the device exits these modes, it is said to
“wake-up”.
The PIC24F16KA102 family of devices provides the
ability to manage power consumption by selectively
managing clocking to the CPU and the peripherals. In
general, a lower clock frequency and a reduction in the
number of circuits being clocked constitutes lower
consumed power. All PIC24F devices manage power
consumption in four different ways:
10.2.1
SLEEP MODE
Sleep mode includes these features:
• The system clock source is shut down. If an
on-chip oscillator is used, it is turned off.
• The device current consumption will be reduced
to a minimum provided that no I/O pin is sourcing
current.
• Clock frequency
• Instruction-based Sleep, Idle and Deep Sleep
modes
• The I/O pin directions and states are frozen.
• The Fail-Safe Clock Monitor does not operate
during Sleep mode since the system clock source
is disabled.
• Software controlled Doze mode
• Selective peripheral control in software
Combinations of these methods can be used to
selectively tailor an application’s power consumption,
while still maintaining critical application features, such
as timing-sensitive communications.
• The LPRC clock will continue to run in Sleep
mode if the WDT or RTCC with LPRC as clock
source is enabled.
• The WDT, if enabled, is automatically cleared
prior to entering Sleep mode.
10.1 Clock Frequency and Clock
Switching
• Some device features or peripherals may
continue to operate in Sleep mode. This includes
items, such as the input change notification on the
I/O ports, or peripherals that use an external clock
input. Any peripheral that requires the system
clock source for its operation will be disabled in
Sleep mode.
PIC24F devices allow for a wide range of clock
frequencies to be selected under application control. If
the system clock configuration is not locked, users can
choose low-power or high-precision oscillators by simply
changing the NOSC bits. The process of changing a
system clock during operation, as well as limitations to
the process, are discussed in more detail in Section 8.0
“Oscillator Configuration”.
The device will wake-up from Sleep mode on any of
these events:
• On any interrupt source that is individually
enabled
10.2 Instruction-Based Power-Saving
Modes
• On any form of device Reset
• On a WDT time-out
PIC24F devices have two special power-saving modes
that are entered through the execution of a special
PWRSAVinstruction. Sleep mode stops clock operation
and halts all code execution; Idle mode halts the CPU
and code execution, but allows peripheral modules to
continue operation. Deep Sleep mode stops clock
operation, code execution and all peripherals except
RTCC and DSWDT. It also freezes I/O states and
removes power to SRAM and Flash memory.
On wake-up from Sleep, the processor will restart with
the same clock source that was active when Sleep
mode was entered.
EXAMPLE 10-1:
PWRSAV INSTRUCTION SYNTAX
PWRSAV
PWRSAV
BSET
#SLEEP_MODE
#IDLE_MODE
DSCON, #DSEN
#SLEEP_MODE
; Put the device into SLEEP mode
; Put the device into IDLE mode
; Enable Deep Sleep
PWRSAV
; Put the device into Deep SLEEP mode
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 101
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
10.2.2
IDLE MODE
10.2.4.1
Entering Deep Sleep Mode
Idle mode has these features:
Deep Sleep mode is entered by setting the DSEN bit in
the DSCON register, and then executing a Sleep
command (PWRSAV #SLEEP_MODE), within one
instruction cycle, to minimize the chance that Deep
Sleep will be spuriously entered.
• The CPU will stop executing instructions.
• The WDT is automatically cleared.
• The system clock source remains active. By
default, all peripheral modules continue to operate
normally from the system clock source, but can
also be selectively disabled (see Section 10.4
“Selective Peripheral Module Control”).
If the PWRSAVcommand is not given within one instruc-
tion cycle, the DSEN bit will be cleared by the hardware
and must be set again by the software before entering
Deep Sleep mode. The DSEN bit is also automatically
cleared when exiting the Deep Sleep mode.
• If the WDT or FSCM is enabled, the LPRC will
also remain active.
Note: To re-enter Deep Sleep after a Deep Sleep
wake-up, allow a delay of at least 3 TCY
after clearing the RELEASE bit.
The device will wake from Idle mode on any of these
events:
• Any interrupt that is individually enabled
• Any device Reset
The sequence to enter Deep Sleep mode is:
1. If the application requires the Deep Sleep WDT,
enable it and configure its clock source (see
Section 10.2.4.5 “Deep Sleep WDT” for
details).
• A WDT time-out
On wake-up from Idle, the clock is re-applied to the
CPU and instruction execution begins immediately,
starting with the instruction following the PWRSAV
instruction or the first instruction in the ISR.
2. If the application requires Deep Sleep BOR,
enable it by programming the DSBOREN
Configuration bit (FDS<6>).
10.2.3
INTERRUPTS COINCIDENT WITH
POWER SAVE INSTRUCTIONS
3. If the application requires wake-up from Deep
Sleep on RTCC alarm, enable and configure the
RTCC module (see Section 19.0 “Real-Time
Clock and Calendar (RTCC)” for more
information).
Any interrupt that coincides with the execution of a
PWRSAVinstruction will be held off until entry into Sleep
or Idle mode has completed. The device will then
wake-up from Sleep or Idle mode.
4. If needed, save any critical application context
data by writing it to the DSGPR0 and DSGPR1
registers (optional).
10.2.4
DEEP SLEEP MODE
In PIC24F16KA102 family devices, Deep Sleep mode
is intended to provide the lowest levels of power con-
sumption available without requiring the use of external
switches to completely remove all power from the
device. Entry into Deep Sleep mode is completely
under software control. Exit from Deep Sleep mode can
be triggered from any of the following events:
5. Enable Deep Sleep mode by setting the DSEN
bit (DSCON<15>).
6. Enter Deep Sleep mode by issuing 3 NOP
commands, and then a PWRSAV #0instruction.
Any time the DSEN bit is set, all bits in the DSWSRC
register will be automatically cleared.
• POR event
10.2.4.2
Exiting Deep Sleep Mode
• MCLR event
Deep Sleep mode exits on any one of the following events:
• RTCC alarm (If the RTCC is present)
• External Interrupt 0
• POR event on VDD supply. If there is no DSBOR
circuit to re-arm the VDD supply POR circuit, the
external VDD supply must be lowered to the
natural arming voltage of the POR circuit.
• Deep Sleep Watchdog Timer (DSWDT) time-out
In Deep Sleep mode, it is possible to keep the device
Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC) running without
the loss of clock cycles.
• DSWDT time-out. When the DSWDT timer times
out, the device exits Deep Sleep.
The device has a dedicated Deep Sleep Brown-out
Reset (DSBOR) and a Deep Sleep Watchdog Timer
Reset (DSWDT) for monitoring voltage and time-out
events. The DSBOR and DSWDT are independent of
the standard BOR and WDT used with other
power-managed modes (Sleep, Idle and Doze).
• RTCC alarm (if RTCEN = 1).
• Assertion (‘0’) of the MCLR pin.
• Assertion of the INT0 pin (if the interrupt was
enabled before Deep Sleep mode was entered).
The polarity configuration is used to determine the
assertion level (‘0’ or ‘1’) of the pin that will cause
an exit from Deep Sleep mode. Exiting from Deep
Sleep mode requires a change on the INT0 pin
while in Deep Sleep mode.
DS39927B-page 102
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
10.2.4.4
I/O Pins During Deep Sleep
Note:
Any interrupt pending when entering Deep
Sleep mode is cleared,
During Deep Sleep, the general purpose I/O pins retain
their previous states and the Secondary Oscillator
(SOSC) will remain running, if enabled. Pins that are
configured as inputs (TRISx bit set) prior to entry into
Deep Sleep remain high-impedance during Deep
Sleep. Pins that are configured as outputs (TRISx bit
clear) prior to entry into Deep Sleep remain as output
pins during Deep Sleep. While in this mode, they con-
tinue to drive the output level determined by their
corresponding LATx bit at the time of entry into Deep
Sleep.
Exiting Deep Sleep mode generally does not retain the
state of the device and is equivalent to a Power-on
Reset (POR) of the device. Exceptions to this include
the RTCC (if present), which remains operational
through the wake-up, the DSGPRx registers and
DSWDT.
Wake-up events that occur from the time Deep Sleep
exits until the time the POR sequence completes are
ignored and are not be captured in the DSWSRC
register.
Once the device wakes back up, all I/O pins continue to
maintain their previous states, even after the device
has finished the POR sequence and is executing appli-
cation code again. Pins configured as inputs during
Deep Sleep remain high-impedance and pins config-
ured as outputs continue to drive their previous value.
After waking up, the TRIS and LAT registers, and the
SOSCEN bit (OSCCON<1>) are reset. If firmware
modifies any of these bits or registers, the I/O will not
immediately go to the newly configured states. Once
the firmware clears the RELEASE bit (DSCON<0>),
the I/O pins are “released”. This causes the I/O pins to
take the states configured by their respective TRIS and
LAT bit values.
The sequence for exiting Deep Sleep mode is:
1. After a wake-up event, the device exits Deep
Sleep and performs a POR. The DSEN bit is
cleared automatically. Code execution resumes
at the Reset vector.
2. To determine if the device exited Deep Sleep,
read the Deep Sleep bit, DPSLP (RCON<10>).
This bit will be set if there was an exit from Deep
Sleep mode. If the bit is set, clear it.
3. Determine the wake-up source by reading the
DSWSRC register.
4. Determine if a DSBOR event occurred during
Deep Sleep mode by reading the DSBOR bit
(DSCON<1>).
This means that keeping the SOSC running after
waking up requires the SOSCEN bit to be set before
clearing RELEASE.
5. If application context data has been saved, read
it back from the DSGPR0 and DSGPR1
registers.
If the Deep Sleep BOR (DSBOR) is enabled, and a
DSBOR or a true POR event occurs during Deep
Sleep, the I/O pins will be immediately released similar
to clearing the RELEASE bit. All previous state infor-
mation will be lost, including the general purpose
DSGPR0 and DSGPR1 contents.
6. Clear the RELEASE bit (DSCON<0>).
10.2.4.3
Saving Context Data with the
DSGPR0/DSGPR1 Registers
As exiting Deep Sleep mode causes a POR, most
Special Function Registers reset to their default POR
values. In addition, because VDDCORE power is not
supplied in Deep Sleep mode, information in data RAM
may be lost when exiting this mode.
If a MCLR Reset event occurs during Deep Sleep, the
DSGPRx, DSCON and DSWAKE registers will remain
valid, and the RELEASE bit will remain set. The state
of the SOSC will also be retained. The I/O pins, how-
ever, will be reset to their MCLR Reset state. Since
RELEASE is still set, changes to the SOSCEN bit
(OSCCON<1>) cannot take effect until the RELEASE
bit is cleared.
Applications which require critical data to be saved
prior to Deep Sleep may use the Deep Sleep General
Purpose registers, DSGPR0 and DSGPR1, or data
EEPROM (if available). Unlike other SFRs, the
contents of these registers are preserved while the
device is in Deep Sleep mode. After exiting Deep
Sleep, software can restore the data by reading the
registers and clearing the RELEASE bit (DSCON<0>).
In all other Deep Sleep wake-up cases, application
firmware must clear the RELEASE bit in order to
reconfigure the I/O pins.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 103
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
10.2.4.5
Deep Sleep WDT
10.2.4.8
Power-on Resets (PORs)
To enable the DSWDT in Deep Sleep mode, program
the Configuration bit, DSWDTEN (FDS<7>). The
device Watchdog Timer (WDT) need not be enabled for
the DSWDT to function. Entry into Deep Sleep mode
automatically resets the DSWDT.
VDD voltage is monitored to produce PORs. Since exit-
ing from Deep Sleep functionally looks like a POR, the
technique described in Section 10.2.4.7 “Checking
and Clearing the Status of Deep Sleep” should be
used to distinguish between Deep Sleep and a true
POR event.
The DSWDT clock source is selected by the
DSWDTOSC Configuration bit (FDS<4>). The
postscaler options are programmed by the
DSWDTPS<3:0> Configuration bits (FDS<3:0>). The
minimum time-out period that can be achieved is 2.1 ms
and the maximum is 25.7 days. For more details on the
FDS Configuration register and DSWDT configuration
options, refer to Section 26.0 “Special Features”.
When a true POR occurs, the entire device, including
all Deep Sleep logic (Deep Sleep registers, RTCC,
DSWDT, etc.) is reset.
10.2.4.9
Summary of Deep Sleep Sequence
To review, these are the necessary steps involved in
invoking and exiting Deep Sleep mode:
1. Device exits Reset and begins to execute its
application code.
10.2.4.6
Switching Clocks in Deep Sleep
Mode
2. If DSWDT functionality is required, program the
appropriate Configuration bit.
Both the RTCC and the DSWDT may run from either
SOSC or the LPRC clock source. This allows both the
RTCC and DSWDT to run without requiring both the
LPRC and SOSC to be enabled together, reducing
power consumption.
3. Select the appropriate clock(s) for the DSWDT
and RTCC (optional).
4. Enable and configure the DSWDT (optional).
5. Enable and configure the RTCC (optional).
Running the RTCC from LPRC will result in a loss of
accuracy in the RTCC of approximately 5 to 10%. If a
more accurate RTCC is required, it must be run from
the SOSC clock source. The RTCC clock source is
selected with the RTCOSC Configuration bit (FDS<5>).
6. Write context data to the DSGPRx registers
(optional).
7. Enable the INT0 interrupt (optional).
8. Set the DSEN bit in the DSCON register.
Under certain circumstances, it is possible for the
DSWDT clock source to be off when entering Deep
Sleep mode. In this case, the clock source is turned on
automatically (if DSWDT is enabled), without the need
for software intervention. However, this can cause a
delay in the start of the DSWDT counters. In order to
avoid this delay when using SOSC as a clock source,
the application can activate SOSC prior to entering
Deep Sleep mode.
9. Enter Deep Sleep by issuing
a
PWRSV
#SLEEP_MODEcommand.
10. Device exits Deep Sleep when a wake-up event
occurs.
11. The DSEN bit is automatically cleared.
12. Read and clear the DPSLP status bit in RCON,
and the DSWAKE status bits.
13. Read the DSGPRx registers (optional).
14. Once all state related configurations are
complete, clear the RELEASE bit.
10.2.4.7
Checking and Clearing the Status of
Deep Sleep
15. Application resumes normal operation.
Upon entry into Deep Sleep mode, the status bit
DPSLP (RCON<10>), becomes set and must be
cleared by the software.
On power-up, the software should read this status bit to
determine if the Reset was due to an exit from Deep
Sleep mode and clear the bit if it is set. Of the four
possible combinations of DPSLP and POR bit states,
three cases can be considered:
• Both the DPSLP and POR bits are cleared. In this
case, the Reset was due to some event other
than a Deep Sleep mode exit.
• The DPSLP bit is clear, but the POR bit is set.
This is a normal POR.
• Both the DPSLP and POR bits are set. This
means that Deep Sleep mode was entered, the
device was powered down and Deep Sleep mode
was exited.
DS39927B-page 104
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 10-1: DSCON: DEEP SLEEP CONTROL REGISTER(1)
R/W-0
DSEN
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
DSBOR(2)
R/C-0, HS
RELEASE
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
C = Clearable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
HS = Hardware Settable bit
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 15
DSEN: Deep Sleep Enable bit
1= Enters Deep Sleep on execution of PWRSAV #0
0= Enters normal Sleep on execution of PWRSAV #0
bit 14-2
bit 1
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
DSBOR: Deep Sleep BOR Event bit(2)
1= The DSBOR was active and a BOR event was detected during Deep Sleep
0= The DSBOR was not active, or was active but did not detect a BOR event during Deep Sleep
bit 0
RELEASE: I/O Pin State Release bit
1= Upon waking from Deep Sleep, I/O pins maintain their states previous to Deep Sleep entry
0= Release I/O pins from their state previous to Deep Sleep entry, and allow their respective TRIS and
LAT bits to control their states
Note 1: All register bits are reset only in the case of a POR event outside of Deep Sleep mode.
2: Unlike all other events, a Deep Sleep BOR event will NOT cause a wake-up from Deep Sleep; this
re-arms POR.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 105
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 10-2: DSWSRC: DEEP SLEEP WAKE-UP SOURCE REGISTER(1)
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0, HS
DSINT0
bit 15
bit 8
R/W-0, HS
DSFLT
bit 7
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0, HS
DSWDT
R/W-0, HS
DSRTCC
R/W-0, HS
DSMCLR
U-0
—
R/W-0, HS
DSPOR(2,3)
bit 0
Legend:
HS = Hardware Settable bit
W = Writable bit
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
‘1’ = Bit is set
bit 15-9
bit 8
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
DSINT0: Interrupt-on-Change bit
1= Interrupt-on-change was asserted during Deep Sleep
0= Interrupt-on-change was not asserted during Deep Sleep
bit 7
DSFLT: Deep Sleep Fault Detected bit
1= A Fault occurred during Deep Sleep, and some Deep Sleep configuration settings may have been
corrupted
0= No Fault was detected during Deep Sleep
bit 6-5
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
DSWDT: Deep Sleep Watchdog Timer Time-out bit
1= The Deep Sleep Watchdog Timer timed out during Deep Sleep
0= The Deep Sleep Watchdog Timer did not time out during Deep Sleep
bit 3
bit 2
DSRTCC: Real-Time Clock and Calendar Alarm bit
1= The Real-Time Clock and Calendar triggered an alarm during Deep Sleep
0= The Real-Time Clock and Calendar did not trigger an alarm during Deep Sleep
DSMCLR: MCLR Event bit
1= The MCLR pin was active and was asserted during Deep Sleep
0= The MCLR pin was not active, or was active, but not asserted during Deep Sleep
bit 1
bit 0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
DSPOR: Power-on Reset Event bit(2,3)
1= The VDD supply POR circuit was active and a POR event was detected
0= The VDD supply POR circuit was not active, or was active but did not detect a POR event
Note 1: All register bits are cleared when the DSCON<DSEN> bit is set.
2: All register bits are reset only in the case of a POR event outside Deep Sleep mode, except bit DSPOR,
which does not reset on a POR event that is caused due to a Deep Sleep exit.
3: Unlike the other bits in this register, this bit can be set outside of Deep Sleep.
DS39927B-page 106
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
10.3 Doze Mode
10.4 Selective Peripheral Module
Control
Generally, changing clock speed and invoking one of
the power-saving modes are the preferred strategies
for reducing power consumption. There may be
circumstances, however, where this is not practical. For
example, it may be necessary for an application to
maintain uninterrupted synchronous communication,
even while it is doing nothing else. Reducing system
clock speed may introduce communication errors,
Idle and Doze modes allow users to substantially
reduce power consumption by slowing or stopping the
CPU clock. Even so, peripheral modules still remain
clocked, and thus, consume power. There may be
cases where the application needs what these modes
do not provide: the allocation of power resources to
CPU processing with minimal power consumption from
the peripherals.
while using
a
power-saving mode may stop
communications completely.
PIC24F devices address this requirement by allowing
peripheral modules to be selectively disabled, reducing
or eliminating their power consumption. This can be
done with two control bits:
Doze mode is a simple and effective alternative method
to reduce power consumption while the device is still
executing code. In this mode, the system clock
continues to operate from the same source and at the
same speed. Peripheral modules continue to be
clocked at the same speed while the CPU clock speed
is reduced. Synchronization between the two clock
domains is maintained, allowing the peripherals to
access the SFRs while the CPU executes code at a
slower rate.
• The Peripheral Enable bit, generically named,
“XXXEN”, located in the module’s main control
SFR.
• The Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) bit,
generically named, “XXXMD”, located in one of
the PMD Control registers.
Both bits have similar functions in enabling or disabling
its associated module. Setting the PMD bit for a module
disables all clock sources to that module, reducing its
power consumption to an absolute minimum. In this
state, the control and status registers associated with
the peripheral will also be disabled, so writes to those
registers will have no effect and read values will be
invalid. Many peripheral modules have a corresponding
PMD bit.
Doze mode is enabled by setting the DOZEN bit
(CLKDIV<11>). The ratio between peripheral and core
clock speed is determined by the DOZE<2:0> bits
(CLKDIV<14:12>). There are eight possible
configurations, from 1:1 to 1:128, with 1:1 being the
default.
It is also possible to use Doze mode to selectively reduce
power consumption in event driven applications. This
allows clock-sensitive functions, such as synchronous
communications, to continue without interruption while
the CPU Idles, waiting for something to invoke an
interrupt routine. Enabling the automatic return to
full-speed CPU operation on interrupts is enabled by set-
ting the ROI bit (CLKDIV<15>). By default, interrupt
events have no effect on Doze mode operation.
In contrast, disabling a module by clearing its XXXEN
bit disables its functionality, but leaves its registers
available to be read and written to. Power consumption
is reduced, but not by as much as the PMD bits are
used. Most peripheral modules have an enable bit;
exceptions include capture, compare and RTCC.
To achieve more selective power savings, peripheral
modules can also be selectively disabled when the
device enters Idle mode. This is done through the control
bit of the generic name format, “XXXIDL”. By default, all
modules that can operate during Idle mode will do so.
Using the disable on Idle feature disables the module
while in Idle mode, allowing further reduction of power
consumption during Idle mode, enhancing power
savings for extremely critical power applications.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 107
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39927B-page 108
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
When a peripheral is enabled and the peripheral is
actively driving an associated pin, the use of the pin as
a general purpose output pin is disabled. The I/O pin
may be read, but the output driver for the parallel port
bit will be disabled. If a peripheral is enabled, but the
peripheral is not actively driving a pin, that pin may be
driven by a port.
11.0 I/O PORTS
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features of
this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information on the I/O
Ports, refer to the “PIC24F Family Refer-
ence Manual”, Section 12. “I/O Ports with
Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” (DS39711).
Note that the PIC24F16KA102 family
devices do not support Peripheral Pin
Select features.
All port pins have three registers directly associated
with their operation as digital I/O. The Data Direction
register (TRISx) determines whether the pin is an input
or an output. If the data direction bit is a ‘1’, then the pin
is an input. All port pins are defined as inputs after a
Reset. Reads from the Data Latch register (LATx), read
the latch. Writes to the latch, write the latch. Reads
from the port (PORTx), read the port pins, while writes
to the port pins, write the latch.
All of the device pins (except VDD and VSS) are shared
between the peripherals and the parallel I/O ports. All
I/O input ports feature Schmitt Trigger inputs for
improved noise immunity.
Any bit and its associated data and control registers
that are not valid for a particular device will be
disabled. That means the corresponding LATx and
TRISx registers and the port pin will read as zeros.
11.1 Parallel I/O (PIO) Ports
A parallel I/O port that shares a pin with a peripheral is,
in general, subservient to the peripheral. The
peripheral’s output buffer data and control signals are
provided to a pair of multiplexers. The multiplexers
select whether the peripheral or the associated port
has ownership of the output data and control signals of
the I/O pin. The logic also prevents “loop through”, in
which a port’s digital output can drive the input of a
peripheral that shares the same pin. Figure 11-1
displays how ports are shared with other peripherals
and the associated I/O pin to which they are connected.
When a pin is shared with another peripheral or
function that is defined as an input only, it is
nevertheless regarded as a dedicated port because
there is no other competing source of outputs.
Note:
The I/O pins retain their state during Deep
Sleep. They will retain this state at
wake-up until the software restore bit
(RELEASE) is cleared.
FIGURE 11-1:
BLOCK DIAGRAM OF A TYPICAL SHARED PORT STRUCTURE
Peripheral Module
Output Multiplexers
Peripheral Input Data
Peripheral Module Enable
Peripheral Output Enable
Peripheral Output Data
I/O
1
Output Enable
0
1
0
PIO Module
Output Data
Read TRIS
Data Bus
WR TRIS
D
Q
I/O Pin
CK
TRIS Latch
D
Q
WR LAT +
WR PORT
CK
Data Latch
Read LAT
Input Data
Read PORT
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 109
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
disabled. Depending on the device pin count, there are
up to 23 external signals (CN0 through CN22) that may
be selected (enabled) for generating an interrupt
request on a change of state.
11.1.1
OPEN-DRAIN CONFIGURATION
In addition to the PORT, LAT and TRIS registers for
data control, each port pin can also be individually
configured for either digital or open-drain output. This is
controlled by the Open-Drain Control register, ODCx,
associated with each port. Setting any of the bits
configures the corresponding pin to act as an
open-drain output.
There are six control registers associated with the CN
module. The CNEN1 and CNEN2 registers contain the
interrupt enable control bits for each of the CN input
pins. Setting any of these bits enables a CN interrupt
for the corresponding pins.
The maximum open-drain voltage allowed is the same
as the maximum VIH specification.
Each CN pin also has a weak pull-up/pull-down
connected to it. The pull-ups act as a current source
that is connected to the pin and the pull-downs act as a
current sink to eliminate the need for external resistors
when push button or keypad devices are connected.
11.2 Configuring Analog Port Pins
The use of the AD1PCFG and TRIS registers control
the operation of the A/D port pins. The port pins that are
desired as analog inputs must have their
corresponding TRIS bit set (input). If the TRIS bit is
cleared (output), the digital output level (VOH or VOL)
will be converted.
On any pin, only the pull-up resistor or the pull-down
resistor should be enabled, but not both of them. If the
push button or the keypad is connected to VDD, enable
the pull-down, or if they are connected to VSS, enable
the pull-up resistors. The pull-ups are enabled
separately using the CNPU1 and CNPU2 registers,
which contain the control bits for each of the CN pins.
When reading the PORT register, all pins configured as
analog input channels will read as cleared (a low level).
Analog levels on any pin that is defined as a digital
input (including the ANx pins) may cause the input
buffer to consume current that exceeds the device
specifications.
Setting any of the control bits enables the weak
pull-ups for the corresponding pins. The pull-downs are
enabled separately using the CNPD1 and CNPD2
registers, which contain the control bits for each of the
CN pins. Setting any of the control bits enables the
weak pull-downs for the corresponding pins.
11.2.1
I/O PORT WRITE/READ TIMING
One instruction cycle is required between a port
direction change or port write operation and a read
operation of the same port. Typically, this instruction
would be a NOP.
When the internal pull-up is selected, the pin uses VDD
as the pull-up source voltage. When the internal
pull-down is selected, the pins are pulled down to VSS
by an internal resistor. Make sure that there is no
external pull-up source/pull-down sink when the
internal pull-ups/pull-downs are enabled.
11.3 Input Change Notification
The input change notification function of the I/O ports
allows the PIC24F16KA102 family of devices to
generate interrupt requests to the processor in
response to a change of state on selected input pins.
This feature is capable of detecting input change of
states even in Sleep mode, when the clocks are
Note:
Pull-ups and pull-downs on change
notification pins should always be
disabled whenever the port pin is
configured as a digital output.
EXAMPLE 11-1:
PORT WRITE/READ EXAMPLE
MOV
MOV
0xFF00, W0;
W0, TRISBB;
//Configure PORTB<15:8> as inputs and PORTB<7:0> as outputs
NOP;
//Delay 1 cycle
BTSS PORTB, #13;
//Next Instruction
Equivalent ‘C’ Code
TRISB = 0xFF00;
NOP();
//Configure PORTB<15:8> as inputs and PORTB<7:0> as outputs
//Delay 1 cycle
if(PORTBbits.RB13 == 1)
// execute following code if PORTB pin 13 is set.
{
}
DS39927B-page 110
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
Figure 12-1 presents a block diagram of the 16-bit
Timer1 module.
12.0 TIMER1
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features
To configure Timer1 for operation:
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information on Timers,
refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference
1. Set the TON bit (= 1).
2. Select the timer prescaler ratio using the
TCKPS<1:0> bits.
Manual”,
(DS39704).
Section
14.
“Timers”
3. Set the Clock and Gating modes using the TCS
and TGATE bits.
4. Set or clear the TSYNC bit to configure
synchronous or asynchronous operation.
The Timer1 module is a 16-bit timer which can serve as
the time counter for the Real-Time Clock (RTC), or
operate as a free-running, interval timer/counter. Timer1
can operate in three modes:
5. Load the timer period value into the PR1
register.
6. If interrupts are required, set the interrupt enable
bit, T1IE. Use the priority bits, T1IP<2:0>, to set
the interrupt priority.
• 16-Bit Timer
• 16-Bit Synchronous Counter
• 16-Bit Asynchronous Counter
Timer1 also supports these features:
• Timer Gate Operation
• Selectable Prescaler Settings
• Timer Operation during CPU Idle and Sleep
modes
• Interrupt on 16-Bit Period Register Match or
Falling Edge of External Gate Signal
FIGURE 12-1:
16-BIT TIMER1 MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM
TCKPS<1:0>
TON
2
SOSCO/
T1CK
1x
01
00
Prescaler
1, 8, 64, 256
Gate
Sync
SOSCEN
SOSCI
TCY
TGATE
TCS
TGATE
1
0
Q
Q
D
Set T1IF
CK
0
Reset
Equal
TMR1
Sync
1
Comparator
PR1
TSYNC
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 111
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 12-1: T1CON: TIMER1 CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
TON
U-0
—
R/W-0
TSIDL
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 15
bit 8
bit 0
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
TCS
U-0
—
TGATE
TCKPS1
TCKPS0
TSYNC
bit 7
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15
TON: Timer1 On bit
1= Starts 16-bit Timer1
0= Stops 16-bit Timer1
bit 14
bit 13
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
TSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit
1= Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode
0= Continue module operation in Idle mode
bit 12-7
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
TGATE: Timer1 Gated Time Accumulation Enable bit
When TCS = 1:
This bit is ignored.
When TCS = 0:
1= Gated time accumulation enabled
0= Gated time accumulation disabled
bit 5-4
TCKPS<1:0>: Timer1 Input Clock Prescale Select bits
11= 1:256
10= 1:64
01= 1:8
00= 1:1
bit 3
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
TSYNC: Timer1 External Clock Input Synchronization Select bit
When TCS = 1:
1= Synchronize external clock input
0= Do not synchronize external clock input
When TCS = 0:
This bit is ignored.
bit 1
bit 0
TCS: Timer1 Clock Source Select bit
1= External clock from T1CK pin (on the rising edge)
0= Internal clock (FOSC/2)
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
DS39927B-page 112
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
To configure Timer2/3 for 32-bit operation:
13.0 TIMER2/3
1. Set the T32 bit (T2CON<3> = 1).
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features
2. Select the prescaler ratio for Timer2 using the
TCKPS<1:0> bits.
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information on Timers,
refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference
3. Set the Clock and Gating modes using the TCS
and TGATE bits.
4. Load the timer period value. PR3 will contain the
msw of the value while PR2 contains the lsw.
Manual”,
(DS39704).
Section
14.
“Timers”
5. If interrupts are required, set the interrupt enable
bit, T3IE; use the priority bits, T3IP<2:0>, to set
the interrupt priority.
The Timer2/3 module is a 32-bit timer, which can also be
configured as two independent 16-bit timers with
selectable operating modes.
While Timer2 controls the timer, the interrupt
appears as a Timer3 interrupt.
As a 32-bit timer, Timer2/3 operates in three modes:
• Two independent 16-bit timers (Timer2 and
Timer3) with all 16-bit operating modes (except
Asynchronous Counter mode)
6. Set the TON bit (= 1).
The timer value, at any point, is stored in the register
pair, TMR<3:2>. TMR3 always contains the msw of the
count, while TMR2 contains the lsw.
• Single 32-bit timer
• Single 32-bit synchronous counter
To configure any of the timers for individual 16-bit
operation:
They also support these features:
• Timer gate operation
1. Clear the T32 bit in T2CON<3>.
• Selectable prescaler settings
• Timer operation during Idle and Sleep modes
• Interrupt on a 32-bit Period register match
• ADC Event Trigger
2. Select the timer prescaler ratio using the
TCKPS<1:0> bits.
3. Set the Clock and Gating modes using the TCS
and TGATE bits.
Individually, both of the 16-bit timers can function as
synchronous timers or counters. They also offer the
features listed above, except for the ADC event trigger
(this is implemented only with Timer3). The operating
modes and enabled features are determined by setting
the appropriate bit(s) in the T2CON and T3CON
registers. T2CON and T3CON are provided in generic
form in Register 13-1 and Register 13-2, respectively.
4. Load the timer period value into the PRx register.
5. If interrupts are required, set the interrupt enable
bit, TxIE; use the priority bits, TxIP<2:0>, to set
the interrupt priority.
6. Set the TON bit (TxCON<15> = 1).
For 32-bit timer/counter operation, Timer2 is the least
significant word (lsw) and Timer3 is the most significant
word (msw) of the 32-bit timer.
Note:
For 32-bit operation, T3CON control bits
are ignored. Only T2CON control bits are
used for setup and control. Timer2 clock
and gate inputs are utilized for the 32-bit
timer modules, but an interrupt is generated
with the Timer3 interrupt flags.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 113
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
FIGURE 13-1:
TIMER2/3 (32-BIT) BLOCK DIAGRAM
TCKPS<1:0>
2
TON
T2CK
1x
01
00
Prescaler
1, 8, 64, 256
Gate
Sync
TCY
TGATE
TGATE
TCS
1
Q
Q
D
Set T3IF
CK
0
PR3
PR2
ADC Event Trigger
Equal
MSB
Comparator
LSB
TMR3
TMR2
Sync
Reset
16
(1)
(1)
Read TMR2
Write TMR2
16
16
TMR3HLD
16
Data Bus<15:0>
Note 1: The 32-Bit Timer Configuration (T32) bit must be set for 32-bit timer/counter operation. All control bits
are respective to the T2CON register.
DS39927B-page 114
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
FIGURE 13-2:
TIMER2 (16-BIT SYNCHRONOUS) BLOCK DIAGRAM
TCKPS<1:0>
2
TON
T2CK
1x
Prescaler
1, 8, 64, 256
Gate
Sync
01
00
TGATE
TCS
TGATE
TCY
Q
D
1
0
Set T2IF
Q
CK
Reset
Equal
TMR2
Sync
Comparator
PR2
FIGURE 13-3:
TIMER3 (16-BIT SYNCHRONOUS) BLOCK DIAGRAM
TCKPS<1:0>
2
TON
1x
01
00
Sync
T3CK
Prescaler
1, 8, 64, 256
TGATE
TCS
TCY
TGATE
Q
Q
D
1
0
Set T3IF
CK
Reset
Equal
TMR3
ADC Event Trigger
Comparator
PR3
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 115
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 13-1: T2CON: TIMER2 CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
TON
U-0
—
R/W-0
TSIDL
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 15
bit 8
bit 0
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
T32(1)
U-0
—
R/W-0
TCS
U-0
—
TGATE
TCKPS1
TCKPS0
bit 7
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15
TON: Timer2 On bit
When T2CON<3> = 1:
1= Starts 32-bit Timer2/3
0= Stops 32-bit Timer2/3
When T2CON<3> = 0:
1= Starts 16-bit Timer2
0= Stops 16-bit Timer2
bit 14
bit 13
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
TSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit
1= Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode
0= Continue module operation in Idle mode
bit 12-7
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
TGATE: Timer2 Gated Time Accumulation Enable bit
When TCS = 1:
This bit is ignored.
When TCS = 0:
1= Gated time accumulation enabled
0= Gated time accumulation disabled
bit 5-4
bit 3
TCKPS<1:0>: Timer2 Input Clock Prescale Select bits
11= 1:256
10= 1:64
01= 1:8
00= 1:1
T32: 32-Bit Timer Mode Select bit(1)
1= Timer2 and Timer3 form a single 32-bit timer
0= Timer2 and Timer3 act as two 16-bit timers
bit 2
bit 1
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
TCS: Timer2 Clock Source Select bit
1= External clock from pin, T2CK (on the rising edge)
0= Internal clock (FOSC/2)
bit 0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note 1: In 32-bit mode, the T3CON control bits do not affect 32-bit timer operation.
DS39927B-page 116
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 13-2: T3CON: TIMER3 CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
TON(1)
U-0
—
R/W-0
TSIDL(1)
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 15
bit 8
bit 0
U-0
—
R/W-0
TGATE(1)
R/W-0
TCKPS1(1)
R/W-0
TCKPS0(1)
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
TCS(1)
U-0
—
bit 7
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15
TON: Timer3 On bit(1)
1= Starts 16-bit Timer3
0= Stops 16-bit Timer3
bit 14
bit 13
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
TSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit(1)
1= Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode
0= Continue module operation in Idle mode
bit 12-7
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
TGATE: Timer3 Gated Time Accumulation Enable bit(1)
When TCS = 1:
This bit is ignored.
When TCS = 0:
1= Gated time accumulation enabled
0= Gated time accumulation disabled
bit 5-4
TCKPS<1:0>: Timer3 Input Clock Prescale Select bits(1)
11= 1:256
10= 1:64
01= 1:8
00= 1:1
bit 3-2
bit 1
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
TCS: Timer3 Clock Source Select bit(1)
1= External clock from the T3CK pin (on the rising edge)
0= Internal clock (FOSC/2)
bit 0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note 1: When 32-bit operation is enabled (T2CON<3> = 1), these bits have no effect on Timer3 operation; all timer
functions are set through T2CON.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 117
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39927B-page 118
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
The PIC24F16KA102 family devices have one input
capture channel. The input capture module has
multiple operating modes, which are selected via the
IC1CON register. The operating modes include:
14.0 INPUT CAPTURE
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information on Input
Capture, refer to the “PIC24F Family
Reference Manual”, Section 15. “Input
Capture” (DS39701).
• Capture timer value on every falling edge of input
applied at the IC1 pin
• Capture timer value on every rising edge of input
applied at the IC1 pin
• Capture timer value on every 4th rising edge of
input applied at the IC1 pin
• Capture timer value on every 16th rising edge of
input applied at the IC1 pin
The input capture module is used to capture a timer
value from one of two selectable time bases upon an
event on an input pin.
The input capture features are quite useful in
applications requiring frequency (Time Period) and
pulse measurement. Figure 14-1 depicts a simplified
block diagram of the input capture module.
• Capture timer value on every rising and every
falling edge of input applied at the IC1 pin
• Device wake-up from capture pin during CPU
Sleep and Idle modes
The input capture module has a four-level FIFO buffer.
The number of capture events required to generate a
CPU interrupt can be selected by the user.
FIGURE 14-1:
INPUT CAPTURE BLOCK DIAGRAM
From 16-Bit Timers
TMRy TMRx
16
16
ICTMR
(IC1CON<7>)
1
0
Prescaler
Counter
(1, 4, 16)
FIFO
R/W
Logic
Edge Detection Logic
Clock Synchronizer
IC1 Pin
ICM<2:0> (IC1CON<2:0>)
3
Mode Select
ICOV, ICBNE (IC1CON<4:3>)
IC1BUF
ICI<1:0>
Interrupt
Logic
IC1CON
System Bus
Set Flag IC1IF
(in IFSn Register)
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 119
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
14.1 Input Capture Registers
REGISTER 14-1: IC1CON: INPUT CAPTURE 1 CONTROL REGISTER
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
ICSIDL
bit 15
bit 8
R/W-0
R/W-0
ICI1
R/W-0
ICI0
R-0, HC
ICOV
R-0, HC
ICBNE
R/W-0
ICM2
R/W-0
ICM1
R/W-0
ICM0
ICTMR
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
HC = Hardware Clearable bit
W = Writable bit
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
‘1’ = Bit is set
bit 15-14
bit 13
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
ICSIDL: Input Capture 1 Module Stop in Idle Control bit
1= Input capture module will halt in CPU Idle mode
0= Input capture module will continue to operate in CPU Idle mode
bit 12-8
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
ICTMR: Input Capture 1 Timer Select bit
1= TMR2 contents are captured on capture event
0= TMR3 contents are captured on capture event
bit 6-5
ICI<1:0>: Select Number of Captures per Interrupt bits
11= Interrupt on every fourth capture event
10= Interrupt on every third capture event
01= Interrupt on every second capture event
00= Interrupt on every capture event
bit 4
ICOV: Input Capture 1 Overflow Status Flag bit (read-only)
1= Input capture overflow occurred
0= No input capture overflow occurred
bit 3
ICBNE: Input Capture 1 Buffer Empty Status bit (read-only)
1= Input capture buffer is not empty, at least one more capture value can be read
0= Input capture buffer is empty
bit 2-0
ICM<2:0>: Input Capture 1 Mode Select bits
111= Input capture functions as interrupt pin only when device is in Sleep or Idle mode (rising edge
detect only, all other control bits are not applicable)
110= Unused (module disabled)
101= Capture mode, every 16th rising edge
100= Capture mode, every 4th rising edge
011= Capture mode, every rising edge
010= Capture mode, every falling edge
001= Capture mode, every edge (rising and falling) – ICI<1:0> bits do not control interrupt generation
for this mode
000= Input capture module turned off
DS39927B-page 120
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
10. To initiate another single pulse output, change
the Timer and Compare register settings, if
needed, and then issue a write to set the OCM
bits to ‘100’. Disabling and re-enabling of the
timer and clearing the TMRy register are not
required, but may be advantageous for defining
a pulse from a known event time boundary.
15.0 OUTPUT COMPARE
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be comprehensive
a
reference source. For more information
on Output Compare, refer to the “PIC24F
Family Reference Manual”, Section 16.
“Output Compare” (DS39706).
The output compare module does not have to be
disabled after the falling edge of the output pulse.
Another pulse can be initiated by rewriting the value of
the OC1CON register.
15.1 Setup for Single Output Pulse
Generation
15.2 Setup for Continuous Output
Pulse Generation
When the OCM control bits (OC1CON<2:0>) are set to
‘100’, the selected output compare channel initializes
the OC1 pin to the low state and generates a single
output pulse.
When the OCM control bits (OC1CON<2:0>) are set to
‘101’, the selected output compare channel initializes
the OC1 pin to the low state and generates output
pulses on each and every compare match event.
To generate a single output pulse, the following steps
are required (these steps assume the timer source is
initially turned off, but this is not a requirement for the
module operation):
For the user to configure the module for the generation
of a continuous stream of output pulses, the following
steps are required (these steps assume the timer
source is initially turned off, but this is not a requirement
for the module operation):
1. Determine the instruction clock cycle time. Take
into account the frequency of the external clock
to the timer source (if one is used) and the timer
prescaler settings.
2. Calculate time to the rising edge of the output
pulse relative to the TMRy start value (0000h).
3. Calculate the time to the falling edge of the pulse
based on the desired pulse width and the time to
the rising edge of the pulse.
4. Write the values computed in steps 2 and 3
above into the Output Compare 1 register,
OC1R, and the Output Compare 1 Secondary
register, OC1RS, respectively.
5. Set Timer Period register, PRy, to value equal to
or greater than the value in OC1RS, the Output
Compare 1 Secondary register.
1. Determine the instruction clock cycle time. Take
into account the frequency of the external clock
to the timer source (if one is used) and the timer
prescaler settings.
2. Calculate time to the rising edge of the output
pulse relative to the TMRy start value (0000h).
3. Calculate the time to the falling edge of the pulse
based on the desired pulse width and the time to
the rising edge of the pulse.
4. Write the values computed in step 2 and 3 above
into the Output Compare 1 register, OC1R, and the
Output Compare 1 Secondary register, OC1RS,
respectively.
6. Set the OCM bits to ‘100’ and the OCTSEL
(OC1CON<3>) bit to the desired timer source.
The OC1 pin state will now be driven low.
7. Set the TON (TyCON<15>) bit to ‘1’, which
enables the compare time base to count.
5. Set the Timer Period register, PRy, to a value
equal to or greater than the value in OC1RS.
6. Set the OCM bits to ‘101’ and the OCTSEL bit to
the desired timer source. The OC1 pin state will
now be driven low.
8. Upon the first match between TMRy and OC1R,
the OC1 pin will be driven high.
7. Enable the compare time base by setting the
TON (TyCON<15>) bit to ‘1’.
9. When the incrementing timer, TMRy, matches
the Output Compare 1 Secondary register,
OC1RS, the second and trailing edge
(high-to-low) of the pulse is driven onto the OC1
pin. No additional pulses are driven onto the
OC1 pin and it remains low. As a result of the
second compare match event, the OC1IF inter-
rupt flag bit is set, which will result in an interrupt
if it is enabled, by setting the OC1IE bit. For
further information on peripheral interrupts, refer
to Section 8.0 “Interrupt Controller”.
8. Upon the first match between TMRy and OC1R,
the OC1 pin will be driven high.
9. When the compare time base, TMRy, matches the
OC1RS, the second and trailing edge (high-to-low)
of the pulse is driven onto the OC1 pin.
10. As a result of the second compare match event,
the OC1IF interrupt flag bit is set.
11. When the compare time base and the value in its
respective Timer Period register match, the TMRy
register resets to 0x0000 and resumes counting.
12. Steps 8 through 11 are repeated and a con-
tinuous stream of pulses is generated
indefinitely. The OC1IF flag is set on each
OC1RS/TMRy compare match event.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 121
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
EQUATION 15-1: CALCULATING THE PWM
PERIOD(1)
PWM Period = [(PRy) + 1] • TCY • (Timer Prescale Value)
15.3 Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM)
Mode
The following steps should be taken when configuring
the output compare module for PWM operation:
where:
PWM Frequency = 1/[PWM Period]
1. Set the PWM period by writing to the selected
Timer Period register (PRy).
Note 1: Based on TCY = 2 * TOSC, Doze mode
and PLL are disabled.
2. Set the PWM duty cycle by writing to the OC1RS
register.
Note:
A PRy value of N will produce a PWM
period of N + 1 time base count cycles. For
example, a value of 7 written into the PRy
register will yield a period consisting of
8 time base cycles.
3. Write the OC1R register with the initial duty
cycle.
4. Enable interrupts, if required, for the timer and
output compare modules. The output compare
interrupt is required for PWM Fault pin
utilization.
15.3.2
PWM DUTY CYCLE
5. Configure the output compare module for one of
two PWM Operation modes by writing to the
Output Compare Mode bits, OCM<2:0>
(OC1CON<2:0>).
The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing to the
OC1RS register. The OC1RS register can be written to
at any time, but the duty cycle value is not latched into
OC1R until a match between PRy and TMRy occurs
(i.e., the period is complete). This provides a double
buffer for the PWM duty cycle and is essential for
glitchless PWM operation. In PWM mode, OC1R is a
read-only register.
6. Set the TMRy prescale value and enable the
time base by setting TON (TxCON<15>) = 1.
Note:
The OC1R register should be initialized
before the output compare module is first
enabled. The OC1R register becomes a
read-only Duty Cycle register when the
module is operated in the PWM modes.
The value held in OC1R will become the
PWM duty cycle for the first PWM period.
The contents of the Output Compare 1
Secondary register, OC1RS, will not be
transferred into OC1R until a time base
period match occurs.
Some important boundary parameters of the PWM duty
cycle include:
• If the Output Compare 1 register, OC1R, is loaded
with 0000h, the OC1 pin will remain low (0% duty
cycle).
• If OC1R is greater than PRy (Timer Period
register), the pin will remain high (100% duty
cycle).
• If OC1R is equal to PRy, the OC1 pin will be low
for one time base count value and high for all
other count values.
15.3.1
PWM PERIOD
The PWM period is specified by writing to PRy, the
Timer Period register. The PWM period can be
calculated using Equation 15-1.
See Example 15-1 for PWM mode timing details.
Table 15-1 provides an example of PWM frequencies
and resolutions for a device operating at 10 MIPS.
EQUATION 15-2: CALCULATION FOR MAXIMUM PWM RESOLUTION(1)
FCY
log10
(
)
FPWM • (Timer Prescale Value)
bits
Maximum PWM Resolution (bits) =
log10(2)
Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2, Doze mode and PLL are disabled.
DS39927B-page 122
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
EXAMPLE 15-1:
PWM PERIOD AND DUTY CYCLE CALCULATIONS(1)
1. Find the Timer Period register value for a desired PWM frequency of 52.08 kHz, where FOSC = 8 MHz with PLL
(32 MHz device clock rate) and a Timer2 prescaler setting of 1:1.
TCY = 2 * TOSC = 62.5 ns
PWM Period = 1/PWM Frequency = 1/52.08 kHz = 19.2 μs
PWM Period = (PR2 + 1) • TCY • (Timer 2 Prescale Value)
19.2 μs = (PR2 + 1) • 62.5 ns • 1
PR2 = 306
2. Find the maximum resolution of the duty cycle that can be used with a 52.08 kHz frequency and a 32 MHz
device clock rate:
PWM Resolution = log10(FCY/FPWM)/log102) bits
= (log10(16 MHz/52.08 kHz)/log102) bits
= 8.3 bits
Note 1: Based on TCY = 2 * TOSC, Doze mode and PLL are disabled.
TABLE 15-1: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS AT 4 MIPS (FCY = 4 MHz)(1)
PWM Frequency
7.6 Hz
61 Hz
122 Hz
977 Hz
3.9 kHz
31.3 kHz
125 kHz
Timer Prescaler Ratio
Period Register Value
Resolution (bits)
8
1
FFFFh
16
1
1
1
1
007Fh
7
1
001Fh
5
FFFFh
16
7FFFh
15
0FFFh
12
03FFh
10
Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2, Doze mode and PLL are disabled.
TABLE 15-2: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS AT 16 MIPS (FCY = 16 MHz)(1)
PWM Frequency
30.5 Hz
244 Hz
488 Hz
3.9 kHz
15.6 kHz
125 kHz
500 kHz
Timer Prescaler Ratio
Period Register Value
Resolution (bits)
8
1
FFFFh
16
1
1
1
1
007Fh
7
1
001Fh
5
FFFFh
16
7FFFh
15
0FFFh
12
03FFh
10
Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2, Doze mode and PLL are disabled.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 123
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
FIGURE 15-1:
OUTPUT COMPARE MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM
Set Flag bit
(1)
OC1IF
(1)
OC1RS
Output
Logic
(1)
S
R
Q
(1)
OC1R
OC1
Output Enable
3
OCM<2:0>
Mode Select
(2)
Comparator
OCFA
OCTSEL
0
1
0
1
16
16
Period Match Signals
from Time Bases
TMR Register Inputs
from Time Bases
(3)
(3)
Note 1: Where ‘x’ is depicted, reference is made to the registers associated with the respective Output Compare Channel 1.
2: OCFA pin controls OC1 channel.
3: Each output compare channel can use one of two selectable time bases. Refer to the device data sheet for the
time bases associated with the module.
DS39927B-page 124
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
15.4 Output Compare Register
REGISTER 15-1: OC1CON: OUTPUT COMPARE 1 CONTROL REGISTER
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
OCSIDL
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R-0, HC
OCFLT
R/W-0
R/W-0
OCM2
R/W-0
OCM1
R/W-0
OCM0
OCTSEL
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
HC = Hardware Clearable bit
W = Writable bit
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
‘1’ = Bit is set
bit 15-14
bit 13
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
OCSIDL: Stop Output Compare 1 in Idle Mode Control bit
1= Output Compare 1 will halt in CPU Idle mode
0= Output Compare 1 will continue to operate in CPU Idle mode
bit 12-5
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
OCFLT: PWM Fault Condition Status bit
1= PWM Fault condition has occurred (cleared in HW only)
0= No PWM Fault condition has occurred (this bit is only used when OCM<2:0> = 111)
bit 3
OCTSEL: Output Compare 1 Timer Select bit
1= Timer3 is the clock source for Output Compare 1
0= Timer2 is the clock source for Output Compare 1
Refer to the device data sheet for specific time bases available to the output compare module.
bit 2-0
OCM<2:0>: Output Compare 1 Mode Select bits
111= PWM mode on OC1, Fault pin; OCF1 enabled(1)
110= PWM mode on OC1, Fault pin; OCF1 disabled(1)
101= Initialize OC1 pin low, generate continuous output pulses on OC1 pin
100= Initialize OC1 pin low, generate single output pulse on OC1 pin
011= Compare event toggles OC1 pin
010= Initialize OC1 pin high, compare event forces OC1 pin low
001= Initialize OC1 pin low, compare event forces OC1 pin high
000= Output compare channel is disabled
Note 1: OCFA pin controls OC1 channel.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 125
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 15-2: PADCFG1: PAD CONFIGURATION CONTROL REGISTER
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
SMBUSDEL(3) OC1TRIS RTSECSEL1
RTSECSEL0
(1,4)
(1,4)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15-5
bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
OC1TRIS: OC1 Output Tri-State Select bit
1= OC1 output will not be active on the pin; OCPWM1 can still be used for internal triggers
0= OC1 output will be active on the pin based on the OCPWM1 module settings
bit 0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note 1: To enable the actual RTCC output, the RTCOE (RCFGCAL) bit needs to be set.
2: To enable the actual OC1 output, the OCPWM1 module has to be enabled.
3: Bit 4 is described in Section 17.0 “Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C™)”.
4: Bits 2 and 1 are described in Section 19.0 Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC).
DS39927B-page 126
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
The devices of the PIC24F16KA102 family offer one
SPI module on a device.
16.0 SERIAL PERIPHERAL
INTERFACE (SPI)
Note:
In this section, the SPI module is referred
to as SPI1, or separately as SPI1. Special
Function Registers (SFRs) will follow a
similar notation. For example, SPI1CON1
or SPI1CON2 refers to the control register
for the SPI1 module.
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features of
this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information on the Serial
Peripheral Interface, refer to the “PIC24F
Family Reference Manual”, Section 23.
“Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)”
(DS39699).
To set up the SPI module for the Standard Master mode
of operation:
1. If using interrupts:
The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) module is a
synchronous serial interface useful for communicating
with other peripheral or microcontroller devices. These
peripheral devices may be serial data EEPROMs, shift
registers, display drivers, A/D Converters, etc. The SPI
module is compatible with Motorola’s SPI and SIOP
interfaces.
a) Clear the respective SPI1IF bit in the IFS0
register.
b) Set the respective SPI1IE bit in the IEC0
register.
c) Write the respective SPI1IPx bits in the
IPC2 register to set the interrupt priority.
The module supports operation in two buffer modes. In
Standard mode, data is shifted through a single serial
buffer. In Enhanced Buffer mode, data is shifted
through an 8-level FIFO buffer.
2. Write the desired settings to the SPI1CON1 and
SPI1CON2 registers with the MSTEN bit
(SPI1CON1<5>) = 1.
3. Clear the SPIROV bit (SPI1STAT<6>).
4. Enable SPI operation by setting the SPIEN bit
(SPI1STAT<15>).
Note:
Do not perform read-modify-write operations
(such as bit-oriented instructions) on the
SPI1BUF register in either Standard or
Enhanced Buffer mode.
5. Write the data to be transmitted to the SPI1BUF
register. Transmission (and reception) will start
as soon as data is written to the SPI1BUF
register.
The module also supports a basic framed SPI protocol
while operating in either Master or Slave mode. A total
of four framed SPI configurations are supported.
To set up the SPI module for the Standard Slave mode
of operation:
The SPI serial interface consists of four pins:
1. Clear the SPI1BUF register.
2. If using interrupts:
• SDI1: Serial Data Input
• SDO1: Serial Data Output
a) Clear the respective SPI1IF bit in the IFS0
register.
• SCK1: Shift Clock Input or Output
• SS1: Active-Low Slave Select or Frame
Synchronization I/O Pulse
b) Set the respective SPI1IE bit in the IEC0
register.
The SPI module can be configured to operate using 2,
3 or 4 pins. In the 3-pin mode, SS1 is not used. In the
2-pin mode, both SDO1 and SS1 are not used.
c) Write the respective SPI1IP bits in the IPC2
register to set the interrupt priority.
3. Write the desired settings to the SPI1CON1
and SPI1CON2 registers with the MSTEN bit
(SPI1CON1<5>) = 0.
Block diagrams of the module in Standard and
Enhanced Buffer modes are displayed in Figure 16-1
and Figure 16-2.
4. Clear the SMP bit.
5. If the CKE bit is set, then the SSEN bit
(SPI1CON1<7>) must be set to enable the SS1
pin.
6. Clear the SPIROV bit (SPI1STAT<6>).
7. Enable SPI operation by setting the SPIEN bit
(SPI1STAT<15>).
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 127
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
FIGURE 16-1:
SPI1 MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM (STANDARD BUFFER MODE)
SCK1
1:1 to 1:8
Secondary
Prescaler
1:1/4/16/64
Primary
Prescaler
FCY
SS1/FSYNC1
Sync
Control
Select
Edge
Control
Clock
SPI1CON1<1:0>
SPI1CON1<4:2>
Control
Shift
SDO1
SDI1
Enable
Master Clock
bit 0
SPI1SR
Transfer
Transfer
SPI1BUF
Write SPI1BUF
Read SPI1BUF
16
Internal Data Bus
DS39927B-page 128
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
To set up the SPI module for the Enhanced Buffer
Master (EBM) mode of operation:
To set up the SPI module for the Enhanced Buffer
Slave mode of operation:
1. If using interrupts:
1. Clear the SPI1BUF register.
2. If using interrupts:
a) Clear the respective SPI1IF bit in the IFS0
register.
a) Clear the respective SPI1IF bit in the IFS0
register.
b) Set the respective SPI1IE bit in the IEC0
register.
b) Set the respective SPI1IE bit in the IEC0
register.
c) Write the respective SPI1IPx bits in the
IPC2 register.
c) Write the respective SPI1IPx bits in the
IPC2 register to set the interrupt priority.
2. Write the desired settings to the SPI1CON1
and SPI1CON2 registers with the MSTEN bit
(SPI1CON1<5>) = 1.
3. Write the desired settings to the SPI1CON1 and
SPI1CON2 registers with the MSTEN bit
(SPI1CON1<5>) = 0.
3. Clear the SPIROV bit (SPI1STAT<6>).
4. Select Enhanced Buffer mode by setting the
SPIBEN bit (SPI1CON2<0>).
4. Clear the SMP bit.
5. If the CKE bit is set, then the SSEN bit must be
set, thus enabling the SS1 pin.
5. Enable SPI operation by setting the SPIEN bit
(SPI1STAT<15>).
6. Clear the SPIROV bit (SPI1STAT<6>).
6. Write the data to be transmitted to the SPI1BUF
register. Transmission (and reception) will start
as soon as data is written to the SPI1BUF
register.
7. Select Enhanced Buffer mode by setting the
SPIBEN bit (SPI1CON2<0>).
8. Enable SPI operation by setting the SPIEN bit
(SPI1STAT<15>).
FIGURE 16-2:
SPI1 MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM (ENHANCED BUFFER MODE)
SCK1
1:1 to 1:8
Secondary
Prescaler
1:1/4/16/64
Primary
Prescaler
FCY
SS1/FSYNC1
Sync
Control
Select
Edge
Control
Clock
SPI1CON1<1:0>
SPI1CON1<4:2>
Control
Shift
SDO1
SDI1
Enable
Master Clock
bit 0
SPI1SR
Transfer
Transfer
8-Level FIFO
Receive Buffer
8-Level FIFO
Transmit Buffer
SPI1BUF
Write SPI1BUF
Read SPI1BUF
16
Data Bus
Internal
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 129
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 16-1: SPI1STAT: SPI1 STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
SPIEN
U-0
—
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
R-0, HSC
SPIBEC2
R-0, HSC
SPIBEC1
R-0, HSC
SPIBEC0
SPISIDL
bit 15
bit 8
R-0,HSC
SRMPT
R/C-0, HS R/W-0, HSC
SPIROV SRXMPT
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-0, HSC
SPITBF
R-0, HSC
SPIRBF
SISEL2
SISEL1
SISEL0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
HS = Hardware Settable bit HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
C = Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15
SPIEN: SPI1 Enable bit
1= Enables module and configures SCK1, SDO1, SDI1 and SS1 as serial port pins
0= Disables module
bit 14
bit 13
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
SPISIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit
1= Discontinues module operation when device enters Idle mode
0= Continues module operation in Idle mode
bit 12-11
bit 10-8
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
SPIBEC<2:0>: SPI1 Buffer Element Count bits (valid in Enhanced Buffer mode)
Master mode:
Number of SPI transfers pending.
Slave mode:
Number of SPI transfers unread.
bit 7
bit 6
SRMPT: Shift Register (SPI1SR) Empty bit (valid in Enhanced Buffer mode)
1= SPI1 Shift register is empty and ready to send or receive
0= SPI1 Shift register is not empty
SPIROV: Receive Overflow Flag bit
1= A new byte/word is completely received and discarded
The user software has not read the previous data in the SPI1BUF register.
0= No overflow has occurred
bit 5
SRXMPT: Receive FIFO Empty bit (valid in Enhanced Buffer mode)
1= Receive FIFO is empty
0= Receive FIFO is not empty
bit 4-2
SISEL<2:0>: SPI1 Buffer Interrupt Mode bits (valid in Enhanced Buffer mode)
111= Interrupt when SPI1 transmit buffer is full (SPITBF bit is set)
110= Interrupt when last bit is shifted into SPI1SR; as a result, the TX FIFO is empty
101= Interrupt when the last bit is shifted out of SPI1SR; now the transmit is complete
100= Interrupt when one data byte is shifted into the SPI1SR; as a result, the TX FIFO has one open spot
011= Interrupt when SPI1 receive buffer is full (SPIRBF bit set)
010= Interrupt when SPI1 receive buffer is 3/4 or more full
001= Interrupt when data is available in receive buffer (SRMPT bit is set)
000= Interrupt when the last data in the receive buffer is read; as a result, the buffer is empty
(SRXMPT bit is set)
DS39927B-page 130
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 16-1: SPI1STAT: SPI1 STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED)
bit 1
SPITBF: SPI1 Transmit Buffer Full Status bit
1= Transmit not yet started, SPI1TXB is full
0= Transmit started, SPI1TXB is empty
In Standard Buffer mode:
Automatically set in hardware when CPU writes SPI1BUF location, loading SPI1TXB.
Automatically cleared in hardware when SPI1 module transfers data from SPI1TXB to SPI1SR.
In Enhanced Buffer mode:
Automatically set in hardware when CPU writes SPI1BUF location, loading the last available buffer location.
Automatically cleared in hardware when a buffer location is available for a CPU write.
bit 0
SPIRBF: SPI1 Receive Buffer Full Status bit
1= Receive complete, SPI1RXB is full
0= Receive is not complete, SPI1RXB is empty
In Standard Buffer mode:
Automatically set in hardware when SPI1 transfers data from SPI1SR to SPI1RXB.
Automatically cleared in hardware when core reads SPI1BUF location, reading SPI1RXB.
In Enhanced Buffer mode:
Automatically set in hardware when SPI1 transfers data from SPI1SR to buffer, filling the last unread
buffer location.
Automatically cleared in hardware when a buffer location is available for a transfer from SPI1SR.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 131
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 16-2: SPI1CON1: SPI1 CONTROL REGISTER 1
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
SMP
R/W-0
CKE(1)
DISSCK
DISSDO
MODE16
bit 15
bit 8
R/W-0
SSEN
R/W-0
CKP
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
MSTEN
SPRE2
SPRE1
SPRE0
PPRE1
PPRE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-13
bit 12
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
DISSCK: Disable SCK1 pin bit (SPI Master modes only)
1= Internal SPI clock is disabled, pin functions as I/O
0= Internal SPI clock is enabled
bit 11
bit 10
bit 9
DISSDO: Disables SDO1 pin bit
1= SDO1 pin is not used by module; pin functions as I/O
0= SDO1 pin is controlled by the module
MODE16: Word/Byte Communication Select bit
1= Communication is word-wide (16 bits)
0= Communication is byte-wide (8 bits)
SMP: SPI1 Data Input Sample Phase bit
Master mode:
1= Input data sampled at end of data output time
0= Input data sampled at middle of data output time
Slave mode:
SMP must be cleared when SPI1 is used in Slave mode.
bit 8
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4-2
CKE: SPI1 Clock Edge Select bit(1)
1= Serial output data changes on transition from active clock state to Idle clock state (see bit 6)
0= Serial output data changes on transition from Idle clock state to active clock state (see bit 6)
SSEN: Slave Select Enable bit (Slave mode)
1= SS1 pin used for Slave mode
0= SS1 pin not used by module; pin controlled by port function
CKP: Clock Polarity Select bit
1= Idle state for clock is a high level; active state is a low level
0= Idle state for clock is a low level; active state is a high level
MSTEN: Master Mode Enable bit
1= Master mode
0= Slave mode
SPRE<2:0>: Secondary Prescale bits (Master mode)
111= Secondary prescale 1:1
110= Secondary prescale 2:1
.
.
.
000= Secondary prescale 8:1
Note 1: The CKE bit is not used in the Framed SPI modes. The user should program this bit to ‘0’ for the Framed
SPI modes (FRMEN = 1).
DS39927B-page 132
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 16-2: SPI1CON1: SPI1 CONTROL REGISTER 1 (CONTINUED)
bit 1-0 PPRE<1:0>: Primary Prescale bits (Master mode)
11= Primary prescale 1:1
10= Primary prescale 4:1
01= Primary prescale 16:1
00= Primary prescale 64:1
Note 1: The CKE bit is not used in the Framed SPI modes. The user should program this bit to ‘0’ for the Framed
SPI modes (FRMEN = 1).
REGISTER 16-3: SPI1CON2: SPI1 CONTROL REGISTER 2
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
FRMEN
SPIFSD
SPIFPOL
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
SPIFE
R/W-0
SPIBEN
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15
bit 14
bit 13
FRMEN: Framed SPI1 Support bit
1= Framed SPI1 support enabled
0= Framed SPI1 support disabled
SPIFSD: Frame Sync Pulse Direction Control on SS1 Pin bit
1= Frame sync pulse input (slave)
0= Frame sync pulse output (master)
SPIFPOL: Frame Sync Pulse Polarity bit (Frame mode only)
1= Frame sync pulse is active-high
0= Frame sync pulse is active-low
bit 12-2
bit 1
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
SPIFE: Frame Sync Pulse Edge Select bit
1= Frame sync pulse coincides with first bit clock
0= Frame sync pulse precedes first bit clock
bit 0
SPIBEN: Enhanced Buffer Enable bit
1= Enhanced Buffer enabled
0= Enhanced Buffer disabled (Legacy mode)
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 133
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
EQUATION 16-1: RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN DEVICE AND SPI CLOCK SPEED(1)
FCY
FSCK =
Primary Prescaler * Secondary Prescaler
Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled.
TABLE 16-1: SAMPLE SCK FREQUENCIES(1,2)
Secondary Prescaler Settings
FCY = 16 MHz
1:1
2:1
4:1
6:1
8:1
Primary Prescaler Settings
1:1
4:1
Invalid
4000
1000
250
8000
2000
500
4000
1000
250
63
2667
667
167
42
2000
500
125
31
16:1
64:1
125
FCY = 5 MHz
Primary Prescaler Settings
1:1
4:1
5000
1250
313
78
2500
625
156
39
1250
313
78
833
208
52
625
156
39
16:1
64:1
20
13
10
Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled.
2: SCK1 frequencies indicated in kHz.
DS39927B-page 134
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
17.2 Communicating as a Master in a
Single Master Environment
17.0 INTER-INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
2
(I C™)
The details of sending a message in Master mode
depends on the communications protocol for the device
being communicated with. Typically, the sequence of
events is as follows:
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information on the
Inter-Integrated Circuit, refer to the
“PIC24F Family Reference Manual”,
Section 24. “Inter-Integrated Circuit
(I2C™)” (DS39702).
1. Assert a Start condition on SDA1 and SCL1.
2. Send the I2C device address byte to the slave
with a write indication.
3. Wait for and verify an Acknowledge from the
slave.
The Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C™) module is a serial
interface useful for communicating with other
peripheral or microcontroller devices. These peripheral
devices may be serial data EEPROMs, display drivers,
A/D Converters, etc.
4. Send the first data byte (sometimes known as
the command) to the slave.
5. Wait for and verify an Acknowledge from the
slave.
The I2C module supports these features:
6. Send the serial memory address low byte to the
slave.
• Independent master and slave logic
• 7-bit and 10-bit device addresses
7. Repeat steps 4 and 5 until all data bytes are
sent.
• General call address, as defined in the I2C protocol
• Clock stretching to provide delays for the
processor to respond to a slave data request
• Both 100 kHz and 400 kHz bus specifications
• Configurable address masking
8. Assert a Repeated Start condition on SDA1 and
SCL1.
9. Send the device address byte to the slave with
a read indication.
10. Wait for and verify an Acknowledge from the
slave.
• Multi-Master modes to prevent loss of messages
in arbitration
11. Enable master reception to receive serial
memory data.
• Bus Repeater mode, allowing the acceptance of
all messages as a slave regardless of the address
• Automatic SCL
12. Generate an ACK or NACK condition at the end
of a received byte of data.
Figure 17-1 illustrates a block diagram of the module.
13. Generate a Stop condition on SDA1 and SCL1.
17.1 Pin Remapping Options
The I2C module is tied to a fixed pin. To allow flexibility
with peripheral multiplexing, the I2C1 module in 28-pin
devices can be reassigned to the alternate pins,
designated as SCL1 and SDA1 during device
configuration.
Pin assignment is controlled by the I2C1SEL
Configuration bit. Programming this bit (= 0) multiplexes
the module to the SCL1 and SDA1 pins.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 135
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
FIGURE 17-1:
I2C™ BLOCK DIAGRAM
Internal
Data Bus
I2C1RCV
Read
Shift
Clock
SCL1
SDA1
I2C1RSR
LSB
Address Match
Write
Read
Match Detect
I2C1MSK
Write
Read
I2C1ADD
Start and Stop
Bit Detect
Write
Start and Stop
Bit Generation
I2C1STAT
I2C1CON
Read
Write
Collision
Detect
Acknowledge
Generation
Read
Clock
Stretching
Write
Read
I2C1TRN
LSB
Shift Clock
Reload
Control
Write
Read
BRG Down Counter
TCY/2
I2C1BRG
DS39927B-page 136
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
17.3 Setting Baud Rate When
Operating as a Bus Master
17.4 Slave Address Masking
The I2C1MSK register (Register 17-3) designates
address bit positions as “don’t care” for both 7-Bit and
10-Bit Addressing modes. Setting a particular bit
location (= 1) in the I2C1MSK register causes the slave
module to respond whether the corresponding address
bit value is ‘0’ or ‘1’. For example, when I2C1MSK is set
to ‘00100000’, the slave module will detect both
addresses: ‘0000000’ and ‘00100000’.
To compute the Baud Rate Generator (BRG) reload
value, use Equation 17-1.
EQUATION 17-1: COMPUTING BAUD RATE
RELOAD VALUE(1)
FCY
FSCL = ---------------------------------------------------------------------
FCY
To enable address masking, the Intelligent Peripheral
Management Interface (IPMI) must be disabled by
clearing the IPMIEN bit (I2C1CON<11>).
I2C1BRG + 1 + -----------------------------
10, 000, 000
or
Note:
As a result of changes in the I2C protocol,
the addresses in Table 17-2 are reserved
and will not be Acknowledged in Slave
mode. This includes any address mask
settings that include any of these
addresses.
FCY
FCY
⎛
⎞
I2C1BRG = ----------- – ----------------------------- – 1
⎝
⎠
FSCL 10, 000, 000
Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2, Doze mode and
PLL are disabled.
TABLE 17-1: I2C™ CLOCK RATES(1)
Required
I2C1BRG Value
Actual
FSCL
System
FSCL
FCY
(Decimal)
(Hexadecimal)
100 kHz
100 kHz
100 kHz
400 kHz
400 kHz
400 kHz
400 kHz
1 MHz
16 MHz
8 MHz
4 MHz
16 MHz
8 MHz
4 MHz
2 MHz
16 MHz
8 MHz
4 MHz
157
78
39
37
18
9
9D
4E
27
25
12
9
100 kHz
100 kHz
99 kHz
404 kHz
404 kHz
385 kHz
385 kHz
1.026 MHz
1.026 MHz
0.909 MHz
4
4
13
6
D
1 MHz
6
1 MHz
3
3
Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2, Doze mode and PLL are disabled.
TABLE 17-2: I2C™ RESERVED ADDRESSES(1)
Slave
Address
R/W
Bit
Description
0000 000
0000 000
0000 001
0000 010
0000 011
0000 1xx
1111 1xx
1111 0xx
0
1
x
x
x
x
x
x
General Call Address(2)
Start Byte
Cbus Address
Reserved
Reserved
HS Mode Master Code
Reserved
10-Bit Slave Upper Byte(3)
Note 1: The address bits listed here will never cause an address match, independent of the address mask settings.
2: Address will be Acknowledged only if GCEN = 1.
3: Match on this address can only occur on the upper byte in 10-Bit Addressing mode.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 137
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 17-1: I2C1CON: I2C1 CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
I2CEN
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-1 HC
SCLREL
R/W-0
R/W-0
A10M
R/W-0
R/W-0
SMEN
I2CSIDL
IPMIEN
DISSLW
bit 15
bit 8
R/W-0
GCEN
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0, HC
ACKEN
R/W-0, HC
RCEN
R/W-0, HC
PEN
R/W-0, HC
RSEN
R/W-0, HC
SEN
STREN
ACKDT
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
HC = Hardware Clearable bit
W = Writable bit
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
‘1’ = Bit is set
bit 15
I2CEN: I2C1 Enable bit
1= Enables the I2C1 module and configures the SDA1 and SCL1 pins as serial port pins
0= Disables the I2C1 module; all I2C™ pins are controlled by port functions
bit 14
bit 13
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
I2CSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit
1= Discontinues module operation when device enters an Idle mode
0= Continues module operation in Idle mode
bit 12
SCLREL: SCL1 Release Control bit (when operating as I2C slave)
1= Releases SCL1 clock
0= Holds SCL1 clock low (clock stretch)
If STREN = 1:
Bit is R/W (i.e., software may write ‘0’ to initiate stretch and write ‘1’ to release clock). Hardware clear at
beginning of slave transmission. Hardware clear at end of slave reception.
If STREN = 0:
Bit is R/S (i.e., software may only write ‘1’ to release clock). Hardware clear at beginning of slave transmission.
bit 11
bit 10
bit 9
IPMIEN: Intelligent Peripheral Management Interface (IPMI) Enable bit
1= IPMI Support mode is enabled; all addresses Acknowledged
0= IPMI Support mode is disabled
A10M: 10-Bit Slave Addressing bit
1= I2C1ADD is a 10-bit slave address
0= I2C1ADD is a 7-bit slave address
DISSLW: Disable Slew Rate Control bit
1= Slew rate control disabled
0= Slew rate control enabled
bit 8
SMEN: SMBus Input Levels bit
1= Enables I/O pin thresholds compliant with the SMBus specification
0= Disables the SMBus input thresholds
bit 7
GCEN: General Call Enable bit (when operating as I2C slave)
1= Enables interrupt when a general call address is received in the I2C1RSR (module is enabled for
reception)
0= General call address disabled
bit 6
STREN: SCL1 Clock Stretch Enable bit (when operating as I2C slave)
Used in conjunction with the SCLREL bit.
1= Enables software or receive clock stretching
0= Disables software or receive clock stretching
DS39927B-page 138
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 17-1: I2C1CON: I2C1 CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED)
bit 5
ACKDT: Acknowledge Data bit (when operating as I2C master; applicable during master receive)
Value that will be transmitted when the software initiates an Acknowledge sequence.
1= Sends NACK during Acknowledge
0= Sends ACK during Acknowledge
bit 4
ACKEN: Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit
(when operating as I2C master; applicable during master receive)
1= Initiates Acknowledge sequence on SDA1 and SCL1 pins and transmits ACKDT data bit; hardware
clear at end of master Acknowledge sequence
0= Acknowledge sequence not in progress
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
RCEN: Receive Enable bit (when operating as I2C master)
1= Enables Receive mode for I2C; hardware clear at end of eighth bit of master receive data byte
0= Receive sequence not in progress
PEN: Stop Condition Enable bit (when operating as I2C master)
1= Initiates Stop condition on SDA1 and SCL1 pins; hardware clear at end of master Stop sequence
0= Stop condition not in progress
RSEN: Repeated Start Condition Enable bit (when operating as I2C master)
1= Initiates Repeated Start condition on SDA1 and SCL1 pins; hardware clear at end of master
Repeated Start sequence
0= Repeated Start condition not in progress
bit 0
SEN: Start Condition Enable bit (when operating as I2C master)
1= Initiates Start condition on SDA1 and SCL1 pins; hardware clear at end of master Start sequence
0= Start condition not in progress
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 139
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 17-2: I2C1STAT: I2C1 STATUS REGISTER
R-0, HSC R-0, HSC
ACKSTAT TRSTAT
bit 15
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/C-0, HS
BCL
R-0, HSC
GCSTAT
R-0, HSC
ADD10
bit 8
bit 0
R/C-0, HS R/C-0, HS R-0, HSC R/C-0, HSC R/C-0, HSC
R-0, HSC
R/W
R-0, HSC
RBF
R-0, HSC
TBF
IWCOL
bit 7
I2COV
D/A
P
S
Legend:
C = Clearable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
HS = Hardware Settable bit HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 15
ACKSTAT: Acknowledge Status bit
1= NACK was detected last
0= ACK was detected last
Hardware set or clear at end of Acknowledge.
bit 14
TRSTAT: Transmit Status bit
(When operating as I2C™ master; applicable to master transmit operation.)
1= Master transmit is in progress (8 bits + ACK)
0= Master transmit is not in progress
Hardware set at beginning of master transmission; hardware clear at end of slave Acknowledge.
bit 13-11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 10
bit 9
bit 8
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
BCL: Master Bus Collision Detect bit
1= A bus collision has been detected during a master operation
0= No collision
Hardware set at detection of bus collision.
GCSTAT: General Call Status bit
1= General call address was received
0= General call address was not received
Hardware set when address matches general call address; hardware clear at Stop detection.
ADD10: 10-Bit Address Status bit
1= 10-bit address was matched
0= 10-bit address was not matched
Hardware set at match of 2nd byte of matched 10-bit address; hardware clear at Stop detection.
IWCOL: Write Collision Detect bit
1= An attempt to write to the I2C1TRN register failed because the I2C module is busy
0= No collision
Hardware set at occurrence of write to I2C1TRN while busy (cleared by software).
I2COV: Receive Overflow Flag bit
1= A byte was received while the I2C1RCV register is still holding the previous byte
0= No overflow
Hardware set at attempt to transfer I2C1RSR to I2C1RCV (cleared by software).
D/A: Data/Address bit (when operating as I2C slave)
1= Indicates that the last byte received was data
0= Indicates that the last byte received was the device address
Hardware clear at device address match; hardware set by write to I2C1TRN or by reception of slave byte.
P: Stop bit
1= Indicates that a Stop bit has been detected last
0= Stop bit was not detected last
Hardware set or clear when Start, Repeated Start or Stop detected.
DS39927B-page 140
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 17-2: I2C1STAT: I2C1 STATUS REGISTER (CONTINUED)
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
S: Start bit
1= Indicates that a Start (or Repeated Start) bit has been detected last
0= Start bit was not detected last
Hardware set or clear when Start, Repeated Start or Stop detected.
R/W: Read/Write Information bit (when operating as I2C slave)
1= Read – indicates data transfer is output from slave
0= Write – indicates data transfer is input to slave
Hardware set or clear after reception of I2C device address byte.
RBF: Receive Buffer Full Status bit
1= Receive complete, I2C1RCV is full
0= Receive not complete, I2C1RCV is empty
Hardware set when I2C1RCV is written with received byte; hardware clear when software reads I2C1RCV.
TBF: Transmit Buffer Full Status bit
1= Transmit in progress, I2C1TRN is full
0= Transmit complete, I2C1TRN is empty
Hardware set when software writes to I2C1TRN; hardware clear at completion of data transmission.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 141
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 17-3: I2C1MSK: I2C1 SLAVE MODE ADDRESS MASK REGISTER
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
AMSK9
AMSK8
bit 15
bit 8
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
AMSK7
AMSK6
AMSK5
AMSK4
AMSK3
AMSK2
AMSK1
AMSK0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15-10
bit 9-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
AMSK<9:0>: Mask for Address Bit x Select bits
1= Enable masking for bit x of incoming message address; bit match not required in this position
0= Disable masking for bit x; bit match required in this position
REGISTER 17-4: PADCFG1: PAD CONFIGURATION CONTROL REGISTER
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
SMBUSDEL OC1TRIS(3) RTSECSEL1
RTSECSEL0
(1,3)
(1,3)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15-5
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
SMBUSDEL: SMBus SDA Input Delay Select bit
1= The I2C module is configured for a longer SMBus input delay (nominal 300 ns delay)
0= The 12C module is configured for a legacy input delay (nominal 150 ns delay)
bit 0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note 1: To enable the actual RTCC output, the RTCOE (RCFGCAL<10>) bit needs to be set.
2: To enable the actual OC1 output, the OCPWM1 module has to be enabled.
3: Bits 3, 2 and 1 are described in related chapters.
DS39927B-page 142
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
• Fully Integrated Baud Rate Generator (IBRG) with
16-Bit Prescaler
18.0 UNIVERSAL ASYNCHRONOUS
RECEIVER TRANSMITTER
(UART)
• Baud Rates Ranging from 1 Mbps to 15 bps at
16 MIPS
• 4-Deep, First-In-First-Out (FIFO) Transmit Data
Buffer
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information on the
• 4-Deep FIFO Receive Data Buffer
• Parity, Framing and Buffer Overrun Error
Detection
• Support for 9-Bit mode with Address Detect (9th
Universal
Asynchronous
Receiver
Transmitter, refer to the “PIC24F Family
Reference Manual”, Section 21. “UART”
(DS39708).
bit = 1)
• Transmit and Receive Interrupts
The Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter
(UART) module is one of the serial I/O modules avail-
able in this PIC24F device family. The UART is a
full-duplex asynchronous system that can communicate
with peripheral devices, such as personal computers,
LIN, RS-232 and RS-485 interfaces. This module also
supports a hardware flow control option with the UxCTS
and UxRTS pins, and also includes an IrDA® encoder
and decoder.
• Loopback mode for Diagnostic Support
• Support for Sync and Break Characters
• Supports Automatic Baud Rate Detection
• IrDA Encoder and Decoder Logic
• 16x Baud Clock Output for IrDA Support
A simplified block diagram of the UART is displayed in
Figure 18-1. The UART module consists of these
important hardware elements:
The primary features of the UART module are:
• Baud Rate Generator
• Full-Duplex, 8-Bit or 9-Bit Data Transmission
through the UxTX and UxRX pins
• Asynchronous Transmitter
• Asynchronous Receiver
• Even, Odd or No Parity Options (for 8-bit data)
• One or Two Stop bits
• Hardware Flow Control Option with UxCTS and
UxRTS pins
FIGURE 18-1:
UART SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM
Baud Rate Generator
IrDA®
UxBCLK
Hardware Flow Control
UARTx Receiver
UxRTS
UxCTS
UxRX
UARTx Transmitter
UxTX
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 143
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
The maximum baud rate (BRGH = 0) possible is
FCY/16 (for UxBRG = 0) and the minimum baud rate
possible is FCY/(16 * 65536).
18.1 UART Baud Rate Generator (BRG)
The UART module includes a dedicated 16-bit Baud
Rate Generator (BRG). The UxBRG register controls
the period of a free-running, 16-bit timer. Equation 18-1
provides the formula for computation of the baud rate
with BRGH = 0.
Equation 18-2 provides the formula for computation of
the baud rate with BRGH = 1.
EQUATION 18-2: UART BAUD RATE WITH
BRGH = 1(1)
EQUATION 18-1: UART BAUD RATE WITH
BRGH = 0(1)
FCY
Baud Rate =
4 • (UxBRG + 1)
FCY
Baud Rate =
16 • (UxBRG + 1)
FCY
4 • Baud Rate
– 1
UxBRG =
FCY
16 • Baud Rate
– 1
UxBRG =
Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2, Doze mode
and PLL are disabled.
Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2, Doze mode
and PLL are disabled.
The maximum baud rate (BRGH = 1) possible is FCY/4
(for UxBRG = 0) and the minimum baud rate possible
is FCY/(4 * 65536).
Example 18-1 provides the calculation of the baud rate
error for the following conditions:
Writing a new value to the UxBRG register causes the
BRG timer to be reset (cleared). This ensures the BRG
does not wait for a timer overflow before generating the
new baud rate.
• FCY = 4 MHz
• Desired Baud Rate = 9600
EXAMPLE 18-1:
BAUD RATE ERROR CALCULATION (BRGH = 0)(1)
Desired Baud Rate
= FCY/(16 (UxBRG + 1))
Solving for UxBRG value:
UxBRG
UxBRG
UxBRG
= ((FCY/Desired Baud Rate)/16) – 1
= ((4000000/9600)/16) – 1
= 25
Calculated Baud Rate = 4000000/(16 (25 + 1))
= 9615
Error
= (Calculated Baud Rate – Desired Baud Rate)
Desired Baud Rate
= (9615 – 9600)/9600
= 0.16%
Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2, Doze mode and PLL are disabled.
DS39927B-page 144
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
18.2 Transmitting in 8-Bit Data Mode
18.5 Receiving in 8-Bit or 9-Bit Data
Mode
1. Set up the UART:
a) Write appropriate values for data, parity and
Stop bits.
1. Set up the UART (as described in Section 18.2
“Transmitting in 8-Bit Data Mode”).
b) Write appropriate baud rate value to the
UxBRG register.
2. Enable the UART.
3. A receive interrupt will be generated when one
or more data characters have been received as
per interrupt control bit, URXISELx.
c) Set up transmit and receive interrupt enable
and priority bits.
2. Enable the UART.
4. Read the OERR bit to determine if an overrun
error has occurred. The OERR bit must be reset
in software.
3. Set the UTXEN bit (causes a transmit interrupt
two cycles after being set).
5. Read UxRXREG.
4. Write data byte to lower byte of UxTXREG word.
The value will be immediately transferred to the
Transmit Shift Register (TSR), and the serial bit
stream will start shifting out with the next rising
edge of the baud clock.
The act of reading the UxRXREG character will move
the next character to the top of the receive FIFO,
including a new set of PERR and FERR values.
5. Alternately, the data byte may be transferred
while UTXEN = 0, and then, the user may set
UTXEN. This will cause the serial bit stream to
begin immediately because the baud clock will
start from a cleared state.
18.6 Operation of UxCTS and UxRTS
Control Pins
UARTx Clear to Send (UxCTS) and Request to Send
(UxRTS) are the two hardware-controlled pins that are
associated with the UART module. These two pins
allow the UART to operate in Simplex and Flow Control
modes. They are implemented to control the
transmission and reception between the Data Terminal
Equipment (DTE). The UEN<1:0> bits in the UxMODE
register configure these pins.
6. A transmit interrupt will be generated as per
interrupt control bit, UTXISELx.
18.3 Transmitting in 9-Bit Data Mode
1. Set up the UART (as described in Section 18.2
“Transmitting in 8-Bit Data Mode”).
2. Enable the UART.
18.7 Infrared Support
3. Set the UTXEN bit (causes a transmit interrupt
two cycles after being set).
The UART module provides two types of infrared UART
support: one is the IrDA clock output to support an
external IrDA encoder and decoder device (legacy
module support), and the other is the full
implementation of the IrDA encoder and decoder.
4. Write UxTXREG as a 16-bit value only.
5. A word write to UxTXREG triggers the transfer
of the 9-bit data to the TSR. The serial bit stream
will start shifting out with the first rising edge of
the baud clock.
As the IrDA modes require a 16x baud clock, they will
only work when the BRGH bit (UxMODE<3>) is ‘0’.
6. A transmit interrupt will be generated as per the
setting of control bit, UTXISELx.
18.7.1
EXTERNAL IrDA SUPPORT – IrDA
CLOCK OUTPUT
18.4 Break and Sync Transmit
Sequence
To support external IrDA encoder and decoder devices,
the UxBCLK pin (same as the UxRTS pin) can be
configured to generate the 16x baud clock. When
UEN<1:0> = 11, the UxBCLK pin will output the 16x
baud clock if the UART module is enabled; it can be
used to support the IrDA codec chip.
The following sequence will send a message frame
header made up of a Break, followed by an auto-baud
Sync byte.
1. Configure the UART for the desired mode.
18.7.2
BUILT-IN IrDA ENCODER AND
DECODER
2. Set UTXEN and UTXBRK – sets up the Break
character.
3. Load the UxTXREG with a dummy character to
initiate transmission (value is ignored).
The UART has full implementation of the IrDA encoder
and decoder as part of the UART module. The built-in
IrDA encoder and decoder functionality is enabled
using the IREN bit (UxMODE<12>). When enabled
(IREN = 1), the receive pin (UxRX) acts as the input
from the infrared receiver. The transmit pin (UxTX) acts
as the output to the infrared transmitter.
4. Write ‘55h’ to UxTXREG – loads the Sync
character into the transmit FIFO.
5. After the Break has been sent, the UTXBRK bit
is reset by hardware. The Sync character now
transmits.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 145
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 18-1: UxMODE: UARTx MODE REGISTER
R/W-0
U-0
—
R/W-0
USIDL
R/W-0
IREN(1)
R/W-0
U-0
—
R/W-0(2)
UEN1
R/W-0(2)
UEN0
UARTEN
RTSMD
bit 15
bit 8
R/C-0, HC
WAKE
R/W-0
R/W-0, HC
ABAUD
R/W-0
RXINV
R/W-0
BRGH
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
LPBACK
PDSEL1
PDSEL0
STSEL
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
C = Clearable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
HC = Hardware Clearable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
bit 15
UARTEN: UARTx Enable bit
1= UARTx is enabled; all UARTx pins are controlled by UARTx as defined by UEN<1:0>
0= UARTx is disabled; all UARTx pins are controlled by port latches; UARTx power consumption is
minimal
bit 14
bit 13
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
USIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit
1= Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode
0= Continue module operation in Idle mode
bit 12
bit 11
IREN: IrDA® Encoder and Decoder Enable bit(1)
1= IrDA encoder and decoder enabled
0= IrDA encoder and decoder disabled
RTSMD: Mode Selection for UxRTS Pin bit
1= UxRTS pin in Simplex mode
0= UxRTS pin in Flow Control mode
bit 10
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 9-8
UEN<1:0>: UARTx Enable bits(2)
11= UxTX, UxRX and UxBCLK pins are enabled and used; UxCTS pin controlled by port latches
10= UxTX, UxRX, UxCTS and UxRTS pins are enabled and used
01= UxTX, UxRX and UxRTS pins are enabled and used; UxCTS pin controlled by port latches
00= UxTX and UxRX pins are enabled and used; UxCTS and UxRTS/UxBCLK pins controlled by port
latches
bit 7
WAKE: Wake-up on Start Bit Detect During Sleep Mode Enable bit
1= UARTx will continue to sample the UxRX pin; interrupt generated on falling edge, bit cleared in
hardware on following rising edge
0= No wake-up enabled
bit 6
bit 5
LPBACK: UARTx Loopback Mode Select bit
1= Enable Loopback mode
0= Loopback mode is disabled
ABAUD: Auto-Baud Enable bit
1= Enable baud rate measurement on the next character – requires reception of a Sync field (55h);
cleared in hardware upon completion
0= Baud rate measurement disabled or completed
bit 4
RXINV: Receive Polarity Inversion bit
1= UxRX Idle state is ‘0’
0= UxRX Idle state is ‘1’
Note 1: This feature is only available for the 16x BRG mode (BRGH = 0).
2: Bit availability depends on pin availability.
DS39927B-page 146
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 18-1: UxMODE: UARTx MODE REGISTER (CONTINUED)
bit 3
BRGH: High Baud Rate Enable bit
1= BRG generates 4 clocks per bit period (4x baud clock, High-Speed mode)
0= BRG generates 16 clocks per bit period (16x baud clock, Standard mode)
bit 2-1
PDSEL<1:0>: Parity and Data Selection bits
11= 9-bit data, no parity
10= 8-bit data, odd parity
01= 8-bit data, even parity
00= 8-bit data, no parity
bit 0
STSEL: Stop Bit Selection bit
1= Two Stop bits
0= One Stop bit
Note 1: This feature is only available for the 16x BRG mode (BRGH = 0).
2: Bit availability depends on pin availability.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 147
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 18-2: UxSTA: UARTx STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
UTXISEL1
bit 15
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
R/W-0, HC
UTXBRK
R/W-0
R-0, HSC
UTXBF
R-1, HSC
TRMT
UTXINV
UTXISEL0
UTXEN
bit 8
R/W-0
URXISEL1
bit 7
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-1, HSC
RIDLE
R-0, HSC
PERR
R-0, HSC
FERR
R/C-0, HS
OERR
R-0, HSC
URXDA
URXISEL0
ADDEN
bit 0
Legend:
C = Clearable bit
HC = Hardware Clearable bit
HS = Hardware Settable bit HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15,13
UTXISEL<1:0>: Transmission Interrupt Mode Selection bits
11= Reserved; do not use
10= Interrupt when a character is transferred to the Transmit Shift Register (TSR), and as a result,
the transmit buffer becomes empty
01= Interrupt when the last character is shifted out of the Transmit Shift Register; all transmit operations
are completed
00= Interrupt when a character is transferred to the Transmit Shift Register (this implies there is at
least one character open in the transmit buffer)
bit 14
UTXINV: IrDA® Encoder Transmit Polarity Inversion bit
If IREN = 0:
1= UxTX Idle ‘0’
0= UxTX Idle ‘1’
If IREN = 1:
1= UxTX Idle ‘1’
0= UxTX Idle ‘0’
bit 12
bit 11
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
UTXBRK: Transmit Break bit
1= Send Sync Break on next transmission – Start bit, followed by twelve ‘0’ bits, followed by Stop bit;
cleared by hardware upon completion
0= Sync Break transmission disabled or completed
bit 10
UTXEN: Transmit Enable bit
1= Transmit enabled, UxTX pin controlled by UARTx
0= Transmit disabled, any pending transmission is aborted and buffer is reset. UxTX pin controlled by
the PORT register.
bit 9
UTXBF: Transmit Buffer Full Status bit (read-only)
1= Transmit buffer is full
0= Transmit buffer is not full, at least one more character can be written
bit 8
TRMT: Transmit Shift Register Empty bit (read-only)
1= Transmit Shift Register is empty and transmit buffer is empty (the last transmission has completed)
0= Transmit Shift Register is not empty, a transmission is in progress or queued
bit 7-6
URXISEL<1:0>: Receive Interrupt Mode Selection bits
11= Interrupt is set on RSR transfer, making the receive buffer full (i.e., has 4 data characters)
10= Interrupt is set on RSR transfer, making the receive buffer 3/4 full (i.e., has 3 data characters)
0x= Interrupt is set when any character is received and transferred from the RSR to the receive buffer.
Receive buffer has one or more characters.
DS39927B-page 148
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 18-2: UxSTA: UARTx STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED)
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
ADDEN: Address Character Detect bit (bit 8 of received data = 1)
1= Address Detect mode enabled. If 9-bit mode is not selected, this does not take effect.
0= Address Detect mode disabled
RIDLE: Receiver Idle bit (read-only)
1= Receiver is Idle
0= Receiver is active
PERR: Parity Error Status bit (read-only)
1= Parity error has been detected for the current character (character at the top of the receive FIFO)
0= Parity error has not been detected
FERR: Framing Error Status bit (read-only)
1= Framing error has been detected for the current character (character at the top of the receive FIFO)
0= Framing error has not been detected
OERR: Receive Buffer Overrun Error Status bit (clear/read-only)
1= Receive buffer has overflowed
0= Receive buffer has not overflowed (clearing a previously set OERR bit (1→ 0transition) will reset
the receiver buffer and the RSR to the empty state)
bit 0
URXDA: Receive Buffer Data Available bit (read-only)
1= Receive buffer has data; at least one more character can be read
0= Receive buffer is empty
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 149
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 18-3: UxTXREG: UARTx TRANSMIT REGISTER
U-x
—
U-x
—
U-x
—
U-x
—
U-x
—
U-x
—
U-x
—
W-x
UTX8
bit 15
bit 8
W-x
W-x
W-x
W-x
W-x
W-x
W-x
W-x
UTX7
UTX6
UTX5
UTX4
UTX3
UTX2
UTX1
UTX0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-9
bit 8
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
UTX8: Data of the Transmitted Character bit (in 9-bit mode)
UTX<7:0>: Data of the Transmitted Character bits
bit 7-0
REGISTER 18-4: UxRXREG: UARTx RECEIVE REGISTER
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R-0, HSC
URX8
bit 15
bit 8
R-0, HSC
URX7
R-0, HSC
URX6
R-0, HSC
URX5
R-0, HSC
URX4
R-0, HSC
URX3
R-0, HSC
URX2
R-0, HSC
URX1
R-0, HSC
URX0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15-9
bit 8
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
URX8: Data of the Received Character bit (in 9-bit mode)
URX<7:0>: Data of the Received Character bits
bit 7-0
DS39927B-page 150
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
• Alarm-configurable for half a second, one second,
10 seconds, one minute, 10 minutes, one hour,
one day, one week, one month or one year
19.0 REAL-TIME CLOCK AND
CALENDAR (RTCC)
• Alarm repeat with decrementing counter
• Alarm with indefinite repeat chime
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features of
this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information on the
Real-Time Clock and Calendar, refer to the
“PIC24F Family Reference Manual”,
Section 29. “Real-Time Clock and
Calendar (RTCC)” (DS39696).
• Year 2000 to 2099 leap year correction
• BCD format for smaller software overhead
• Optimized for long-term battery operation
• User calibration of the 32.768 kHz clock
crystal/32K INTRC frequency with periodic
auto-adjust
The RTCC provides the user with a Real-Time Clock
and Calendar (RTCC) function that can be calibrated.
19.1 RTCC Source Clock
Key features of the RTCC module are:
The user can select between the SOSC crystal
oscillator or the LPRC internal oscillator as the clock
reference for the RTCC module. This is configured
using the RTCCKSEL (FDS<5>) Configuration bit. This
gives the user an option to trade off system cost,
accuracy and power consumption, based on the overall
system needs.
• Operates in Deep Sleep mode
• Selectable clock source
• Provides hours, minutes and seconds using
24-hour format
• Visibility of one half second period
• Provides calendar – weekday, date, month and
year
FIGURE 19-1:
RTCC BLOCK DIAGRAM
RTCC Clock Domain
CPU Clock Domain
RCFGCAL
Input from
SOSC/LPRC
Oscillator
RTCC Prescalers
0.5 Sec
ALCFGRPT
YEAR
MTHDY
WKDYHR
RTCC Timer
RTCVAL
MINSEC
Alarm
Event
Comparator
Alarm Registers with Masks
Repeat Counter
ALMTHDY
ALWDHR
ALMINSEC
ALRMVAL
RTSECSEL<1:0>
RTCC
Interrupt
1s
01
00
RTCC Interrupt Logic
Alarm Pulse
RTCC
Pin
10
Clock Source
RTCOE
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 151
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 19-2: ALRMVAL REGISTER
MAPPING
19.2 RTCC Module Registers
The RTCC module registers are organized into three
categories:
Alarm Value Register Window
ALRMPTR
<1:0>
• RTCC Control Registers
• RTCC Value Registers
• Alarm Value Registers
ALRMVAL<15:8> ALRMVAL<7:0>
00
01
10
11
ALRMMIN
ALRMWD
ALRMMNTH
—
ALRMSEC
ALRMHR
ALRMDAY
—
19.2.1
REGISTER MAPPING
To limit the register interface, the RTCC Timer and
Alarm Time registers are accessed through
corresponding register pointers. The RTCC Value
register window (RTCVALH and RTCVALL) uses the
RTCPTR bits (RCFGCAL<9:8>) to select the desired
Timer register pair (see Table 19-1).
Considering that the 16-bit core does not distinguish
between 8-bit and 16-bit read operations, the user must
be aware that when reading either the ALRMVALH or
ALRMVALL bytes, the ALRMPTR<1:0> value will be
decremented. The same applies to the RTCVALH or
RTCVALL bytes with the RTCPTR<1:0> being
decremented.
By writing the RTCVALH byte, the RTCC Pointer value,
the RTCPTR<1:0> bits decrement by one until they
reach ‘00’. Once they reach ‘00’, the MINUTES and
SECONDS value will be accessible through RTCVALH
and RTCVALL until the pointer value is manually
changed.
Note:
This only applies to read operations and
not write operations.
19.2.2
WRITE LOCK
TABLE 19-1: RTCVAL REGISTER MAPPING
In order to perform a write to any of the RTCC Timer
registers, the RTCWREN bit (RCFGCAL<13>) must be
set (refer to Example 19-1).
RTCC Value Register Window
RTCPTR<1:0>
RTCVAL<15:8> RTCVAL<7:0>
Note:
To avoid accidental writes to the timer, it is
recommended that the RTCWREN bit
(RCFGCAL<13>) is kept clear at any
other time. For the RTCWREN bit to be
set, there is only one instruction cycle time
window allowed between the 55h/AA
sequence and the setting of RTCWREN;
therefore, it is recommended that code
follow the procedure in Example 19-1.
00
01
10
11
MINUTES
WEEKDAY
MONTH
—
SECONDS
HOURS
DAY
YEAR
The Alarm Value register window (ALRMVALH and
ALRMVALL) uses the ALRMPTR bits
(ALCFGRPT<9:8>) to select the desired Alarm register
pair (see Table 19-2).
19.2.3
SELECTING RTCC CLOCK SOURCE
By writing the ALRMVALH byte, the Alarm Pointer
value, ALRMPTR<1:0> bits, decrement by one until
they reach ‘00’. Once they reach ‘00’, the ALRMMIN
and ALRMSEC value will be accessible through
ALRMVALH and ALRMVALL until the pointer value is
manually changed.
The clock source for the RTCC module can be selected
using the RTCCKSEL (FDS<5>) bit. When the bit is set
to ‘1’, the Secondary Oscillator (SOSC) is used as the
reference clock and when the bit is ‘0’, LPRC is used
as the reference clock.
EXAMPLE 19-1:
SETTING THE RTCWREN BIT
asm volatile(“push w7”);
asm volatile(“push w8”);
asm volatile(“disi #5”);
asm volatile(“mov #0x55, w7”);
asm volatile(“mov w7, _NVMKEY”);
asm volatile(“mov #0xAA, w8”);
asm volatile(“mov w8, _NVMKEY”);
asm volatile(“bset _RCFGCAL, #13”); //set the RTCWREN bit
asm volatile(“pop w8”);
asm volatile(“pop w7”);
DS39927B-page 152
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
19.2.4
RTCC CONTROL REGISTERS
)
REGISTER 19-1: RCFGCAL: RTCC CALIBRATION AND CONFIGURATION REGISTER(1
R/W-0
RTCEN(2)
U-0
—
R/W-0
R-0, HSC
RTCSYNC HALFSEC(3)
R-0, HSC
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
RTCWREN
RTCOE
RTCPTR1
RTCPTR0
bit 15
bit 8
R/W-0
CAL7
R/W-0
CAL6
R/W-0
CAL5
R/W-0
CAL4
R/W-0
CAL3
R/W-0
CAL2
R/W-0
CAL1
R/W-0
CAL0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15
RTCEN: RTCC Enable bit(2)
1= RTCC module is enabled
0= RTCC module is disabled
bit 14
bit 13
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
RTCWREN: RTCC Value Registers Write Enable bit
1= RTCVALH and RTCVALL registers can be written to by the user
0= RTCVALH and RTCVALL registers are locked out from being written to by the user
bit 12
RTCSYNC: RTCC Value Registers Read Synchronization bit
1= RTCVALH, RTCVALL and ALCFGRPT registers can change while reading due to a rollover ripple
resulting in an invalid data read. If the register is read twice and results in the same data, the data
can be assumed to be valid.
0= RTCVALH, RTCVALL or ALCFGRPT registers can be read without concern over a rollover ripple
bit 11
bit 10
bit 9-8
HALFSEC: Half Second Status bit(3)
1= Second half period of a second
0= First half period of a second
RTCOE: RTCC Output Enable bit
1= RTCC output enabled
0= RTCC output disabled
RTCPTR<1:0>: RTCC Value Register Window Pointer bits
Points to the corresponding RTCC Value registers when reading the RTCVALH and RTCVALL registers.
The RTCPTR<1:0> value decrements on every read or write of RTCVALH until it reaches ‘00’.
RTCVAL<15:8>:
00= MINUTES
01= WEEKDAY
10= MONTH
11= Reserved
RTCVAL<7:0>:
00= SECONDS
01= HOURS
10= DAY
11= YEAR
Note 1: The RCFGCAL register is only affected by a POR.
2: A write to the RTCEN bit is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
3: This bit is read-only; it is cleared to ‘0’ on a write to the lower half of the MINSEC register.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 153
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 19-1: RCFGCAL: RTCC CALIBRATION AND CONFIGURATION REGISTER(1) (CONTINUED)
bit 7-0
CAL<7:0>: RTC Drift Calibration bits
01111111= Maximum positive adjustment; adds 508 RTC clock pulses every one minute
.
.
.
01111111= Minimum positive adjustment; adds 4 RTC clock pulses every one minute
00000000= No adjustment
11111111= Minimum negative adjustment; subtracts 4 RTC clock pulses every one minute
.
.
.
10000000= Maximum negative adjustment; subtracts 512 RTC clock pulses every one minute
Note 1: The RCFGCAL register is only affected by a POR.
2: A write to the RTCEN bit is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
3: This bit is read-only; it is cleared to ‘0’ on a write to the lower half of the MINSEC register.
REGISTER 19-2: PADCFG1: PAD CONFIGURATION CONTROL REGISTER
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
(1)
(1)
SMBUSDEL
OC1TRIS
RTSECSEL1
RTSECSEL0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-5
bit 4-3
bit 2-1
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Described in Section 15.0 “Output Compare” and Section 17.0 “Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C™)”.
RTSECSEL<1:0>: RTCC Seconds Clock Output Select bits(1)
11= Reserved; do not use
10= RTCC source clock is selected for the RTCC pin (can be LPRC or SOSC, depending on the
RTCCKSEL (FDS<5>) bit setting)
01= RTCC seconds clock is selected for the RTCC pin
00= RTCC alarm pulse is selected for the RTCC pin
bit 0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note 1: To enable the actual RTCC output, the RTCOE (RCFGCAL<10>) bit needs to be set.
DS39927B-page 154
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 19-3: ALCFGRPT: ALARM CONFIGURATION REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
ALRMEN
CHIME
AMASK3
AMASK2
AMASK1
AMASK0
ALRMPTR1 ALRMPTR0
bit 8
bit 15
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
ARPT7
ARPT6
ARPT5
ARPT4
ARPT3
ARPT2
ARPT1
ARPT0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15
ALRMEN: Alarm Enable bit
1= Alarm is enabled (cleared automatically after an alarm event whenever ARPT<7:0> = 00h and
CHIME = 0)
0= Alarm is disabled
bit 14
CHIME: Chime Enable bit
1= Chime is enabled; ARPT<7:0> bits are allowed to roll over from 00h to FFh
0= Chime is disabled; ARPT<7:0> bits stop once they reach 00h
bit 13-10
AMASK<3:0>: Alarm Mask Configuration bits
0000= Every half second
0001= Every second
0010= Every 10 seconds
0011= Every minute
0100= Every 10 minutes
0101= Every hour
0110= Once a day
0111= Once a week
1000= Once a month
1001= Once a year (except when configured for February 29th, once every 4 years)
101x= Reserved – do not use
11xx= Reserved – do not use
bit 9-8
ALRMPTR<1:0>: Alarm Value Register Window Pointer bits
Points to the corresponding Alarm Value registers when reading the ALRMVALH and ALRMVALL registers.
The ALRMPTR<1:0> value decrements on every read or write of ALRMVALH until it reaches ‘00’.
ALRMVAL<15:8>:
00= ALRMMIN
01= ALRMWD
10= ALRMMNTH
11= Unimplemented
ALRMVAL<7:0>:
00= ALRMSEC
01= ALRMHR
10= ALRMDAY
11= Unimplemented
bit 7-0
ARPT<7:0>: Alarm Repeat Counter Value bits
11111111= Alarm will repeat 255 more times
.
.
.
00000000= Alarm will not repeat
The counter decrements on any alarm event; it is prevented from rolling over from 00h to FFh unless
CHIME = 1.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 155
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
19.2.5
RTCVAL REGISTER MAPPINGS
REGISTER 19-4: YEAR: YEAR VALUE REGISTER(1)
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 15
bit 8
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
YRTEN3
YRTEN2
YRTEN2
YRTEN1
YRONE3
YRONE2
YRONE1
YRONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15-8
bit 7-4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
YRTEN<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Year’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
bit 3-0
YRONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Year’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
Note 1: A write to the YEAR register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
REGISTER 19-5: MTHDY: MONTH AND DAY VALUE REGISTER(1)
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
MTHTEN0
MTHONE3
MTHONE2
MTHONE1
MTHONE0
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
DAYTEN1
DAYTEN0
DAYONE3
DAYONE2
DAYONE1
DAYONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-13
bit 12
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
MTHTEN0: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Tens Digit bit
Contains a value of ‘0’ or ‘1’.
bit 11-8
MTHONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
bit 7-6
bit 5-4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
DAYTEN<1:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 3.
bit 3-0
DAYONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
Note 1: A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
DS39927B-page 156
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 19-6: WKDYHR: WEEKDAY AND HOURS VALUE REGISTER(1)
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
WDAY2
WDAY1
WDAY0
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
HRTEN1
HRTEN0
HRONE3
HRONE2
HRONE1
HRONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-11
bit 10-8
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
WDAY<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Weekday Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 6.
bit 7-6
bit 5-4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
HRTEN<1:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 2.
bit 3-0
HRONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
Note 1: A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
REGISTER 19-7: MINSEC: MINUTES AND SECONDS VALUE REGISTER
U-0
—
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
MINTEN2
MINTEN1
MINTEN0
MINONE3
MINONE2
MINONE1
MINONE0
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
SECTEN2
SECTEN1
SECTEN0
SECONE3
SECONE2
SECONE1
SECONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 14-12
MINTEN<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 5.
bit 11-8
MINONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-4
SECTEN<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 5.
bit 3-0
SECONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 157
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
19.2.6
ALRMVAL REGISTER MAPPINGS
REGISTER 19-8: ALMTHDY: ALARM MONTH AND DAY VALUE REGISTER(1)
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
MTHTEN0
MTHONE3
MTHONE2
MTHONE1
MTHONE0
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
DAYTEN1
DAYTEN0
DAYONE3
DAYONE2
DAYONE1
DAYONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-13
bit 12
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
MTHTEN0: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Tens Digit bit
Contains a value of ‘0’ or ‘1’.
bit 11-8
MTHONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
bit 7-6
bit 5-4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
DAYTEN<1:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 3.
bit 3-0
DAYONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
Note 1: A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
REGISTER 19-9: ALWDHR: ALARM WEEKDAY AND HOURS VALUE REGISTER(1)
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
WDAY2
WDAY1
WDAY0
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
HRTEN1
HRTEN0
HRONE3
HRONE2
HRONE1
HRONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-11
bit 10-8
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
WDAY<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Weekday Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 6.
bit 7-6
bit 5-4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
HRTEN<1:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 2.
bit 3-0
HRONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
Note 1: A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
DS39927B-page 158
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 19-10: ALMINSEC: ALARM MINUTES AND SECONDS VALUE REGISTER
U-0
—
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
MINTEN2
MINTEN1
MINTEN0
MINONE3
MINONE2
MINONE1
MINONE0
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
SECTEN2
SECTEN1
SECTEN0
SECONE3
SECONE2
SECONE1
SECONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 14-12
MINTEN<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 5.
bit 11-8
MINONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-4
SECTEN<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 5.
bit 3-0
SECONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 159
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
19.4.1
CONFIGURING THE ALARM
19.3 Calibration
The alarm feature is enabled using the ALRMEN bit.
This bit is cleared when an alarm is issued. Writes to
ALRMVAL should only take place when ALRMEN = 0.
The real-time crystal input can be calibrated using the
periodic auto-adjust feature. When properly calibrated,
the RTCC can provide an error of less than 3 seconds
per month. This is accomplished by finding the number
of error clock pulses and storing the value into the
lower half of the RCFGCAL register. The 8-bit signed
value loaded into the lower half of RCFGCAL is
multiplied by four and will be either added or subtracted
from the RTCC timer, once every minute. Refer to the
steps below for RTCC calibration:
As displayed in Figure 19-2, the interval selection of the
alarm is configured through the AMASK bits
(ALCFGRPT<13:10>). These bits determine which and
how many digits of the alarm must match the clock
value for the alarm to occur.
The alarm can also be configured to repeat based on a
preconfigured interval. The amount of times this
occurs, once the alarm is enabled, is stored in the
ARPT<7:0> bits (ALCFGRPT<7:0>). When the value
of the ARPT bits equals 00h and the CHIME bit
(ALCFGRPT<14>) is cleared, the repeat function is
disabled and only a single alarm will occur. The alarm
can be repeated up to 255 times by loading
ARPT<7:0> with FFh.
1. Using another timer resource on the device, the
user must find the error of the 32.768 kHz crystal.
2. Once the error is known, it must be converted to
the number of error clock pulses per minute.
3. a) If the oscillator is faster than ideal (negative
result form step 2), the RCFGCAL register value
must be negative. This causes the specified
number of clock pulses to be subtracted from
the timer counter, once every minute.
After each alarm is issued, the value of the ARPT bits
is decremented by one. Once the value has reached
00h, the alarm will be issued one last time, after which,
the ALRMEN bit will be cleared automatically and the
alarm will turn off.
b) If the oscillator is slower than ideal (positive
result from step 2), the RCFGCAL register value
must be positive. This causes the specified
number of clock pulses to be subtracted from
the timer counter, once every minute.
Indefinite repetition of the alarm can occur if the
CHIME bit = 1. Instead of the alarm being disabled
when the value of the ARPT bits reaches 00h, it rolls
over to FFh and continues counting indefinitely while
CHIME is set.
Divide the number of error clocks per minute by 4 to get
the correct calibration value and load the RCFGCAL
register with the correct value. (Each 1-bit increment in
the calibration adds or subtracts 4 pulses).
19.4.2
ALARM INTERRUPT
EQUATION 19-1:
At every alarm event, an interrupt is generated. In
addition, an alarm pulse output is provided that
operates at half the frequency of the alarm. This output
is completely synchronous to the RTCC clock and can
be used as a trigger clock to other peripherals.
(Ideal Frequency† – Measured Frequency) * 60 =
Clocks per Minute
†
Ideal Frequency = 32,768 Hz
Writes to the lower half of the RCFGCAL register
should only occur when the timer is turned off, or
immediately after the rising edge of the seconds pulse.
Note:
Changing any of the registers, other than
the RCFGCAL and ALCFGRPT registers,
and the CHIME bit while the alarm is
enabled (ALRMEN = 1), can result in a
false alarm event leading to a false alarm
interrupt. To avoid a false alarm event, the
timer and alarm values should only be
changed while the alarm is disabled
(ALRMEN = 0). It is recommended that the
ALCFGRPT register and CHIME bit be
changed when RTCSYNC = 0.
Note:
It is up to the user to include, in the error
value, the initial error of the crystal: drift
due to temperature and drift due to crystal
aging.
19.4 Alarm
• Configurable from half second to one year
• Enabled using the ALRMEN bit
(ALCFGRPT<15>)
• One-time alarm and repeat alarm options
available
DS39927B-page 160
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
FIGURE 19-2:
ALARM MASK SETTINGS
Day of
the
Week
Alarm Mask Setting
(AMASK<3:0>)
Month
Day
Hours
Minutes
Seconds
0000- Every half second
0001- Every second
0010- Every 10 seconds
0011- Every minute
0100- Every 10 minutes
0101- Every hour
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
0110- Every day
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
0111- Every week
1000- Every month
d
d
d
d
(1)
1001- Every year
m
m
d
Note 1: Annually, except when configured for February 29.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 161
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39927B-page 162
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
The programmable CRC generator offers the following
features:
20.0 PROGRAMMABLE CYCLIC
REDUNDANCY CHECK (CRC)
GENERATOR
• User-programmable polynomial CRC equation
• Interrupt output
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features of
this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information on Program-
mable Cyclic Redundancy Check, refer to
the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”,
Section 30. “Programmable Cyclic
Redundancy Check (CRC)” (DS39714).
• Data FIFO
The module implements a software-configurable CRC
generator. The terms of the polynomial and its length
can be programmed using the CRCXOR (X<15:1>) bits
and the CRCCON (PLEN<3:0>) bits, respectively.
Consider the CRC equation:
x
16 + x12 + x5 + 1
The programmable Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC)
module in PIC24F devices is a software-configurable
CRC checksum generator. The CRC algorithm treats a
message as a binary bit stream and divides it by a fixed
binary number.
To program this polynomial into the CRC generator, the
CRC register bits should be set as provided in
Table 20-1.
TABLE 20-1: EXAMPLE CRC SETUP
The remainder from this division is considered the
checksum. As in division, the CRC calculation is also
an iterative process. The only difference is that these
operations are done on modulo arithmetic based on
mod2. For example, division is replaced with the XOR
operation (i.e., subtraction without carry). The CRC
algorithm uses the term, polynomial, to perform all of
its calculations.
Bit Name
Bit Value
PLEN<3:0>
X<15:1>
1111
000100000010000
The value of X<15:1>, the 12th bit and the 5th bit are set
to ‘1’, as required by the equation. The 0 bit required by
the equation is always XORed. For a 16-bit polynomial,
the 16th bit is also always assumed to be XORed;
therefore, the X<15:1> bits do not have the 0 bit or the
16th bit.
The divisor, dividend and remainder that are
represented by numbers are termed as polynomials
with binary coefficients.
The topology of a standard CRC generator is displayed
in Figure 20-2.
FIGURE 20-1:
CRC SHIFTER DETAILS
PLEN<3:0>
0
1
2
15
CRC Shift Register
Hold
Hold
Hold
Hold
X1
X2
X3
X15
0
0
0
0
XOR
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
BIT 0
IN
BIT 1
IN
BIT 2
IN
BIT 15
DOUT
1
1
1
1
clk
clk
clk
clk
CRC Read Bus
CRC Write Bus
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 163
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
FIGURE 20-2:
CRC GENERATOR RECONFIGURED FOR x16 + x12 + x5 + 1
XOR
D
Q
D
Q
D
Q
D
Q
D
Q
SDOx
BIT 0
BIT 4
BIT 5
BIT 12
BIT 15
clk
clk
clk
clk
clk
CRC Read Bus
CRC Write Bus
To empty words already written into a FIFO, the
CRCGO bit must be set to ‘1’ and the CRC shifter
allowed to run until the CRCMPT bit is set.
20.1 User Interface
20.1.1
DATA INTERFACE
Also, to get the correct CRC reading, it will be
necessary to wait for the CRCMPT bit to go high before
reading the CRCWDAT register.
To start serial shifting, a value of ‘1’ must be written to
the CRCGO bit.
The module incorporates a FIFO that is 8-level deep
when PLEN<3:0> > 7, and 16 deep, otherwise. The
data for which the CRC is to be calculated must first be
written into the FIFO. The smallest data element that
can be written into the FIFO is one byte.
If a word is written when the CRCFUL bit is set, the
VWORD Pointer will roll over to 0. The hardware will
then behave as if the FIFO is empty. However, the
condition to generate an interrupt will not be met;
therefore, no interrupt will be generated (see
Section 20.1.2 “Interrupt Operation”).
For example, if PLEN = 5, then the size of the data is
PLEN + 1 = 6. The data must be written as follows:
At least one instruction cycle must pass after a write to
CRCWDAT before a read of the VWORD bits is done.
data<5:0> = crc_input<5:0>
data<7:6> = bxx
Once data is written into the CRCWDAT MSb (as
defined by PLEN), the value of the VWORD bits
(CRCCON<12:8>) increments by one. The serial
shifter starts shifting data into the CRC engine when
CRCGO = 1 and VWORD<4:0> > 0. When the Most
Significant bit (MSb) is shifted out, the VWORD bits
decrement by one. The serial shifter continues shifting
until the VWORD bits reach zero. Therefore, for a given
value of PLEN, it will take (PLEN + 1) * VWORD
number of clock cycles to complete the CRC
calculations.
20.1.2
INTERRUPT OPERATION
When the VWORD<4:0> bits make a transition from a
value of ‘1’ to ‘0’, an interrupt will be generated.
20.2 Operation in Power Save Modes
20.2.1
SLEEP MODE
If Sleep mode is entered while the module is operating,
the module will be suspended in its current state until
clock execution resumes.
When the VWORD bits reach 8 (or 16), the CRCFUL bit
will be set. When the VWORD bits reach 0, the
CRCMPT bit will be set.
20.2.2
IDLE MODE
To continue full module operation in Idle mode, the
CSIDL bit must be cleared prior to entry into the mode.
To continually feed data into the CRC engine, the
recommended mode of operation is to initially “prime”
the FIFO with a sufficient number of words so no
interrupt is generated before the next word can be
written. Once that is done, start the CRC by setting the
CRCGO bit to ‘1’. From that point onward, the VWORD
bits should be polled. If they read less than 8 or 16,
another word can be written into the FIFO.
If CSIDL = 1, the module will behave the same way as
it does in Sleep mode; pending interrupt events will be
passed on, even though the module clocks are not
available.
DS39927B-page 164
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
20.3 Registers
There are four registers used to control programmable
CRC operation:
• CRCCON
• CRCXOR
• CRCDAT
• CRCWDAT
REGISTER 20-1: CRCCON: CRC CONTROL REGISTER
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
CSIDL
R-0, HSC
VWORD4
R-0, HSC
VWORD3
R-0, HSC
VWORD2
R-0, HSC
VWORD1
R-0, HSC
VWORD0
bit 15
bit 8
R-0, HSC
CRCFUL
R-1, HSC
CRCMPT
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
CRCGO
PLEN3
PLEN2
PLEN1
PLEN0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15-14
bit 13
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
CSIDL: CRC Stop in Idle Mode bit
1= Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode
0= Continue module operation in Idle mode
bit 12-8
bit 7
VWORD<4:0>: Pointer Value bits
Indicates the number of valid words in the FIFO. Has a maximum value of 8 when PLEN<3:0> > 7, or
16 when PLEN<3:0> ≤ 7.
CRCFUL: FIFO Full bit
1= FIFO is full
0= FIFO is not full
bit 6
CRCMPT: FIFO Empty Bit
1= FIFO is empty
0= FIFO is not empty
bit 5
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
CRCGO: Start CRC bit
1= Start CRC serial shifter
0= CRC serial shifter turned off
bit 3-0
PLEN<3:0>: Polynomial Length bits
Denotes the length of the polynomial to be generated minus 1.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 165
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 20-2: CRCXOR: CRC XOR POLYNOMIAL REGISTER
R/W-0
X15
R/W-0
X14
R/W-0
X13
R/W-0
X12
R/W-0
X11
R/W-0
X10
R/W-0
X9
R/W-0
X8
bit 15
bit 8
R/W-0
X7
R/W-0
X6
R/W-0
X5
R/W-0
X4
R/W-0
X3
R/W-0
X2
R/W-0
X1
U-0
—
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-1
bit 0
X<15:1>: XOR of Polynomial Term Xn Enable bits
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
DS39927B-page 166
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
An interrupt flag is set if the device experiences an
excursion past the trip point in the direction of change.
If the interrupt is enabled, the program execution will
branch to the interrupt vector address and the software
can then respond to the interrupt.
21.0 HIGH/LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT
(HLVD)
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information on the
High/Low-Voltage Detect, refer to the
“PIC24F Family Reference Manual”,
Section 36. “High-Level Integration
with Programmable High/Low-Voltage
Detect (HLVD)” (DS39725).
The HLVD Control register (see Register 21-1)
completely controls the operation of the HLVD module.
This allows the circuitry to be “turned off” by the user
under software control, which minimizes the current
consumption for the device.
The High/Low-Voltage Detect module (HLVD) is a
programmable circuit that allows the user to specify
both the device voltage trip point and the direction of
change.
FIGURE 21-1:
HIGH/LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT (HLVD) MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM
Externally Generated
Trip Point
VDD
VDD
HLVDL<3:0>
HLVDIN
VDIR
HLVDEN
Set
HLVDIF
Internal Voltage
Reference
1.2V Typical
HLVDEN
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 167
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 21-1: HLVDCON: HIGH/LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
U-0
—
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
HLVDEN
HLSIDL
bit 15
bit 8
R/W-0
VDIR
R/W-0
R/W-0
IRVST
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
BGVST
HLVDL3
HLVDL2
HLVDL1
HLVDL0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15
HLVDEN: High/Low-Voltage Detect Power Enable bit
1= HLVD enabled
0= HLVD disabled
bit 14
bit 13
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
HLSIDL: HLVD Stop in Idle Mode bit
1= Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode
0= Continue module operation in Idle mode
bit 12-8
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
VDIR: Voltage Change Direction Select bit
1= Event occurs when voltage equals or exceeds trip point (HLVDL<3:0>)
0= Event occurs when voltage equals or falls below trip point (HLVDL<3:0>)
bit 6
bit 5
BGVST: Band Gap Voltage Stable Flag bit
1= Indicates that the band gap voltage is stable
0= Indicates that the band gap voltage is unstable
IRVST: Internal Reference Voltage Stable Flag bit
1= Indicates that the internal reference voltage is stable and the high-voltage detect logic generates
the interrupt flag at the specified voltage range
0= Indicates that the internal reference voltage is unstable and the high-voltage detect logic will not
generate the interrupt flag at the specified voltage range, and the HLVD interrupt should not be
enabled
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0
HLVDL<3:0>: High/Low-Voltage Detection Limit bits
1111= External analog input is used (input comes from the HLVDIN pin)
1110= Trip point 1(1)
1101= Trip point 2(1)
1100= Trip point 3(1)
.
.
.
0000= Trip point 15(1)
Note 1: For actual trip point, refer to Section 29.0 “Electrical Characteristics”.
DS39927B-page 168
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
A block diagram of the A/D Converter is displayed in
Figure 22-1.
22.0 10-BIT HIGH-SPEED A/D
CONVERTER
To perform an A/D conversion:
1. Configure the A/D module:
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information on the 10-Bit
High-Speed A/D Converter, refer to the
“PIC24F Family Reference Manual”,
Section 17. “10-Bit A/D Converter”
(DS39705).
a) Configure port pins as analog inputs and/or
select band gap reference inputs
(AD1PCFG<15:13>, AD1PCFG<9:6>).
b) Select voltage reference source to match
expected range on analog inputs
(AD1CON2<15:13>).
c) Select the analog conversion clock to match
the desired data rate with the processor
clock (AD1CON3<7:0>).
The 10-bit A/D Converter has the following key
features:
• Successive Approximation (SAR) conversion
• Conversion speeds of up to 500 ksps
• 9 analog input pins
d) Select the appropriate sample/conversion
sequence
(AD1CON1<7:5>
and
AD1CON3<12:8>).
e) Select how conversion results are
presented in the buffer (AD1CON1<9:8>).
• External voltage reference input pins
• Internal band gap reference inputs
• Automatic Channel Scan mode
• Selectable conversion trigger source
• 16-word conversion result buffer
• Selectable Buffer Fill modes
f) Select interrupt rate (AD1CON2<5:2>).
g) Turn on A/D module (AD1CON1<15>).
2. Configure A/D interrupt (if required):
a) Clear the AD1IF bit.
b) Select A/D interrupt priority.
• Four result alignment options
• Operation during CPU Sleep and Idle modes
On all PIC24F16KA102 family devices, the 10-bit A/D
Converter has nine analog input pins, designated AN0
through AN5 and AN10 through AN12. In addition,
there are two analog input pins for external voltage
reference connections (VREF+ and VREF-). These
voltage reference inputs may be shared with other
analog input pins.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 169
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
FIGURE 22-1:
10-BIT HIGH-SPEED A/D CONVERTER BLOCK DIAGRAM
Internal Data Bus
16
AVDD
AVSS
VR+
VR-
VREF+
VREF-
Comparator
VINH
VINL
VR- VR+
DAC
S/H
10-Bit SAR
Conversion Logic
VINH
AN0
AN1
AN2
AN3
AN4
AN5
AN10
Data Formatting
AN1
ADC1BUF0:
ADC1BUFF
VINL
AD1CON1
AD1CON2
AD1CON3
AD1CHS
AN11
AN12
VINH
AD1PCFG
AD1CSSL
VBG
VBG/2
VINL
AN1
Sample Control
Control Logic
Conversion Control
Input MUX Control
Pin Config Control
DS39927B-page 170
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 22-1: AD1CON1: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0
ADON(1)
U-0
—
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
ADSIDL
FORM1
FORM0
bit 15
bit 8
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
ASAM
R/W-0, HSC R/W-0, HSC
SAMP DONE
bit 0
SSRC2
SSRC1
SSRC0
bit 7
Legend:
HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15
ADON: A/D Operating Mode bit(1)
1= A/D Converter module is operating
0= A/D Converter is off
bit 14
bit 13
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
ADSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit
1= Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode
0= Continue module operation in Idle mode
bit 12-10
bit 9-8
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
FORM<1:0>: Data Output Format bits
11= Signed fractional (sddd dddd dd00 0000)
10= Fractional (dddd dddd dd00 0000)
01= Signed integer (ssss sssd dddd dddd)
00= Integer (0000 00dd dddd dddd)
bit 7-5
SSRC<2:0>: Conversion Trigger Source Select bits
111= Internal counter ends sampling and starts conversion (auto-convert)
110= CTMU event ends sampling and starts conversion
101= Reserved
100= Reserved
011= Reserved
010= Timer3 compare ends sampling and starts conversion
001= Active transition on INT0 pin ends sampling and starts conversion
000= Clearing SAMP bit ends sampling and starts conversion
bit 4-3
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
ASAM: A/D Sample Auto-Start bit
1= Sampling begins immediately after last conversion completes; SAMP bit is auto-set
0= Sampling begins when SAMP bit is set
bit 1
bit 0
SAMP: A/D Sample Enable bit
1= A/D sample/hold amplifier is sampling input
0= A/D sample/hold amplifier is holding
DONE: A/D Conversion Status bit
1= A/D conversion is done
0= A/D conversion is not done
Note 1: Values of ADC1BUFn registers will not retain their values once the ADON bit is cleared. Read out the
conversion values from the buffer before disabling the module.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 171
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 22-2: AD1CON2: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 2
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
OFFCAL(1)
U-0
—
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
VCFG2
VCFG1
VCFG0
CSCNA
bit 15
bit 8
R-0, HSC
BUFS
U-0
—
R/W-0
SMPI3
R/W-0
SMPI2
R/W-0
SMPI1
R/W-0
SMPI0
R/W-0
BUFM
R/W-0
ALTS
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15-13
VCFG<2:0>: Voltage Reference Configuration bits
VCFG<2:0>
VR+
VR-
000
001
010
011
1xx
AVDD
External VREF+ pin
AVDD
AVSS
AVSS
External VREF- pin
External VREF- pin
AVSS
External VREF+ pin
AVDD
bit 12
OFFCAL: Offset Calibration bit(1)
1= Converts to get the offset calibration value
0= Converts to get the actual input value
bit 11
bit 10
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
CSCNA: Scan Input Selections for CH0+ S/H Input for MUX A Input Multiplexer Setting bit
1= Scan inputs
0= Do not scan inputs
bit 9-8
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
BUFS: Buffer Fill Status bit (valid only when BUFM = 1)
1= A/D is currently filling buffer, 08-0F, user should access data in 00-07
0= A/D is currently filling buffer, 00-07, user should access data in 08-0F
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-2
SMPI<3:0>: Sample/Convert Sequences Per Interrupt Selection bits
1111= Interrupts at the completion of conversion for each 16th sample/convert sequence
1110= Interrupts at the completion of conversion for each 15th sample/convert sequence
.
.
.
0001= Interrupts at the completion of conversion for each 2nd sample/convert sequence
0000= Interrupts at the completion of conversion for each sample/convert sequence
bit 1
bit 0
BUFM: Buffer Mode Select bit
1 = Buffer configured as two 8-word buffers (ADC1BUFn<15:8> and ADC1BUFn<7:0>)
0 = Buffer configured as one 16-word buffer (ADC1BUFn<15:0>)
ALTS: Alternate Input Sample Mode Select bit
1= Uses MUX A input multiplexer settings for first sample, then alternates between MUX B and
MUX A input multiplexer settings for all subsequent samples
0= Always uses MUX A input multiplexer settings
Note 1: When the OFFCAL bit is set, inputs are disconnected and tied to AVSS. This sets the inputs of the A/D to
zero. Then, the user can perform a conversion. Use of the Calibration mode is not affected by AD1PCFG
contents nor channel input selection. Any analog input switches are disconnected from the A/D converter
in this mode. The conversion result is stored by the user software and used to compensate subsequent
conversions. This can be done by adding the two’s complement of the result obtained with the OFFCAL bit
set to all normal A/D conversions.
DS39927B-page 172
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 22-3: AD1CON3: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 3
R/W-0
ADRC
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
SAMC4
SAMC3
SAMC2
SAMC1
SAMC0
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
ADCS5
ADCS4
ADCS3
ADCS2
ADCS1
ADCS0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15
ADRC: A/D Conversion Clock Source bit
1= A/D internal RC clock
0= Clock derived from system clock
bit 14-13
bit 12-8
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
SAMC<4:0>: Auto-Sample Time bits
11111= 31 TAD
·
·
·
00001= 1 TAD
00000= 0 TAD (not recommended)
bit 7-6
bit 5-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
ADCS<5:0>: A/D Conversion Clock Select bits
11111= 64 • TCY
11110= 63 • TCY
·
·
·
00001= 3 • TCY
00000= 2 • TCY
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 173
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
-
REGISTER 22-4: AD1CHS: A/D INPUT SELECT REGISTER
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
CH0NB
CH0SB3
CH0SB2
CH0SB1
CH0SB0
bit 15
bit 8
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
CH0NA
CH0SA4
CH0SA3
CH0SA2
CH0SA1
CH0SA0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15
CH0NB: Channel 0 Negative Input Select for MUX B Multiplexer Setting bit
1= Channel 0 negative input is AN1
0= Channel 0 negative input is VR-
bit 14-12
bit 11-8
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
CH0SB<3:0>: Channel 0 Positive Input Select for MUX B Multiplexer Setting bits
1111= Channel 0 positive input is band gap reference (VBG)
1110= Channel 0 positive input is band gap, divided by two, reference (VBG/2)
1101= No channels connected (actual ADC MUX switch activates but input floats); used for CTMU
1100= Channel 0 positive input is AN12
1011= Channel 0 positive input is AN11
1010= Channel 0 positive input is AN10
1001= Reserved
1000= Reserved
0110= AVDD
0110= AVSS
0101= Channel 0 positive input is AN5
0100= Channel 0 positive input is AN4
0010= Channel 0 positive input is AN3
0010= Channel 0 positive input is AN2
0001= Channel 0 positive input is AN1
0000= Channel 0 positive input is AN0
bit 7
CH0NA: Channel 0 Negative Input Select for MUX A Multiplexer Setting bit
1= Channel 0 negative input is AN1
0= Channel 0 negative input is VR-
bit 6-5
bit 4-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
CH0SA<4:0>: Channel 0 Positive Input Select for Sample A bits
1111= Channel 0 positive input is band gap reference (VBG)
1110= Channel 0 positive input is band gap, divided by two, reference (VBG/2)
1101= No channels connected (actual ADC MUX switch activates but input floats); used for CTMU
1100= Channel 0 positive input is AN12
1011= Channel 0 positive input is AN11
1010= Channel 0 positive input is AN10
1001= Reserved
1000= Reserved
0110= AVDD
0110= AVSS
0101= Channel 0 positive input is AN5
0100= Channel 0 positive input is AN4
0010= Channel 0 positive input is AN3
0010= Channel 0 positive input is AN2
0001= Channel 0 positive input is AN1
0000= Channel 0 positive input is AN0
DS39927B-page 174
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 22-5: AD1PCFG: A/D PORT CONFIGURATION REGISTER
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
PCFG12
PCFG11
PCFG10
bit 15
bit 8
U
-0
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
PCFG5
PCFG4
PCFG3
PCFG2
PCFG1
PCFG0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-13
bit 12-10
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
PCFG<12:10>: Analog Input Pin Configuration Control bits
1= Pin for corresponding analog channel is configured in Digital mode; I/O port read enabled
0= Pin configured in Analog mode; I/O port read disabled; A/D samples pin voltage
bit 9-6
bit 5-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
PCFG<5:0>: Analog Input Pin Configuration Control bits
1= Pin for corresponding analog channel is configured in Digital mode; I/O port read enabled
0= Pin configured in Analog mode; I/O port read disabled; A/D samples pin voltage
REGISTER 22-6: AD1CSSL: A/D INPUT SCAN SELECT REGISTER (LOW)
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
CSSL12
CSSL11
CSSL10
bit 15
bit 8
U
-0
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
CSSL5
CSSL4
CSSL3
CSSL2
CSSL1
CSSL0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-13
bit 12-10
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
CSSL<12:10>: A/D Input Pin Scan Selection bits
1= Corresponding analog channel selected for input scan
0= Analog channel omitted from input scan
bit 9-6
bit 5-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
CSSL<5:0>: A/D Input Pin Scan Selection bits
1= Corresponding analog channel selected for input scan
0= Analog channel omitted from input scan
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 175
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
EQUATION 22-1: A/D CONVERSION CLOCK PERIOD(1)
TAD
TCY
ADCS =
– 1
TAD = TCY • (ADCS + 1)
Note 1: Based on TCY = 2 * TOSC; Doze mode and PLL are disabled.
FIGURE 22-2:
10-BIT A/D CONVERTER ANALOG INPUT MODEL
VDD
RIC ≤ 250W
Sampling
RSS ≤ 5 kΩ (Typical)
Switch
VT = 0.6V
ANx
RSS
Rs
CHOLD
= DAC capacitance
= 4.4 pF (Typical)
VA
CPIN
6-11 pF
ILEAKAGE
±500 nA
VT = 0.6V
(Typical)
VSS
Legend: CPIN
VT
= Input Capacitance
= Threshold Voltage
ILEAKAGE = Leakage Current at the pin due to
various junctions
RIC
= Interconnect Resistance
RSS
= Sampling Switch Resistance
= Sample/Hold Capacitance (from DAC)
CHOLD
Note:
CPIN value depends on device package and is not tested. Effect of CPIN negligible if Rs ≤ 5 kΩ.
DS39927B-page 176
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
FIGURE 22-3:
A/D TRANSFER FUNCTION
Output Code
(Binary (Decimal))
11 1111 1111(1023)
11 1111 1110(1022)
10 0000 0011(515)
10 0000 0010(514)
10 0000 0001(513)
10 0000 0000(512)
01 1111 1111(511)
01 1111 1110(510)
01 1111 1101(509)
00 0000 0001(1)
00 0000 0000(0)
Voltage Level
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 177
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39927B-page 178
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
The comparator outputs may be directly connected to
the CxOUT pins. When the respective COE equals ‘1’,
the I/O pad logic makes the unsynchronized output of
the comparator available on the pin.
23.0 COMPARATOR MODULE
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information on the
Comparator module, refer to the “PIC24F
Family Reference Manual”, Section 19.
“Comparator Module” (DS39710).
A simplified block diagram of the module is displayed in
Figure 23-1. Diagrams of the possible individual
comparator
Figure 23-2.
configurations
are
displayed
in
Each comparator has its own control register,
CMxCON (Register 23-1), for enabling and configuring
its operation. The output and event status of all three
comparators is provided in the CMSTAT register
(Register 23-2).
The comparator module provides two dual input
comparators. The inputs to the comparator can be
configured to use any one of four external analog
inputs, as well as a voltage reference input from either
the internal band gap reference divided by 2 (VBG/2) or
the comparator voltage reference generator.
FIGURE 23-1:
COMPARATOR MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM
CCH<1:0>
CREF
EVPOL<1:0>
CEVT
COUT
Trigger/Interrupt
Logic
CXINB
CXINC
CXIND
VBG/2
COE
CPOL
Input
Select
Logic
VIN-
C1
VIN+
C1OUT
Pin
EVPOL<1:0>
CPOL
CEVT
COUT
Trigger/Interrupt
Logic
COE
CXINA
CVREF
VIN-
C2
VIN+
C2OUT
Pin
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 179
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
FIGURE 23-2:
INDIVIDUAL COMPARATOR CONFIGURATIONS
Comparator Off
CON = 0, CREF = x, CCH<1:0> = xx
COE
VIN-
-
Cx
VIN+
Off (Read as ‘0’)
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator CxINB > CxINA Compare
Comparator CxINC > CxINA Compare
CON = 1, CREF = 0, CCH<1:0> = 00
CON = 1, CREF = 0, CCH<1:0> = 01
COE
COE
VIN-
VIN-
-
-
CXINB
CXINA
CXINC
CXINA
Cx
Cx
VIN+
VIN+
CxOUT
Pin
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator VBG > CxINA Compare
Comparator CxIND > CxINA Compare
CON = 1, CREF = 0, CCH<1:0> = 11
CON = 1, CREF = 0, CCH<1:0> = 10
COE
COE
COE
COE
VIN-
VIN-
-
-
VBG/2
CXINA
CXIND
Cx
Cx
VIN+
VIN+
CXINA
CxOUT
Pin
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator CxINB > CVREF Compare
CON = 1, CREF = 1, CCH<1:0> = 00
Comparator CxINC > CVREF Compare
CON = 1, CREF = 1, CCH<1:0> = 01
COE
VIN-
VIN-
-
-
CXINB
CXINC
CVREF
Cx
Cx
VIN+
VIN+
CVREF
CxOUT
Pin
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator CxIND > CVREF Compare
CON = 1, CREF = 1, CCH<1:0> = 10
Comparator VBG > CVREF Compare
CON = 1, CREF = 1, CCH<1:0> = 11
COE
VIN-
VIN-
-
-
CXIND
CVREF
VBG/2
Cx
Cx
VIN+
VIN+
CVREF
CxOUT
Pin
CxOUT
Pin
DS39927B-page 180
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 23-1: CMxCON: COMPARATOR x CONTROL REGISTERS
R/W-0
CON
R/W-0
COE
R/W-0
CPOL
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
CEVT
R-0
CLPWR
COUT
bit 15
bit 8
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
R/W-0
CREF
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-0
CCH1
R/W-0
CCH0
EVPOL1
EVPOL0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15
bit 14
bit 13
bit 12
CON: Comparator Enable bit
1= Comparator is enabled
0= Comparator is disabled
COE: Comparator Output Enable bit
1= Comparator output is present on the CxOUT pin
0= Comparator output is internal only
CPOL: Comparator Output Polarity Select bit
1= Comparator output is inverted
0= Comparator output is not inverted
CLPWR: Comparator Low-Power Mode Select bit
1= Comparator operates in Low-Power mode
0= Comparator does not operate in Low-Power mode
bit 11-10
bit 9
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
CEVT: Comparator Event bit
1= Comparator event defined by EVPOL<1:0> has occurred; subsequent triggers and interrupts are
disabled until the bit is cleared
0= Comparator event has not occurred
bit 8
COUT: Comparator Output bit
When CPOL = 0:
1= VIN+ > VIN-
0= VIN+ < VIN-
When CPOL = 1:
1= VIN+ < VIN-
0= VIN+ > VIN-
bit 7-6
EVPOL<1:0>: Trigger/Event/Interrupt Polarity Select bits
11= Trigger/event/interrupt generated on any change of the comparator output (while CEVT = 0)
10= Trigger/event/interrupt generated on transition of the comparator output:
If CPOL = 0 (non-inverted polarity):
High-to-low transition only.
If CPOL = 1 (inverted polarity):
Low-to-high transition only.
01= Trigger/event/interrupt generated on transition of comparator output:
If CPOL = 0 (non-inverted polarity):
Low-to-high transition only.
If CPOL = 1 (inverted polarity):
High-to-low transition only.
00= Trigger/event/interrupt generation is disabled
bit 5
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
CREF: Comparator Reference Select bits (non-inverting input)
1= Non-inverting input connects to internal CVREF voltage
0= Non-inverting input connects to CxINA pin
bit 3-2
bit 1-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
CCH<1:0>: Comparator Channel Select bits
11= Inverting input of comparator connects to VBG/2
10= Inverting input of comparator connects to CxIND pin
01= Inverting input of comparator connects to CxINC pin
00= Inverting input of comparator connects to CxINB pin
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 181
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 23-2: CMSTAT: COMPARATOR MODULE STATUS REGISTER
R/W-0
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R-0, HSC
C2EVT
R-0, HSC
C1EVT
CMIDL
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R-0, HSC
C2OUT
R-0, HSC
C1OUT
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15
CMIDL: Comparator Stop in Idle Mode bit
1= Discontinue operation of all comparators when device enters Idle mode
0= Continue operation of all enabled comparators in Idle mode
bit 14-10
bit 9
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
C2EVT: Comparator 2 Event Status bit (read-only)
Shows the current event status of Comparator 2 (CM2CON<9>).
C1EVT: Comparator 1 Event Status bit (read-only)
Shows the current event status of Comparator 1 (CM1CON<9>).
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 8
bit 7-2
bit 1
C2OUT: Comparator 2 Output Status bit (read-only)
Shows the current output of Comparator 2 (CM2CON<8>).
C1OUT: Comparator 1 Output Status bit (read-only)
Shows the current output of Comparator 1 (CM1CON<8>).
bit 0
DS39927B-page 182
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
24.1 Configuring the Comparator
Voltage Reference
24.0 COMPARATOR VOLTAGE
REFERENCE
The comparator voltage reference module is controlled
through the CVRCON register (Register 24-1). The
comparator voltage reference provides two ranges of
output voltage, each with 16 distinct levels. The range
to be used is selected by the CVRR bit (CVRCON<5>).
The primary difference between the ranges is the size
of the steps selected by the CVREF Selection bits
(CVR<3:0>), with one range offering finer resolution.
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be
a
comprehensive
reference source. For more information
on the Comparator Voltage Reference,
refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference
Manual”, Section 20. “Comparator
Voltage
Reference
Module”
(DS39709).
The comparator reference supply voltage can come
from either VDD and VSS, or the external VREF+ and
VREF-. The voltage source is selected by the CVRSS bit
(CVRCON<4>).
The settling time of the comparator voltage reference
must be considered when changing the CVREF output.
FIGURE 24-1:
COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE BLOCK DIAGRAM
CVRSS = 1
VREF+
AVDD
8R
CVRSS = 0
CVR<3:0>
R
CVREN
R
R
R
16 Steps
CVREF
R
R
R
CVRR
VREF-
8R
CVRSS = 1
CVRSS = 0
AVSS
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 183
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 24-1: CVRCON: COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE CONTROL REGISTER
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 15
bit 8
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
CVRR
R/W-0
R/W-0
CVR3
R/W-0
CVR2
R/W-0
CVR1
R/W-0
CVR0
CVREN
CVROE
CVRSS
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15-8
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
CVREN: Comparator Voltage Reference Enable bit
1= CVREF circuit powered on
0= CVREF circuit powered down
bit 6
CVROE: Comparator VREF Output Enable bit
1= CVREF voltage level is output on CVREF pin
0= CVREF voltage level is disconnected from CVREF pin
bit 5
CVRR: Comparator VREF Range Selection bit
1= CVRSRC range should be 0 to 0.625 CVRSRC with CVRSRC/24 step size
0= CVRSRC range should be 0.25 to 0.719 CVRSRC with CVRSRC/32 step size
bit 4
CVRSS: Comparator VREF Source Selection bit
1= Comparator reference source CVRSRC = VREF+ – VREF-
0= Comparator reference source CVRSRC = AVDD – AVSS
bit 3-0
CVR3:CVR0: Comparator VREF Value Selection 0 ≤ CVR<3:0> ≤ 15 bits
When CVRR = 1 and CVRSS = 0:
CVREF = (CVR<3:0>/24) * (CVRSRC)
When CVRR = 0 and CVRSS = 0:
CVREF = 1/4 (CVRSRC) + (CVR<3:0>/32) * (CVRSRC)
When CVRR = 1 and CVRSS = 1:
CVREF = ((CVR<3:0>/24) * (CVRSRC)) + VREF-
When CVRR = 0 and CVRSS = 1:
CVREF = (1/4 (CVRSRC) + (CVR<3:0>/32) * (CVRSRC)) + VREF-
DS39927B-page 184
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
25.1 Measuring Capacitance
25.0 CHARGE TIME
MEASUREMENT UNIT (CTMU)
The CTMU module measures capacitance by
generating an output pulse with a width equal to the
time between edge events on two separate input
channels. The pulse edge events to both input
channels can be selected from four sources: two
internal peripheral modules (OC1 and Timer1) and two
external pins (CTEDG1 and CTEDG2). This pulse is
used with the module’s precision current source to
calculate capacitance according to the relationship:
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information on the
Charge Measurement Unit, refer to the
“PIC24F Family Reference Manual”,
Section 11. “CTMU” (DS39724).
The Charge Time Measurement Unit (CTMU) is a
flexible analog module that provides charge measure-
ment, accurate differential time measurement between
pulse sources and asynchronous pulse generation. Its
key features include:
dV
C = I ⋅ ------
dT
For capacitance measurements, the A/D Converter
samples an external capacitor (CAPP) on one of its
input channels after the CTMU output’s pulse. A
precision resistor (RPR) provides current source
calibration on a second A/D channel. After the pulse
ends, the converter determines the voltage on the
capacitor. The actual calculation of capacitance is
performed in software by the application.
• Four edge input trigger sources
• Polarity control for each edge source
• Control of edge sequence
• Control of response to edges
• Time measurement resolution of one nanosecond
• Accurate current source suitable for capacitive
measurement
Figure 25-1 displays the external connections used for
capacitance measurements, and how the CTMU and
A/D modules are related in this application. This
example also shows the edge events coming from
Timer1, but other configurations using external edge
Together with other on-chip analog modules, the CTMU
can be used to precisely measure time, measure
capacitance, measure relative changes in capacitance,
or generate output pulses that are independent of the
system clock. The CTMU module is ideal for interfacing
with capacitive-based touch sensors.
sources are possible.
A detailed discussion on
measuring capacitance and time with the CTMU
module is provided in the “PIC24F Family Reference
Manual”.
The CTMU is controlled through two registers,
CTMUCON and CTMUICON. CTMUCON enables the
module, and controls edge source selection, edge
source polarity selection, and edge sequencing. The
CTMUICON register selects the current range of
current source and trims the current.
FIGURE 25-1:
TYPICAL CONNECTIONS AND INTERNAL CONFIGURATION FOR
CAPACITANCE MEASUREMENT
PIC24F Device
Timer1
CTMU
EDG1
EDG2
Current Source
Output
Pulse
A/D Converter
ANx
ANY
CAPP
RPR
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 185
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
When the module is configured for pulse generation
delay by setting the TGEN bit (CTMUCON<12>), the
internal current source is connected to the B input of
Comparator 2. A capacitor (CDELAY) is connected to
the Comparator 2 pin, C2INB, and the comparator
voltage reference, CVREF, is connected to C2INA.
CVREF is then configured for a specific trip point. The
module begins to charge CDELAY when an edge event
is detected. When CDELAY charges above the CVREF
trip point, a pulse is output on CTPLS. The length of the
pulse delay is determined by the value of CDELAY and
the CVREF trip point.
25.2 Measuring Time
Time measurements on the pulse width can be similarly
performed using the A/D module’s internal capacitor
(CAD) and a precision resistor for current calibration.
Figure 25-2 displays the external connections used for
time measurements, and how the CTMU and A/D
modules are related in this application. This example
also shows both edge events coming from the external
CTEDG pins, but other configurations using internal
edge sources are possible.
25.3 Pulse Generation and Delay
Figure 25-3 shows the external connections for pulse
generation, as well as the relationship of the different
analog modules required. While CTEDG1 is shown as
the input pulse source, other options are available. A
detailed discussion on pulse generation with the CTMU
module is provided in the “PIC24F Family Reference
Manual”.
The CTMU module can also generate an output pulse
with edges that are not synchronous with the device’s
system clock. More specifically, it can generate a pulse
with a programmable delay from an edge event input to
the module.
FIGURE 25-2:
TYPICAL CONNECTIONS AND INTERNAL CONFIGURATION FOR TIME
MEASUREMENT
PIC24F Device
CTMU
CTEDG1
CTEDG2
EDG1
EDG2
Current Source
Output Pulse
A/D Converter
ANx
RPR
CAD
FIGURE 25-3:
TYPICAL CONNECTIONS AND INTERNAL CONFIGURATION FOR PULSE
DELAY GENERATION
PIC24F Device
CTMU
CTEDG1
EDG1
CTPLS
Current Source
Comparator
-
C2INB
C2
CDELAY
CVREF
DS39927B-page 186
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 25-1: CTMUCON: CTMU CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
U-0
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
TGEN
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
CTMUEN
CTMUSIDL
EDGEN
EDGSEQEN
IDISSEN
CTTRIG
bit 15
bit 8
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
EDG2POL
EDG2SEL1 EDG2SEL0
EDG1POL
EDG1SEL1 EDG1SEL0 EDG2STAT EDG1STAT
bit 0
bit 7
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 15
CTMUEN: CTMU Enable bit
1= Module is enabled
0= Module is disabled
bit 14
bit 13
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
CTMUSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit
1= Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode
0= Continue module operation in Idle mode
bit 12
bit 10
bit 10
bit 9
TGEN: Time Generation Enable bit
1= Enables edge delay generation
0= Disables edge delay generation
EDGEN: Edge Enable bit
1= Edges are not blocked
0= Edges are blocked
EDGSEQEN: Edge Sequence Enable bit
1= Edge 1 event must occur before Edge 2 event can occur
0= No edge sequence is needed
IDISSEN: Analog Current Source Control bit
1= Analog current source output is grounded
0= Analog current source output is not grounded
bit 8
CTTRIG: Trigger Control bit
1= Trigger output is enabled
0= Trigger output is disabled
bit 7
EDG2POL: Edge 2 Polarity Select bit
1= Edge 2 programmed for a positive edge response
0= Edge 2 programmed for a negative edge response
bit 6-5
EDG2SEL<1:0>: Edge 2 Source Select bits
11= CTED1 pin
10= CTED2 pin
01= OC1 module
00= Timer1 module
bit 4
EDG1POL: Edge 1 Polarity Select bit
1= Edge 1 programmed for a positive edge response
0= Edge 1 programmed for a negative edge response
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 187
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 25-1: CTMUCON: CTMU CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED)
bit 3-2
EDG1SEL<1:0>: Edge 1 Source Select bits
11= CTED1 pin
10= CTED2 pin
01= OC1 module
00= Timer1 module
bit 1
bit 0
EDG2STAT: Edge 2 Status bit
1= Edge 2 event has occurred
0= Edge 2 event has not occurred
EDG1STAT: Edge 1 Status bit
1= Edge 1 event has occurred
0= Edge 1 event has not occurred
REGISTER 25-2: CTMUICON: CTMU CURRENT CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
IRNG1
R/W-0
IRNG0
ITRIM5
ITRIM4
ITRIM3
ITRIM2
ITRIM1
ITRIM0
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 15-10
ITRIM<5:0>: Current Source Trim bits
011111= Maximum positive change from nominal current
011110
.
.
.
000001= Minimum positive change from nominal current
000000= Nominal current output specified by IRNG<1:0>
111111= Minimum negative change from nominal current
.
.
.
100010
100001= Maximum negative change from nominal current
bit 9-8
bit 7-0
IRNG<1:0>: Current Source Range Select bits
11= 100 × Base current
10= 10 × Base current
01= Base current level (0.55 μA nominal)
00= Current source disabled
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
DS39927B-page 188
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
26.1 Configuration Bits
26.0 SPECIAL FEATURES
The Configuration bits can be programmed (read as ‘0’),
or left unprogrammed (read as ‘1’), to select various
device configurations. These bits are mapped starting at
program memory location, F80000h. A complete list is
provided in Table 26-1. A detailed explanation of the
various bit functions is provided in Register 26-1 through
Register 26-8.
Note:
This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information on the
Watchdog Timer, High-Level Device
Integration and Programming Diagnostics,
refer to the individual sections of the
“PIC24F Family Reference Manual”
provided below:
The address, F80000h, is beyond the user program
memory space. In fact, it belongs to the configuration
memory space (800000h-FFFFFFh), which can only be
accessed using table reads and table writes.
•
Section 9. “Watchdog Timer (WDT)”
(DS39697)
•
Section 36. “High-Level Integration
with Programmable High/Low-Voltage
Detect (HLVD)” (DS39725)
TABLE 26-1: CONFIGURATIONREGISTERS
LOCATIONS
•
Section 33. “Programming and
Diagnostics” (DS39716)
Configuration
Address
Register
FBS
F80000
F80004
F80006
F80008
F8000A
F8000C
F8000E
F80010
PIC24F16KA102 family devices include several
features intended to maximize application flexibility and
reliability, and minimize cost through elimination of
external components. These are:
FGS
FOSCSEL
FOSC
FWDT
FPOR
FICD
• Flexible Configuration
• Watchdog Timer (WDT)
• Code Protection
• In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™)
• In-Circuit Emulation
FDS
REGISTER 26-1: FBS: BOOT SEGMENT CONFIGURATION REGISTER
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/W-1
BSS2
R/W-1
BSS1
R/W-1
BSS0
R/W-1
BWRP
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-4
bit 3-1
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
BSS<2:0>: Boot Segment Program Flash Code Protection bits
111= No boot program Flash segment
011= Reserved
110= Standard security, boot program Flash segment starts at 200h, ends at 000AFEh
010= High security boot program Flash segment starts at 200h, ends at 000AFEh
101= Standard security, boot program Flash segment starts at 200h, ends at 0015FEh(1)
001= High security, boot program Flash segment starts at 200h, ends at 0015FEh(1)
100= Reserved
000= Reserved
bit 0
BWRP: Boot Segment Program Flash Write Protection bit
1= Boot segment may be written
0= Boot segment is write-protected
Note 1: This selection should not be used in PIC24F08KA1XX devices.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 189
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 26-2: FGS: GENERAL SEGMENT CONFIGURATION REGISTER
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/C-1
GSS0
R/C-1
GWRP
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
C = Clearable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-2
bit 1
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
GSS0: General Segment Code Flash Code Protection bit
1= No protection
0= Standard security enabled
bit 0
GWRP: General Segment Code Flash Write Protection bit
1= General segment may be written
0= General segment is write-protected
REGISTER 26-3: FOSCSEL: OSCILLATOR SELECTION CONFIGURATION REGISTER
R/P-1
IESO
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
FNOSC2
FNOSC1
FNOSC0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
P = Programmable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
IESO: Internal External Switchover bit
1= Internal External Switchover mode enabled (Two-Speed Start-up enabled)
0= Internal External Switchover mode disabled (Two-Speed Start-up disabled)
bit 6-3
bit 2-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
FNOSC<2:0>: Oscillator Selection bits
000= Fast RC oscillator (FRC)
001= Fast RC oscillator with divide-by-N with PLL module (FRCDIV+PLL)
010= Primary oscillator (XT, HS, EC)
011= Primary oscillator with PLL module (HS+PLL, EC+PLL)
100= Secondary oscillator (SOSC)
101= Low-Power RC oscillator (LPRC)
110= 500 kHz Low-Power FRC oscillator with divide-by-N (LPFRCDIV)
111= 8 MHz FRC oscillator with divide-by-N (FRCDIV)
DS39927B-page 190
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 26-4: FOSC: OSCILLATOR CONFIGURATION REGISTER
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
POSCMD0
bit 0
FCKSM1
FCKSM0
SOSCSEL POSCFREQ1 POSCFREQ0 OSCIOFNC POSCMD1
bit 7
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 7-6
FCKSM<1:0>: Clock Switching and Monitor Selection Configuration bits
1x= Clock switching is disabled, Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is disabled
01= Clock switching is enabled, Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is disabled
00= Clock switching is enabled, Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is enabled
bit 5
SOSCSEL: Secondary Oscillator Select Bit
1= Secondary oscillator configured for high-power operation
0= Secondary oscillator configured for low-power operation
bit 4-3
POSCFREQ<1:0>: Primary Oscillator Frequency Range Configuration bits
11= Primary oscillator/external clock input frequency greater than 8 MHz
10= Primary oscillator/external clock input frequency between 100 kHz and 8 MHz
01= Primary oscillator/external clock input frequency less than 100 kHz
00= Reserved; do not use
bit 2
OSCIOFNC: CLKO Enable Configuration bit
1= CLKO output signal active on the OSCO pin; primary oscillator must be disabled or configured for
the External Clock mode (EC) for the CLKO to be active (POSCMD<1:0> = 11or 00)
0= CLKO output disabled
bit 1-0
POSCMD<1:0>: Primary Oscillator Configuration bits
11= Primary oscillator disabled
10= HS oscillator mode selected
01= XT oscillator mode selected
00= External clock mode selected
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 191
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 26-5: FWDT: WATCHDOG TIMER CONFIGURATION REGISTER
R/P-1
R/P-1
U-0
—
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
FWDTEN
WINDIS
FWPSA
WDTPS3
WDTPS2
WDTPS1
WDTPS0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 7
bit 6
FWDTEN: Watchdog Timer Enable bit
1= WDT enabled
0= WDT disabled (control is placed on the SWDTEN bit)
WINDIS: Windowed Watchdog Timer Disable bit
1= Standard WDT selected; windowed WDT disabled
0= Windowed WDT enabled
bit 5
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
FWPSA: WDT Prescaler bit
1= WDT prescaler ratio of 1:128
0= WDT prescaler ratio of 1:32
bit 3-0
WDTPS<3:0>: Watchdog Timer Postscale Select bits
1111= 1:32,768
1110= 1:16,384
1101= 1:8,192
1100= 1:4,096
1011= 1:2,048
1010= 1:1,024
1001= 1:512
1000= 1:256
0111= 1:128
0110= 1:64
0101= 1:32
0100= 1:16
0011= 1:8
0010= 1:4
0001= 1:2
0000= 1:1
DS39927B-page 192
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 26-6: FPOR: RESET CONFIGURATION REGISTER
R/P-1
MCLRE(2)
bit 7
R/P-1
BORV1(3)
R/P-1
BORV0(3)
R/P-1
I2C1SEL(1)
R/P-1
U-0
—
R/P-1
R/P-1
PWRTEN
BOREN1
BOREN0
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
P = Programmable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
MCLRE: MCLR Pin Enable bit(2)
1= MCLR pin enabled; RA5 input pin disabled
0= RA5 input pin enabled; MCLR disabled
bit 6-5
BORV<1:0>: Brown-out Reset Enable bits(3)
11= Brown-out Reset set to lowest voltage
10= Brown-out Reset
01= Brown-out Reset set to highest voltage
00= Low-power Brown-out Reset occurs around 2.0V
bit 4
bit 3
I2C1SEL: Alternate I2C1 Pin Mapping bit(1)
0= Alternate location for SCL1/SDA1 pins
1= Default location for SCL1/SDA1 pins
PWRTEN: Power-up Timer Enable bit
0= PWRT disabled
1= PWRT enabled
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1-0
BOREN<1:0>: Brown-out Reset Enable bits
11= Brown-out Reset enabled in hardware; SBOREN bit disabled
10= Brown-out Reset enabled only while device is active and disabled in Sleep; SBOREN bit disabled
01= Brown-out Reset controlled with the SBOREN bit setting
00= Brown-out Reset disabled in hardware; SBOREN bit disabled
Note 1: Applies only to 28-pin devices.
2: The MCLRE fuse can only be changed when using the VPP-Based ICSP™ mode entry. This prevents a
user from accidentally locking out the device from the low-voltage test entry.
3: Refer to the electrical specifications for BOR voltages.
REGISTER 26-7: FICD: IN-CIRCUIT DEBUGGER CONFIGURATION REGISTER
R/P-1
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R/P-1
R/P-1
DEBUG
FICD1
FICD0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
P = Programmable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
DEBUG: Background Debugger Enable bit
1= Background debugger disabled
0= Background debugger functions enabled
bit 6-2
bit 1-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
FICD<1:0:> ICD Pin Select bits
11= PGC1/PGD1 are used for programming and debugging the device
10= PGC2/PGD2 are used for programming and debugging the device
01= PGC3/PGD3 are used for programming and debugging the device
00= Reserved; do not use
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 193
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 26-8: FDS: DEEP SLEEP CONFIGURATION REGISTER
R/P-1
DSWDTEN
bit 7
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
DSLPBOR
RTCCKSEL DSWCKSEL DSWDTPS3 DSWDTPS2 DSWDTPS1 DSWDTPS0
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
P = Programmable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3-0
DSWDTEN: Deep Sleep Watchdog Timer Enable bit
1= DSWDT enabled
0= DSWDT disabled
DSLPBOR: Deep Sleep/Low-Power BOR Enable bit (does not affect operation in non Deep Sleep modes)
1= Deep Sleep BOR enabled in Deep Sleep
0= Deep Sleep BOR disabled in Deep Sleep
RTCCKSEL: RTCC Reference Clock Select bit
1= RTCC uses SOSC as reference clock
0= RTCC uses LPRC as reference clock
DSWCKSEL: DSWDT Reference Clock Select bit
1= DSWDT uses LPRC as reference clock
0= DSWDT uses SOSC as reference clock
DSWDTPS<3:0>: Deep Sleep Watchdog Timer Postscale Select bits
The DSWDT prescaler is 32; this creates an approximate base time unit of 1 ms.
1111= 1:2,147,483,648 (25.7 days) nominal
1110= 1:536,870,912 (6.4 days) nominal
1101= 1:134,217,728 (38.5 hours) nominal
1100= 1:33,554,432 (9.6 hours) nominal
1011= 1:8,388,608 (2.4 hours) nominal
1010= 1:2,097,152 (36 minutes) nominal
1001= 1:524,288 (9 minutes) nominal
1000= 1:131,072 (135 seconds) nominal
0111= 1:32,768 (34 seconds) nominal
0110= 1:8,192 (8.5 seconds) nominal
0101= 1:2,048 (2.1 seconds) nominal
0100= 1:512 (528 ms) nominal
0011= 1:128 (132 ms) nominal
0010= 1:32 (33 ms) nominal
0001= 1:8 (8.3 ms) nominal
0000= 1:2 (2.1 ms) nominal
DS39927B-page 194
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
REGISTER 26-9: DEVID: DEVICE ID REGISTER
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 23
bit 16
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
FAMID7
FAMID6
FAMID5
FAMID4
FAMID3
FAMID2
FAMID1
FAMID0
bit 15
bit 8
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
DEV7
DEV6
DEV5
DEV4
DEV3
DEV2
DEV1
DEV0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
-n = Value at POR
bit 23-16
bit 15-8
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
FAMID<7:0>: Device Family Identifier bits
00001011= PIC24F16KA102 family
DEV<7:0>: Individual Device Identifier bits
bit 7-0
00000011= PIC24F16KA102
00001010= PIC24F08KA102
00000001= PIC24F16KA101
00001000= PIC24F08KA101
REGISTER 26-10: DEVREV: DEVICE REVISION REGISTER
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 23
bit 16
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
bit 15
bit 8
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
R
R
R
R
REV3
REV2
REV1
REV0
bit 0
bit 7
Legend:
R = Readable bit
-n = Value at POR
W = Writable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 23-4
bit 3-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
REV<3:0>: Minor Revision Identifier bits
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 195
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
executed. The corresponding SLEEP or IDLE bits
(RCON<3:2>) will need to be cleared in software after
the device wakes up.
26.2 Watchdog Timer (WDT)
For the PIC24F16KA102 family of devices, the WDT is
driven by the LPRC oscillator. When the WDT is
enabled, the clock source is also enabled.
The WDT Flag bit, WDTO (RCON<4>), is not
automatically cleared following a WDT time-out. To
detect subsequent WDT events, the flag must be
cleared in software.
The nominal WDT clock source from LPRC is 31 kHz.
This feeds a prescaler that can be configured for either
5-bit (divide-by-32) or 7-bit (divide-by-128) operation.
The prescaler is set by the FWPSA Configuration bit.
With a 31 kHz input, the prescaler yields a nominal
WDT time-out period (TWDT) of 1 ms in 5-bit mode or
4 ms in 7-bit mode.
Note:
The CLRWDT and PWRSAV instructions
clear the prescaler and postscaler counts
when executed.
26.2.1
WINDOWED OPERATION
A variable postscaler divides down the WDT prescaler
output and allows for a wide range of time-out periods.
The postscaler is controlled by the Configuration bits,
WDTPS<3:0> (FWDT<3:0>), which allow the selection
of a total of 16 settings, from 1:1 to 1:32,768. Using the
prescaler and postscaler, time-out periods ranging from
1 ms to 131 seconds can be achieved.
The Watchdog Timer has an optional Fixed Window
mode of operation. In this Windowed mode, CLRWDT
instructions can only reset the WDT during the last 1/4
of the programmed WDT period. A CLRWDTinstruction
executed before that window causes a WDT Reset,
similar to a WDT time-out.
Windowed WDT mode is enabled by programming the
The WDT, prescaler and postscaler are reset:
Configuration bit, WINDIS (FWDT<6>), to ‘0’.
• On any device Reset
• On the completion of a clock switch, whether
invoked by software (i.e., setting the OSWEN bit
after changing the NOSC bits) or by hardware
(i.e., Fail-Safe Clock Monitor)
• When a PWRSAVinstruction is executed
(i.e., Sleep or Idle mode is entered)
• When the device exits Sleep or Idle mode to
resume normal operation
• By a CLRWDTinstruction during normal execution
26.2.2
CONTROL REGISTER
The WDT is enabled or disabled by the FWDTEN
Configuration bit. When the FWDTEN Configuration bit
is set, the WDT is always enabled.
The WDT can be optionally controlled in software when
the FWDTEN Configuration bit has been programmed
to ‘0’. The WDT is enabled in software by setting the
SWDTEN control bit (RCON<5>). The SWDTEN
control bit is cleared on any device Reset. The software
WDT option allows the user to enable the WDT for
critical code segments and disable the WDT during
non-critical segments for maximum power savings.
If the WDT is enabled, it will continue to run during
Sleep or Idle modes. When the WDT time-out occurs,
the device will wake the device and code execution will
continue from where the PWRSAV instruction was
FIGURE 26-1:
WDT BLOCK DIAGRAM
SWDTEN
FWDTEN
LPRC Control
Wake from Sleep
FWPSA
WDTPS<3:0>
Prescaler
(5-Bit/7-Bit)
WDT
Counter
Postscaler
1:1 to 1:32.768
WDT Overflow
Reset
LPRC Input
31 kHz
1 ms/4 ms
All Device Resets
Transition to
New Clock Source
Exit Sleep or
Idle Mode
CLRWDTInstr.
PWRSAVInstr.
Sleep or Idle Mode
DS39927B-page 196
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
26.3 Deep Sleep Watchdog Timer
(DSWDT)
26.5 In-Circuit Serial Programming
PIC24F16KA102 family microcontrollers can be
serially programmed while in the end application circuit.
This is simply done with two lines for clock (PGCx) and
data (PGDx) and three other lines for power, ground
and the programming voltage. This allows customers to
manufacture boards with unprogrammed devices and
then program the microcontroller just before shipping
the product. This also allows the most recent firmware
or a custom firmware to be programmed.
In PIC24F16KA102 family devices, in addition to the
WDT module, a DSWDT module is present which runs
while the device is in Deep Sleep, if enabled. It is
driven by either the SOSC or LPRC oscillator. The
clock source is selected by the Configuration bit,
DSWCKSEL (FDS<4>).
The DSWDT can be configured to generate a time-out
at 2.1 ms to 25.7 days by selecting the respective
postscaler. The postscaler can be selected by the
Configuration bits, DSWDTPS<3:0> (FDS<3:0>).
When the DSWDT is enabled, the clock source is also
enabled.
26.6 In-Circuit Debugger
When MPLAB® ICD 2 is selected as a debugger, the
in-circuit debugging functionality is enabled. This
function allows simple debugging functions when used
with MPLAB IDE. Debugging functionality is controlled
through the EMUCx (Emulation/Debug Clock) and
EMUDx (Emulation/Debug Data) pins.
DSWDT is one of the sources that can wake-up the
device from Deep Sleep mode.
26.4 Program Verification and
Code Protection
To use the in-circuit debugger function of the device,
the design must implement ICSP connections to
MCLR, VDD, VSS, PGCx, PGDx and the
EMUDx/EMUCx pin pair. In addition, when the feature
is enabled, some of the resources are not available for
general use. These resources include the first 80 bytes
of data RAM and two I/O pins.
For all devices in the PIC24F16KA102 family, code
protection for the boot segment is controlled by the
Configuration bit, BSS0, and the general segment by
the Configuration bit, GSS0. These bits inhibit external
reads and writes to the program memory space; this
has no direct effect in normal execution mode.
Write protection is controlled by bit, BWRP, for the boot
segment and bit, GWRP, for the general segment in the
Configuration Word. When these bits are programmed
to ‘0’, internal write and erase operations to program
memory are blocked.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 197
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39927B-page 198
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
27.1 MPLAB Integrated Development
Environment Software
27.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT
The PIC® microcontrollers are supported with a full
range of hardware and software development tools:
The MPLAB IDE software brings an ease of software
development previously unseen in the 8/16-bit micro-
controller market. The MPLAB IDE is a Windows®
operating system-based application that contains:
• Integrated Development Environment
- MPLAB® IDE Software
• Assemblers/Compilers/Linkers
- MPASMTM Assembler
• A single graphical interface to all debugging tools
- Simulator
- MPLAB C18 and MPLAB C30 C Compilers
- MPLINKTM Object Linker/
MPLIBTM Object Librarian
- Programmer (sold separately)
- Emulator (sold separately)
- In-Circuit Debugger (sold separately)
• A full-featured editor with color-coded context
• A multiple project manager
- MPLAB ASM30 Assembler/Linker/Library
• Simulators
- MPLAB SIM Software Simulator
• Emulators
• Customizable data windows with direct edit of
contents
- MPLAB ICE 2000 In-Circuit Emulator
- MPLAB REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator
• In-Circuit Debugger
• High-level source code debugging
• Visual device initializer for easy register
initialization
- MPLAB ICD 2
• Mouse over variable inspection
• Device Programmers
• Drag and drop variables from source to watch
windows
- PICSTART® Plus Development Programmer
- MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer
- PICkit™ 2 Development Programmer
• Extensive on-line help
• Integration of select third party tools, such as
HI-TECH Software C Compilers and IAR
C Compilers
• Low-Cost Demonstration and Development
Boards and Evaluation Kits
The MPLAB IDE allows you to:
• Edit your source files (either assembly or C)
• One touch assemble (or compile) and download
to PIC MCU emulator and simulator tools
(automatically updates all project information)
• Debug using:
- Source files (assembly or C)
- Mixed assembly and C
- Machine code
MPLAB IDE supports multiple debugging tools in a
single development paradigm, from the cost-effective
simulators, through low-cost in-circuit debuggers, to
full-featured emulators. This eliminates the learning
curve when upgrading to tools with increased flexibility
and power.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 199
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
27.2 MPASM Assembler
27.5 MPLAB ASM30 Assembler, Linker
and Librarian
The MPASM Assembler is a full-featured, universal
macro assembler for all PIC MCUs.
MPLAB ASM30 Assembler produces relocatable
machine code from symbolic assembly language for
dsPIC30F devices. MPLAB C30 C Compiler uses the
assembler to produce its object file. The assembler
generates relocatable object files that can then be
archived or linked with other relocatable object files and
archives to create an executable file. Notable features
of the assembler include:
The MPASM Assembler generates relocatable object
files for the MPLINK Object Linker, Intel® standard HEX
files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol
reference, absolute LST files that contain source lines
and generated machine code and COFF files for
debugging.
The MPASM Assembler features include:
• Integration into MPLAB IDE projects
• Support for the entire dsPIC30F instruction set
• Support for fixed-point and floating-point data
• Command line interface
• User-defined macros to streamline
assembly code
• Rich directive set
• Conditional assembly for multi-purpose
source files
• Flexible macro language
• MPLAB IDE compatibility
• Directives that allow complete control over the
assembly process
27.6 MPLAB SIM Software Simulator
27.3 MPLAB C18 and MPLAB C30
C Compilers
The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator allows code
development in a PC-hosted environment by simulat-
ing the PIC MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs on an instruction
level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be
examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from
a comprehensive stimulus controller. Registers can be
logged to files for further run-time analysis. The trace
buffer and logic analyzer display extend the power of
the simulator to record and track program execution,
actions on I/O, most peripherals and internal registers.
The MPLAB C18 and MPLAB C30 Code Development
Systems are complete ANSI
C
compilers for
Microchip’s PIC18 and PIC24 families of microcon-
trollers and the dsPIC30 and dsPIC33 family of digital
signal controllers. These compilers provide powerful
integration capabilities, superior code optimization and
ease of use not found with other compilers.
For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide
symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE
debugger.
The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator fully supports
symbolic debugging using the MPLAB C18 and
MPLAB C30 C Compilers, and the MPASM and
MPLAB ASM30 Assemblers. The software simulator
offers the flexibility to develop and debug code outside
of the hardware laboratory environment, making it an
excellent, economical software development tool.
27.4 MPLINK Object Linker/
MPLIB Object Librarian
The MPLINK Object Linker combines relocatable
objects created by the MPASM Assembler and the
MPLAB C18 C Compiler. It can link relocatable objects
from precompiled libraries, using directives from a
linker script.
The MPLIB Object Librarian manages the creation and
modification of library files of precompiled code. When
a routine from a library is called from a source file, only
the modules that contain that routine will be linked in
with the application. This allows large libraries to be
used efficiently in many different applications.
The object linker/library features include:
• Efficient linking of single libraries instead of many
smaller files
• Enhanced code maintainability by grouping
related modules together
• Flexible creation of libraries with easy module
listing, replacement, deletion and extraction
DS39927B-page 200
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
27.7 MPLAB ICE 2000
High-Performance
27.9 MPLAB ICD 2 In-Circuit Debugger
Microchip’s In-Circuit Debugger, MPLAB ICD 2, is a
powerful, low-cost, run-time development tool,
connecting to the host PC via an RS-232 or high-speed
USB interface. This tool is based on the Flash PIC
MCUs and can be used to develop for these and other
PIC MCUs and dsPIC DSCs. The MPLAB ICD 2 utilizes
the in-circuit debugging capability built into the Flash
devices. This feature, along with Microchip’s In-Circuit
Serial ProgrammingTM (ICSPTM) protocol, offers cost-
effective, in-circuit Flash debugging from the graphical
user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development
Environment. This enables a designer to develop and
debug source code by setting breakpoints, single step-
ping and watching variables, and CPU status and
peripheral registers. Running at full speed enables
testing hardware and applications in real time. MPLAB
ICD 2 also serves as a development programmer for
selected PIC devices.
In-Circuit Emulator
The MPLAB ICE 2000 In-Circuit Emulator is intended
to provide the product development engineer with a
complete microcontroller design tool set for PIC
microcontrollers. Software control of the MPLAB ICE
2000 In-Circuit Emulator is advanced by the MPLAB
Integrated Development Environment, which allows
editing, building, downloading and source debugging
from a single environment.
The MPLAB ICE 2000 is a full-featured emulator
system with enhanced trace, trigger and data monitor-
ing features. Interchangeable processor modules allow
the system to be easily reconfigured for emulation of
different processors. The architecture of the MPLAB
ICE 2000 In-Circuit Emulator allows expansion to
support new PIC microcontrollers.
The MPLAB ICE 2000 In-Circuit Emulator system has
been designed as a real-time emulation system with
advanced features that are typically found on more
expensive development tools. The PC platform and
Microsoft® Windows® 32-bit operating system were
chosen to best make these features available in a
simple, unified application.
27.10 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer
The MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer is a universal,
CE compliant device programmer with programmable
voltage verification at VDDMIN and VDDMAX for
maximum reliability. It features a large LCD display
(128 x 64) for menus and error messages and a modu-
lar, detachable socket assembly to support various
package types. The ICSP™ cable assembly is included
as a standard item. In Stand-Alone mode, the MPLAB
PM3 Device Programmer can read, verify and program
PIC devices without a PC connection. It can also set
code protection in this mode. The MPLAB PM3
connects to the host PC via an RS-232 or USB cable.
The MPLAB PM3 has high-speed communications and
optimized algorithms for quick programming of large
memory devices and incorporates an SD/MMC card for
file storage and secure data applications.
27.8 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit
Emulator System
MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System is
Microchip’s next generation high-speed emulator for
Microchip Flash DSC and MCU devices. It debugs and
programs PIC® Flash MCUs and dsPIC® Flash DSCs
with the easy-to-use, powerful graphical user interface of
the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE),
included with each kit.
The MPLAB REAL ICE probe is connected to the design
engineer’s PC using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and
is connected to the target with either a connector
compatible with the popular MPLAB ICD 2 system
(RJ11) or with the new high-speed, noise tolerant, Low-
Voltage Differential Signal (LVDS) interconnection
(CAT5).
MPLAB REAL ICE is field upgradeable through future
firmware downloads in MPLAB IDE. In upcoming
releases of MPLAB IDE, new devices will be supported,
and new features will be added, such as software break-
points and assembly code trace. MPLAB REAL ICE
offers significant advantages over competitive emulators
including low-cost, full-speed emulation, real-time
variable watches, trace analysis, complex breakpoints, a
ruggedized probe interface and long (up to three meters)
interconnection cables.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 201
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
27.11 PICSTART Plus Development
Programmer
27.13 Demonstration, Development and
Evaluation Boards
The PICSTART Plus Development Programmer is an
easy-to-use, low-cost, prototype programmer. It
connects to the PC via a COM (RS-232) port. MPLAB
Integrated Development Environment software makes
using the programmer simple and efficient. The
PICSTART Plus Development Programmer supports
most PIC devices in DIP packages up to 40 pins.
Larger pin count devices, such as the PIC16C92X and
PIC17C76X, may be supported with an adapter socket.
The PICSTART Plus Development Programmer is CE
compliant.
A wide variety of demonstration, development and
evaluation boards for various PIC MCUs and dsPIC
DSCs allows quick application development on fully func-
tional systems. Most boards include prototyping areas for
adding custom circuitry and provide application firmware
and source code for examination and modification.
The boards support a variety of features, including LEDs,
temperature sensors, switches, speakers, RS-232
interfaces, LCD displays, potentiometers and additional
EEPROM memory.
The demonstration and development boards can be
used in teaching environments, for prototyping custom
circuits and for learning about various microcontroller
applications.
27.12 PICkit 2 Development Programmer
The PICkit™ 2 Development Programmer is a low-cost
programmer and selected Flash device debugger with
an easy-to-use interface for programming many of
Microchip’s baseline, mid-range and PIC18F families of
Flash memory microcontrollers. The PICkit 2 Starter Kit
includes a prototyping development board, twelve
sequential lessons, software and HI-TECH’s PICC™
Lite C compiler, and is designed to help get up to speed
quickly using PIC® microcontrollers. The kit provides
everything needed to program, evaluate and develop
applications using Microchip’s powerful, mid-range
Flash memory family of microcontrollers.
In addition to the PICDEM™ and dsPICDEM™ demon-
stration/development board series of circuits, Microchip
has a line of evaluation kits and demonstration software
®
for analog filter design, KEELOQ security ICs, CAN,
IrDA®, PowerSmart battery management, SEEVAL®
evaluation system, Sigma-Delta ADC, flow rate
sensing, plus many more.
Check the Microchip web page (www.microchip.com)
for the complete list of demonstration, development
and evaluation kits.
DS39927B-page 202
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
The literal instructions that involve data movement may
use some of the following operands:
28.0 INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY
Note:
This chapter is a brief summary of the
PIC24F instruction set architecture and is
not intended to be a comprehensive
reference source.
• A literal value to be loaded into a W register or file
register (specified by the value of ‘k’)
• The W register or file register where the literal
value is to be loaded (specified by ‘Wb’ or ‘f’)
The PIC24F instruction set adds many enhancements
to the previous PIC® MCU instruction sets, while
maintaining an easy migration from previous PIC MCU
instruction sets. Most instructions are a single program
memory word. Only three instructions require two
program memory locations.
However, literal instructions that involve arithmetic or
logical operations use some of the following operands:
• The first source operand, which is a register ‘Wb’
without any address modifier
• The second source operand, which is a literal
value
Each single-word instruction is a 24-bit word divided
into an 8-bit opcode, which specifies the instruction
type and one or more operands, which further specify
the operation of the instruction. The instruction set is
highly orthogonal and is grouped into four basic
categories:
• The destination of the result (only if not the same
as the first source operand), which is typically a
register ‘Wd’ with or without an address modifier
The control instructions may use some of the following
operands:
• Word or byte-oriented operations
• Bit-oriented operations
• Literal operations
• A program memory address
• The mode of the table read and table write
instructions
• Control operations
All instructions are a single word, except for certain
double-word instructions, which were made
double-word instructions so that all of the required
information is available in these 48 bits. In the second
word, the 8 MSbs are ‘0’s. If this second word is
executed as an instruction (by itself), it will execute as
a NOP.
Table 28-1 lists the general symbols used in describing
the instructions. The PIC24F instruction set summary
in Table 28-2 lists all the instructions, along with the
status flags affected by each instruction.
Most word or byte-oriented W register instructions
(including barrel shift instructions) have three
operands:
Most single-word instructions are executed in a single
instruction cycle, unless a conditional test is true or the
Program Counter (PC) is changed as a result of the
instruction. In these cases, the execution takes two
instruction cycles, with the additional instruction
cycle(s) executed as a NOP. Notable exceptions are the
BRA (unconditional/computed branch), indirect
CALL/GOTO, all table reads and writes, and
RETURN/RETFIE instructions, which are single-word
instructions but take two or three cycles.
• The first source operand, which is typically a
register ‘Wb’ without any address modifier
• The second source operand, which is typically a
register ‘Ws’ with or without an address modifier
• The destination of the result, which is typically a
register ‘Wd’ with or without an address modifier
However, word or byte-oriented file register instructions
have two operands:
Certain instructions that involve skipping over the
subsequent instruction require either two or three
cycles if the skip is performed, depending on whether
the instruction being skipped is a single-word or
two-word instruction. Moreover, double-word moves
require two cycles. The double-word instructions
execute in two instruction cycles.
• The file register specified by the value, ‘f’
• The destination, which could either be the file
register, ‘f’, or the W0 register, which is denoted
as ‘WREG’
Most bit-oriented instructions (including simple
rotate/shift instructions) have two operands:
• The W register (with or without an address
modifier) or file register (specified by the value of
‘Ws’ or ‘f’)
• The bit in the W register or file register (specified
by a literal value or indirectly by the contents of
register ‘Wb’)
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 203
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 28-1: SYMBOLS USED IN OPCODE DESCRIPTIONS
Field
Description
#text
(text)
[text]
{ }
Means literal defined by “text”
Means “content of text”
Means “the location addressed by text”
Optional field or operation
<n:m>
.b
Register bit field
Byte mode selection
.d
Double-Word mode selection
.S
Shadow register select
.w
Word mode selection (default)
bit4
4-bit bit selection field (used in word addressed instructions) ∈ {0...15}
MCU Status bits: Carry, Digit Carry, Negative, Overflow, Sticky Zero
Absolute address, label or expression (resolved by the linker)
File register address ∈ {0000h...1FFFh}
1-bit unsigned literal ∈ {0,1}
C, DC, N, OV, Z
Expr
f
lit1
lit4
4-bit unsigned literal ∈ {0...15}
lit5
5-bit unsigned literal ∈ {0...31}
lit8
8-bit unsigned literal ∈ {0...255}
lit10
lit14
lit16
lit23
None
PC
10-bit unsigned literal ∈ {0...255} for Byte mode, {0:1023} for Word mode
14-bit unsigned literal ∈ {0...16384}
16-bit unsigned literal ∈ {0...65535}
23-bit unsigned literal ∈ {0...8388608}; LSB must be ‘0’
Field does not require an entry, may be blank
Program Counter
Slit10
Slit16
Slit6
Wb
10-bit signed literal ∈ {-512...511}
16-bit signed literal ∈ {-32768...32767}
6-bit signed literal ∈ {-16...16}
Base W register ∈ {W0..W15}
Wd
Destination W register ∈ { Wd, [Wd], [Wd++], [Wd--], [++Wd], [--Wd] }
Wdo
Destination W register ∈
{ Wnd, [Wnd], [Wnd++], [Wnd--], [++Wnd], [--Wnd], [Wnd+Wb] }
Wm,Wn
Wn
Dividend, Divisor working register pair (direct addressing)
One of 16 working registers ∈ {W0..W15}
Wnd
Wns
One of 16 destination working registers ∈ {W0..W15}
One of 16 source working registers ∈ {W0..W15}
WREG
Ws
W0 (working register used in file register instructions)
Source W register ∈ { Ws, [Ws], [Ws++], [Ws--], [++Ws], [--Ws] }
Source W register ∈ { Wns, [Wns], [Wns++], [Wns--], [++Wns], [--Wns], [Wns+Wb] }
Wso
DS39927B-page 204
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 28-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW
Assembly
# of
# of
Status Flags
Affected
Assembly Syntax
Mnemonic
Description
Words Cycles
ADD
ADDC
AND
ASR
ADD
ADD
ADD
ADD
ADD
ADDC
ADDC
ADDC
ADDC
ADDC
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
ASR
ASR
ASR
ASR
ASR
BCLR
BCLR
BRA
BRA
BRA
BRA
BRA
BRA
BRA
BRA
BRA
BRA
BRA
BRA
BRA
BRA
BRA
BRA
BRA
BRA
BSET
BSET
BSW.C
BSW.Z
BTG
BTG
BTSC
f
f = f + WREG
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
N, Z
f,WREG
WREG = f + WREG
#lit10,Wn
Wb,Ws,Wd
Wb,#lit5,Wd
f
Wd = lit10 + Wd
1
Wd = Wb + Ws
1
Wd = Wb + lit5
1
f = f + WREG + (C)
1
f,WREG
WREG = f + WREG + (C)
Wd = lit10 + Wd + (C)
Wd = Wb + Ws + (C)
Wd = Wb + lit5 + (C)
f = f .AND. WREG
1
#lit10,Wn
Wb,Ws,Wd
Wb,#lit5,Wd
f
1
1
1
1
f,WREG
WREG = f .AND. WREG
Wd = lit10 .AND. Wd
Wd = Wb .AND. Ws
1
N, Z
#lit10,Wn
Wb,Ws,Wd
Wb,#lit5,Wd
f
1
N, Z
1
N, Z
Wd = Wb .AND. lit5
1
N, Z
f = Arithmetic Right Shift f
WREG = Arithmetic Right Shift f
Wd = Arithmetic Right Shift Ws
Wnd = Arithmetic Right Shift Wb by Wns
Wnd = Arithmetic Right Shift Wb by lit5
Bit Clear f
1
C, N, OV, Z
C, N, OV, Z
C, N, OV, Z
N, Z
f,WREG
1
Ws,Wd
1
Wb,Wns,Wnd
Wb,#lit5,Wnd
f,#bit4
Ws,#bit4
C,Expr
1
1
N, Z
BCLR
BRA
1
None
Bit Clear Ws
1
None
Branch if Carry
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
2
None
GE,Expr
GEU,Expr
GT,Expr
GTU,Expr
LE,Expr
LEU,Expr
LT,Expr
LTU,Expr
N,Expr
Branch if Greater than or Equal
Branch if Unsigned Greater than or Equal
Branch if Greater than
Branch if Unsigned Greater than
Branch if Less than or Equal
Branch if Unsigned Less than or Equal
Branch if Less than
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
Branch if Unsigned Less than
Branch if Negative
None
None
NC,Expr
NN,Expr
NOV,Expr
NZ,Expr
OV,Expr
Expr
Branch if Not Carry
None
Branch if Not Negative
Branch if Not Overflow
Branch if Not Zero
None
None
None
Branch if Overflow
None
Branch Unconditionally
Branch if Zero
None
Z,Expr
1 (2)
2
None
Wn
Computed Branch
None
BSET
BSW
f,#bit4
Ws,#bit4
Ws,Wb
Bit Set f
1
None
Bit Set Ws
1
None
Write C bit to Ws<Wb>
Write Z bit to Ws<Wb>
Bit Toggle f
1
None
Ws,Wb
1
None
BTG
f,#bit4
Ws,#bit4
f,#bit4
1
None
Bit Toggle Ws
1
None
BTSC
Bit Test f, Skip if Clear
1
None
(2 or 3)
BTSC
Ws,#bit4
Bit Test Ws, Skip if Clear
1
1
None
(2 or 3)
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 205
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 28-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW (CONTINUED)
Assembly
Mnemonic
# of
# of
Status Flags
Affected
Assembly Syntax
f,#bit4
Description
Bit Test f, Skip if Set
Words Cycles
BTSS
BTSS
BTSS
1
1
1
None
(2 or 3)
Ws,#bit4
Bit Test Ws, Skip if Set
1
None
(2 or 3)
BTST
BTST
f,#bit4
Ws,#bit4
Ws,#bit4
Ws,Wb
Bit Test f
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
Z
BTST.C
BTST.Z
BTST.C
BTST.Z
BTSTS
Bit Test Ws to C
C
Bit Test Ws to Z
Z
Bit Test Ws<Wb> to C
Bit Test Ws<Wb> to Z
Bit Test then Set f
Bit Test Ws to C, then Set
Bit Test Ws to Z, then Set
Call Subroutine
C
Ws,Wb
Z
BTSTS
f,#bit4
Z
BTSTS.C Ws,#bit4
BTSTS.Z Ws,#bit4
C
Z
CALL
CLR
CALL
CALL
CLR
lit23
Wn
None
Call Indirect Subroutine
f = 0x0000
None
f
None
CLR
WREG
Ws
WREG = 0x0000
Ws = 0x0000
None
CLR
None
CLRWDT
COM
CLRWDT
Clear Watchdog Timer
WDTO, Sleep
COM
COM
COM
CP
f
f = f
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
N, Z
f,WREG
Ws,Wd
f
WREG = f
N, Z
Wd = Ws
N, Z
CP
Compare f with WREG
Compare Wb with lit5
Compare Wb with Ws (Wb – Ws)
Compare f with 0x0000
Compare Ws with 0x0000
Compare f with WREG, with Borrow
Compare Wb with lit5, with Borrow
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
CP
Wb,#lit5
Wb,Ws
f
CP
CP0
CPB
CP0
CP0
CPB
CPB
CPB
Ws
f
Wb,#lit5
Wb,Ws
Compare Wb with Ws, with Borrow
(Wb – Ws – C)
CPSEQ
CPSGT
CPSLT
CPSNE
CPSEQ
CPSGT
CPSLT
CPSNE
Wb,Wn
Wb,Wn
Wb,Wn
Wb,Wn
Compare Wb with Wn, Skip if =
Compare Wb with Wn, Skip if >
Compare Wb with Wn, Skip if <
Compare Wb with Wn, Skip if ≠
1
1
1
1
1
None
None
None
None
(2 or 3)
1
(2 or 3)
1
(2 or 3)
1
(2 or 3)
DAW
DEC
DAW
Wn
Wn = Decimal Adjust Wn
f = f –1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C
DEC
f
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
None
DEC
f,WREG
Ws,Wd
f
WREG = f –1
1
DEC
Wd = Ws – 1
1
DEC2
DEC2
DEC2
DEC2
DISI
DIV.SW
DIV.SD
DIV.UW
DIV.UD
EXCH
FF1L
FF1R
f = f – 2
1
f,WREG
Ws,Wd
#lit14
Wm,Wn
Wm,Wn
Wm,Wn
Wm,Wn
Wns,Wnd
Ws,Wnd
Ws,Wnd
WREG = f – 2
1
Wd = Ws – 2
1
DISI
DIV
Disable Interrupts for k Instruction Cycles
Signed 16/16-bit Integer Divide
Signed 32/16-bit Integer Divide
Unsigned 16/16-bit Integer Divide
Unsigned 32/16-bit Integer Divide
Swap Wns with Wnd
1
18
18
18
18
1
N, Z, C, OV
N, Z, C, OV
N, Z, C, OV
N, Z, C, OV
None
EXCH
FF1L
FF1R
Find First One from Left (MSb) Side
Find First One from Right (LSb) Side
1
C
1
C
DS39927B-page 206
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 28-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW (CONTINUED)
Assembly
Mnemonic
# of
# of
Status Flags
Affected
Assembly Syntax
Description
Words Cycles
GOTO
GOTO
GOTO
INC
Expr
Go to Address
Go to Indirect
f = f + 1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
None
Wn
None
INC
f
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
N, Z
INC
f,WREG
WREG = f + 1
Wd = Ws + 1
f = f + 2
INC
Ws,Wd
INC2
IOR
INC2
INC2
INC2
IOR
f
f,WREG
WREG = f + 2
Wd = Ws + 2
f = f .IOR. WREG
Ws,Wd
f
IOR
f,WREG
WREG = f .IOR. WREG
N, Z
IOR
#lit10,Wn
Wb,Ws,Wd
Wb,#lit5,Wd
#lit14
Wd = lit10 .IOR. Wd
N, Z
IOR
Wd = Wb .IOR. Ws
N, Z
IOR
Wd = Wb .IOR. lit5
N, Z
LNK
LSR
LNK
Link Frame Pointer
None
LSR
f
f = Logical Right Shift f
C, N, OV, Z
C, N, OV, Z
C, N, OV, Z
N, Z
LSR
f,WREG
WREG = Logical Right Shift f
Wd = Logical Right Shift Ws
Wnd = Logical Right Shift Wb by Wns
Wnd = Logical Right Shift Wb by lit5
Move f to Wn
LSR
Ws,Wd
LSR
Wb,Wns,Wnd
Wb,#lit5,Wnd
f,Wn
LSR
N, Z
MOV
MOV
None
MOV
[Wns+Slit10],Wnd
f
Move [Wns+Slit10] to Wnd
Move f to f
None
MOV
N, Z
MOV
f,WREG
Move f to WREG
N, Z
MOV
#lit16,Wn
#lit8,Wn
Wn,f
Move 16-bit Literal to Wn
Move 8-bit Literal to Wn
None
MOV.b
MOV
None
Move Wn to f
None
MOV
Wns,[Wns+Slit10]
Wso,Wdo
WREG,f
Move Wns to [Wns+Slit10]
Move Ws to Wd
None
MOV
None
MOV
Move WREG to f
N, Z
MOV.D
MOV.D
MUL.SS
MUL.SU
MUL.US
MUL.UU
MUL.SU
MUL.UU
MUL
Wns,Wd
Move Double from W(ns):W(ns+1) to Wd
Move Double from Ws to W(nd+1):W(nd)
{Wnd+1, Wnd} = Signed(Wb) * Signed(Ws)
{Wnd+1, Wnd} = Signed(Wb) * Unsigned(Ws)
{Wnd+1, Wnd} = Unsigned(Wb) * Signed(Ws)
{Wnd+1, Wnd} = Unsigned(Wb) * Unsigned(Ws)
{Wnd+1, Wnd} = Signed(Wb) * Unsigned(lit5)
{Wnd+1, Wnd} = Unsigned(Wb) * Unsigned(lit5)
W3:W2 = f * WREG
None
Ws,Wnd
None
MUL
Wb,Ws,Wnd
Wb,Ws,Wnd
Wb,Ws,Wnd
Wb,Ws,Wnd
Wb,#lit5,Wnd
Wb,#lit5,Wnd
f
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
NEG
NEG
f
f = f + 1
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
NEG
f,WREG
WREG = f + 1
NEG
Ws,Wd
Wd = Ws + 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
C, DC, N, OV, Z
None
NOP
POP
NOP
No Operation
NOPR
POP
No Operation
None
f
Pop f from Top-of-Stack (TOS)
Pop from Top-of-Stack (TOS) to Wdo
Pop from Top-of-Stack (TOS) to W(nd):W(nd+1)
Pop Shadow Registers
None
POP
Wdo
Wnd
None
POP.D
POP.S
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH.D
PUSH.S
None
All
PUSH
f
Push f to Top-of-Stack (TOS)
Push Wso to Top-of-Stack (TOS)
Push W(ns):W(ns+1) to Top-of-Stack (TOS)
Push Shadow Registers
None
Wso
Wns
None
None
None
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 207
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 28-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW (CONTINUED)
Assembly
Mnemonic
# of
# of
Status Flags
Affected
Assembly Syntax
Description
Words Cycles
PWRSAV
RCALL
PWRSAV
RCALL
RCALL
REPEAT
REPEAT
RESET
RETFIE
RETLW
RETURN
RLC
#lit1
Expr
Wn
Go into Sleep or Idle mode
Relative Call
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
WDTO, Sleep
None
Computed Call
2
None
REPEAT
#lit14
Wn
Repeat Next Instruction lit14 + 1 times
Repeat Next Instruction (Wn) + 1 times
Software Device Reset
Return from Interrupt
1
None
1
None
RESET
RETFIE
RETLW
RETURN
RLC
1
None
3 (2)
3 (2)
3 (2)
1
None
#lit10,Wn
Return with Literal in Wn
Return from Subroutine
f = Rotate Left through Carry f
WREG = Rotate Left through Carry f
Wd = Rotate Left through Carry Ws
f = Rotate Left (No Carry) f
WREG = Rotate Left (No Carry) f
Wd = Rotate Left (No Carry) Ws
f = Rotate Right through Carry f
WREG = Rotate Right through Carry f
Wd = Rotate Right through Carry Ws
f = Rotate Right (No Carry) f
WREG = Rotate Right (No Carry) f
Wd = Rotate Right (No Carry) Ws
Wnd = Sign-Extended Ws
f = FFFFh
None
None
f
C, N, Z
RLC
f,WREG
Ws,Wd
f
1
C, N, Z
RLC
1
C, N, Z
RLNC
RRC
RLNC
RLNC
RLNC
RRC
1
N, Z
f,WREG
Ws,Wd
f
1
N, Z
1
N, Z
1
C, N, Z
RRC
f,WREG
Ws,Wd
f
1
C, N, Z
RRC
1
C, N, Z
RRNC
RRNC
RRNC
RRNC
SE
1
N, Z
f,WREG
Ws,Wd
Ws,Wnd
f
1
N, Z
1
N, Z
SE
1
C, N, Z
SETM
SETM
SETM
SETM
SL
1
None
WREG
WREG = FFFFh
1
None
Ws
Ws = FFFFh
1
None
SL
f
f = Left Shift f
1
C, N, OV, Z
C, N, OV, Z
C, N, OV, Z
N, Z
SL
f,WREG
Ws,Wd
Wb,Wns,Wnd
Wb,#lit5,Wnd
f
WREG = Left Shift f
1
SL
Wd = Left Shift Ws
1
SL
Wnd = Left Shift Wb by Wns
Wnd = Left Shift Wb by lit5
f = f – WREG
1
SL
1
N, Z
SUB
SUB
1
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
SUB
f,WREG
#lit10,Wn
Wb,Ws,Wd
Wb,#lit5,Wd
f
WREG = f – WREG
1
SUB
Wn = Wn – lit10
1
SUB
Wd = Wb – Ws
1
SUB
Wd = Wb – lit5
1
SUBB
SUBB
f = f – WREG – (C)
1
SUBB
SUBB
SUBB
f,WREG
WREG = f – WREG – (C)
Wn = Wn – lit10 – (C)
Wd = Wb – Ws – (C)
1
1
1
1
1
1
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
#lit10,Wn
Wb,Ws,Wd
SUBB
SUBR
SUBR
SUBR
SUBR
Wb,#lit5,Wd
f
Wd = Wb – lit5 – (C)
f = WREG – f
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
SUBR
f,WREG
WREG = WREG – f
Wd = Ws – Wb
Wb,Ws,Wd
Wb,#lit5,Wd
Wd = lit5 – Wb
SUBBR
SUBBR
f
f = WREG – f – (C)
1
1
C, DC, N, OV, Z
SUBBR
SUBBR
SUBBR
SWAP.b
SWAP
f,WREG
Wb,Ws,Wd
Wb,#lit5,Wd
Wn
WREG = WREG – f – (C)
Wd = Ws – Wb – (C)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
C, DC, N, OV, Z
None
Wd = lit5 – Wb – (C)
SWAP
Wn = Nibble Swap Wn
Wn = Byte Swap Wn
Wn
None
TBLRDH
TBLRDH
Ws,Wd
Read Prog<23:16> to Wd<7:0>
None
DS39927B-page 208
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 28-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW (CONTINUED)
Assembly
Mnemonic
# of
# of
Status Flags
Affected
Assembly Syntax
Description
Words Cycles
TBLRDL
TBLWTH
TBLWTL
ULNK
TBLRDL
TBLWTH
TBLWTL
ULNK
XOR
Ws,Wd
Ws,Wd
Ws,Wd
Read Prog<15:0> to Wd
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
None
Write Ws<7:0> to Prog<23:16>
Write Ws to Prog<15:0>
Unlink Frame Pointer
f = f .XOR. WREG
None
None
None
N, Z
XOR
f
XOR
f,WREG
WREG = f .XOR. WREG
Wd = lit10 .XOR. Wd
Wd = Wb .XOR. Ws
N, Z
XOR
#lit10,Wn
Wb,Ws,Wd
Wb,#lit5,Wd
Ws,Wnd
N, Z
XOR
N, Z
XOR
Wd = Wb .XOR. lit5
N, Z
ZE
ZE
Wnd = Zero-Extend Ws
C, Z, N
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 209
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39927B-page 210
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
29.0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
This section provides an overview of the PIC24F16KA102 family electrical characteristics. Additional information will be
provided in future revisions of this document as it becomes available.
Absolute maximum ratings for the PIC24F16KA102 family are listed below. Exposure to these maximum rating
conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. Functional operation of the device at these, or any other
conditions above the parameters indicated in the operation listings of this specification, is not implied.
(†)
Absolute Maximum Ratings
Ambient temperature under bias.............................................................................................................-40°C to +125°C
Storage temperature .............................................................................................................................. -65°C to +150°C
Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS ......................................................................................................... -0.3V to +5.0V
Voltage on any combined analog and digital pin, with respect to VSS ........................................... -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V)
Voltage on any digital only pin with respect to VSS ....................................................................... -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V)
Voltage on MCLR/VPP pin with respect to VSS ......................................................................................... -0.3V to +9.0V
Maximum current out of VSS pin ...........................................................................................................................300 mA
Maximum current into VDD pin (1)..........................................................................................................................250 mA
Maximum output current sunk by any I/O pin..........................................................................................................25 mA
Maximum output current sourced by any I/O pin ....................................................................................................25 mA
Maximum current sunk by all ports .......................................................................................................................200 mA
Maximum current sourced by all ports (1)..............................................................................................................200 mA
Note 1: Maximum allowable current is a function of device maximum power dissipation (see Table 29-1).
†NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the
device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those
indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for
extended periods may affect device reliability.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 211
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
29.1 DC Characteristics
FIGURE 29-1:
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH (INDUSTRIAL)
3.60V
3.00V
3.60V
3.00V
1.80V
8 MHz
32 MHz
Frequency
Note:
For frequencies between 8 MHz and 32 MHz, FMAX = 20 MHz *(VDD – 1.8) + 8 MHz.
TABLE 29-1: THERMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS
Rating
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Operating Junction Temperature Range
Operating Ambient Temperature Range
TJ
TA
-40
-40
—
—
+125
+85
°C
°C
Power Dissipation:
Internal Chip Power Dissipation:
PINT = VDD x (IDD – Σ IOH)
PD
PINT + PI/O
W
W
I/O Pin Power Dissipation:
PI/O = Σ ({VDD – VOH} x IOH) + Σ (VOL x IOL)
Maximum Allowed Power Dissipation
PDMAX
(TJ – TA)/θJA
TABLE 29-2: THERMAL PACKAGING CHARACTERISTICS
Characteristic
Symbol
Typ
Max
Unit
Notes
Package Thermal Resistance, 20-Pin PDIP
Package Thermal Resistance, 28-Pin SPDIP
Package Thermal Resistance, 20-Pin SSOP
Package Thermal Resistance, 28-Pin SSOP
Package Thermal Resistance, 20-Pin SOIC
Package Thermal Resistance, 28-Pin SOIC
Package Thermal Resistance, 20-Pin QFN
Package Thermal Resistance, 28-Pin QFN
θJA
θJA
θJA
θJA
θJA
θJA
θJA
θJA
62.4
60
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
°C/W
°C/W
°C/W
°C/W
°C/W
°C/W
°C/W
°C/W
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
108
71
75
80.2
43
32
Note 1: Junction to ambient thermal resistance, Theta-JA (θJA) numbers are achieved by package simulations.
DS39927B-page 212
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 29-3: DC CHARACTERISTICS: TEMPERATURE AND VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Operating temperature
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Supply Voltage
Min
Typ(1) Max Units
Conditions
DC10 VDD
DC12 VDR
1.8
1.5
—
—
3.6
—
V
V
RAM Data Retention
Voltage(2)
DC16 VPOR
DC17 SVDD
VDD Start Voltage
to Ensure Internal
Power-on Reset Signal
VSS
—
—
0.7
—
V
VDD Rise Rate
to Ensure Internal
Power-on Reset Signal
0.05
V/ms 0-3.3V in 0.1s
0-2.5V in 60 ms
Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
2: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered without losing RAM data.
TABLE 29-4: HIGH/LOW–VOLTAGE DETECT CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max Units
Conditions
DC18 VHLVD
HLVD Voltage on VDD HLVDL<3:0> = 0000
—
1.85
1.90
1.95
2.00
2.05
2.17
2.23
2.36
2.43
2.60
2.78
2.88
3.00
3.12
3.39
1.94
2.00
2.05
2.10
2.15
2.28
2.34
2.48
2.55
2.73
2.92
3.02
3.15
3.28
3.56
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Transition
HLVDL<3:0> = 0001 1.81
HLVDL<3:0> = 0010 1.85
HLVDL<3:0> = 0011 1.90
HLVDL<3:0> = 0100 1.95
HLVDL<3:0> = 0101 2.06
HLVDL<3:0> = 0110 2.12
HLVDL<3:0> = 0111 2.24
HLVDL<3:0> = 1000 2.31
HLVDL<3:0> = 1001 2.47
HLVDL<3:0> = 1010 2.64
HLVDL<3:0> = 1011 2.74
HLVDL<3:0> = 1100 2.85
HLVDL<3:0> = 1101 2.96
HLVDL<3:0> = 1110 3.22
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 213
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 29-5: BOR TRIP POINTS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial
Param
No.
Sym
Characteristic
Min Typ Max Units
Conditions
DC19
BOR Voltage on VDD Transition BOR = 00 1.85
BOR = 01 2.92
2
3
2.15
3.08
V
V
V
V
Valid for LPBOR and DSBOR
BOR = 10 2.63 2.7 2.77
BOR = 11 1.75 1.82 1.85
TABLE 29-6: DC CHARACTERISTICS: OPERATING CURRENT (IDD)
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Parameter No. Typical
Operating temperature
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
(1)
Max
Units
Conditions
IDD Current
DC20
330
330
330
330
540
540
645
720
600
600
600
600
1100
1100
1100
1100
18
-40°C
DS20a
195
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
μA
μA
1.8V
3.3V
1.8V
3.3V
3.3V
2.5V
3.3V
DC20b
DC20c
DC20d
0.5 MIPS,
FOSC = 1 MHz
DC20e
365
DC20f
DC20g
DC22
DC22a
363
μA
DC22b
DC22c
DC22d
1 MIPS,
FOSC = 2 MHz
DC22e
695
μA
DC22f
DC22g
DC23
DC23a
11
18
16 MIPS,
FOSC = 32 MHz
mA
mA
mA
DC23b
18
DC23c
DC27
18
3.40
3.40
3.40
3.40
4.60
4.60
4.60
4.60
DC27a
2.25
DC27b
DC27c
DC27d
FRC (4 MIPS),
FOSC = 8 MHz
DC27e
3.05
DC27f
DC27g
Note 1: Data in “Typical” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and
are not tested.
2: Operating Parameters:
• EC mode with clock input driven with a square wave rail-to-rail
• I/O configured as outputs driven low
• MCLR – VDD
• WDT FSCM disabled
• SRAM, program and data memory active
• All PMD bits set except for modules being measured
DS39927B-page 214
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 29-6: DC CHARACTERISTICS: OPERATING CURRENT (IDD) (CONTINUED)
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Parameter No. Typical
Operating temperature
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
(1)
Max
Units
Conditions
IDD Current
DC31
28
28
28
28
55
55
55
55
-40°C
DC31a
8
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
μA
μA
1.8V
3.3V
DC31b
DC31c
DC31d
LPRC (31 kHz)
DC31e
15
DC31f
DC31g
Note 1: Data in “Typical” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and
are not tested.
2: Operating Parameters:
• EC mode with clock input driven with a square wave rail-to-rail
• I/O configured as outputs driven low
• MCLR – VDD
• WDT FSCM disabled
• SRAM, program and data memory active
• All PMD bits set except for modules being measured
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 215
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 29-7: DC CHARACTERISTICS: IDLE CURRENT (IIDLE)
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Typical(1)
Operating temperature
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
Param No.
Max
Units
Conditions
Idle Current (IIDLE): Core Off, Clock on Base Current, PMD Bits are Set(2)
DC40
100
100
100
100
215
215
215
215
200
200
200
200
395
395
395
395
6.0
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
DC40a
DC40b
DC40c
DC40d
DC40e
DC40f
DC40g
DC42
48
106
94
μA
μA
μA
μA
mA
mA
mA
μA
μA
1.8V
3.3V
1.8V
3.3V
3.3V
1.8V
3.3V
1.8V
3.3V
0.5 MIPS,
FOSC = 1 MHz
DC42a
DC42b
DC42c
DC42d
DC42e
DC42f
DC42g
DC43
1 MIPS,
FOSC = 2 MHz
160
3.1
0.56
0.95
2
DC43a
DC43b
DC43c
DC44
6.0
16 MIPS,
FOSC = 32 MHz
6.0
6.0
0.74
0.74
0.74
0.74
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
18
DC44a
DC44b
DC44c
DC44d
DC44e
DC44f
DC44g
DC50
FRC (4 MIPS),
FOSC = 8 MHz
DC50a
DC50b
DC50c
DC50d
DC50e
DC50f
DC50g
18
18
18
LPRC (31 kHz)
40
40
4
40
40
Note 1: Data in “Typical” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
2: Operating Parameters:
• Core off
• EC mode with clock input driven with a square wave rail-to-rail
• I/O configured as outputs driven low
• MCLR – VDD
• WDT FSCM disabled
• SRAM, program and data memory active
• All PMD bits set except for modules being measured
DS39927B-page 216
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 29-8: DC CHARACTERISTICS: POWER-DOWN CURRENT (IPD)
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Operating temperature
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
Parameter
Typical
No.
(1)
Max
Units
Conditions
(2)
Power-Down Current (IPD): PMD Bits are Set, PMSLP Bit is ‘0’
DC60
0.200
0.200
0.870
1.350
0.540
0.540
1.680
2.450
0.150
0.150
0.430
0.630
0.300
0.300
0.700
0.980
0.65
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
DC60a
DC60b
DC60c
DC60d
DC60e
DC60f
DC60g
DC70
0.025
0.105
0.020
0.035
0.67
μA
μA
μA
μA
μA
μA
1.8V
Base Power-Down Current
(3)
(Sleep)
3.3V
1.8V
3.3V
1.8V
3.3V
DC70a
DC70b
DC70c
DC70d
DC70e
DC70f
DC70g
DC61
Base Deep Sleep Current
DC61a
DC61b
DC61c
DC61d
DC61e
DC61f
DC61g
0.65
0.65
0.65
(3,4)
Watchdog Timer Current: WDT
0.95
0.95
0.87
0.95
0.95
Note 1: Data in the Typical column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
2: Base IPD is measured with all peripherals and clocks shut down. All I/Os are configured as inputs and pulled
high. WDT, etc., are all switched off.
3: The Δ current is the additional current consumed when the module is enabled. This current should be added to
the base IPD current.
4: Current applies to Sleep only.
5: Current applies to Sleep and Deep Sleep.
6: Current applies to Deep Sleep only.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 217
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 29-8: DC CHARACTERISTICS: POWER-DOWN CURRENT (IPD) (CONTINUED)
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Operating temperature
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
Parameter
No.
(1)
Typical
Max
Units
Conditions
(2)
Power-Down Current (IPD): PMD Bits are Set, PMSLP Bit is ‘0’
DC62
0.650
0.650
0.650
0.650
0.980
0.980
0.980
0.980
7.10
7.10
7.80
8.30
7.10
7.10
7.80
8.30
6.60
6.60
6.60
6.60
0.65
0.65
0.65
0.65
0.98
0.98
0.98
0.98
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
DC62a
DC62b
DC62c
DC62d
DC62e
DC62f
DC62g
DC64
0.450
0.730
5.5
μA
μA
μA
μA
μA
μA
μA
1.8V
Timer1 w/32 kHz Crystal: T132
(3)
(SOSC – LP)
3.3V
1.8V
3.3V
3.3V
1.8V
3.3V
DC64a
DC64b
DC64c
DC64d
DC64e
DC64f
DC64g
DC63
(3,4)
HLVD
6.2
DC63a
DC63b
DC63c
DC62
4.5
BOR(3,4)
DC62a
DC62b
DC62c
DC62d
DC62e
DC62f
DC62g
0.49
0.80
RTCC(3,5)
Note 1: Data in the Typical column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
2: Base IPD is measured with all peripherals and clocks shut down. All I/Os are configured as inputs and pulled
high. WDT, etc., are all switched off.
3: The Δ current is the additional current consumed when the module is enabled. This current should be added to
the base IPD current.
4: Current applies to Sleep only.
5: Current applies to Sleep and Deep Sleep.
6: Current applies to Deep Sleep only.
DS39927B-page 218
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 29-8: DC CHARACTERISTICS: POWER-DOWN CURRENT (IPD) (CONTINUED)
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Operating temperature
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
Parameter
No.
(1)
Typical
Max
Units
Conditions
(2)
Power-Down Current (IPD): PMD Bits are Set, PMSLP Bit is ‘0’
DC70
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.55
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+60°C
+85°C
DC70a
DC70b
DC70c
DC70d
DC70e
DC70f
DC70g
DC71
0.045
0.095
0.35
μA
μA
μA
μA
μA
μA
1.8V
LPBOR(3,4)
3.3V
1.8V
3.3V
1.8V
3.3V
DC71a
DC71b
DC71c
DC71d
DC71e
DC71f
DC71g
DC72
0.55
0.55
0.55
Deep Sleep Watchdog Timer:
DSWDT (SOSC – LP)(6)
0.75
0.75
0.55
0.75
0.75
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.200
DC72a
DC72b
DC72c
DC72d
DC72e
DC72f
DC72g
0.005
0.010
Deep Sleep BOR: DSBOR(3,6)
Note 1: Data in the Typical column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
2: Base IPD is measured with all peripherals and clocks shut down. All I/Os are configured as inputs and pulled
high. WDT, etc., are all switched off.
3: The Δ current is the additional current consumed when the module is enabled. This current should be added to
the base IPD current.
4: Current applies to Sleep only.
5: Current applies to Sleep and Deep Sleep.
6: Current applies to Deep Sleep only.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 219
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 29-9: DC CHARACTERISTICS: I/O PIN INPUT SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
Sym
Characteristic
Min
Typ(1)
Max
Units
Conditions
VIL
Input Low Voltage(4)
I/O Pins
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
V
DI10
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
—
0.2 VDD
0.2 VDD
0.2 VDD
0.2 VDD
0.3 VDD
0.8
MCLR
V
DI15
DI16
DI17
DI18
DI19
OSCI (XT mode)
OSCI (HS mode)
I/O Pins with I2C™ Buffer
I/O Pins with SMBus Buffer
Input High Voltage(4)
V
V
V
SMBus disabled
V
SMBus enabled
VIH
—
—
DI20
I/O Pins:
with Analog Functions
Digital Only
0.8 VDD
0.8 VDD
—
—
VDD
VDD
V
V
DI25
DI26
DI27
DI28
MCLR
0.8 VDD
0.7 VDD
0.7 VDD
—
—
—
VDD
VDD
VDD
V
V
V
OSCI (XT mode)
OSCI (HS mode)
I/O Pins with I2C Buffer:
with Analog Functions
Digital Only
0.7 VDD
0.7 VDD
—
—
VDD
VDD
V
V
DI29
DI30
I/O Pins with SMBus
2.1
50
—
VDD
500
V
2.5V ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD
ICNPU CNx Pull-up Current
250
μA
VDD = 3.3V, VPIN = VSS
IIL
Input Leakage
Current(2,3)
DI50
DI51
I/O Ports
—
—
0.050
0.300
±0.100
±0.500
μA
μA
VSS ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD,
Pin at high-impedance
VREF+, VREF-, AN0, AN1
VSS ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD,
Pin at high-impedance
DI55
DI56
MCLR
OSCI
—
—
—
—
±5.0
±5.0
μA
μA
VSS ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD
VSS ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD,
XT and HS modes
Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
2: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified
levels represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input
voltages.
3: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.
4: Refer to Table 1-2 for I/O pin buffer types.
DS39927B-page 220
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 29-10: DC CHARACTERISTICS: I/O PIN OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Operating temperature
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
Param
No.
(1)
Sym
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
VOL
Output Low Voltage
DO10
DO16
All I/O Pins
—
—
—
—
—
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
—
V
V
V
V
—
V
V
V
V
IOL = 4.0 mA, VDD = 3.6V
IOL = 3.5 mA, VDD = 2.0V
IOL = 8.0 mA, VDD = 3.6V
IOL = 4.5 mA, VDD = 1.8V
—
OSC2/CLKO
VOH
Output High Voltage
DO20
DO26
All I/O Pins
—
IOH = -3.0 mA, VDD = 3.6V
IOH = -1.0 mA, VDD = 2.0V
IOH = -2.5 mA, VDD = 3.6V
IOH = -1.0 mA, VDD = 2.0V
1.8
3
—
OSC2/CLKO
—
1.8
—
Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
TABLE 29-11: DC CHARACTERISTICS: PROGRAM MEMORY
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Operating temperature
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
Param
No.
(1)
Sym
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
Program Flash Memory
Cell Endurance
(2)
D130
D131
D133A
D134
EP
10,000
VMIN
—
—
—
2
—
3.6
—
E/W
V
VPR
TIW
VDD for Read
VMIN = Minimum operating voltage
Self-Timed Write Cycle Time
ms
TRETD Characteristic Retention
40
—
—
Year Provided no other specifications are
violated
D135
IDDP
Supply Current During
Programming
—
10
—
mA
Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.
2: Self-write and block erase.
TABLE 29-12: DC CHARACTERISTICS: DATA EEPROM MEMORY
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Operating temperature
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
Param
Sym
No.
(1)
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
Data EEPROM Memory
Cell Endurance
D140
D141
D143A
EPD
100,000
VMIN
—
—
—
4
—
3.6
—
E/W
V
VPRD
TIWD
VDD for Read
VMIN = Minimum operating voltage
Self-Timed Write Cycle
Time
ms
D143B
D144
D145
TREF
Number of Total Write/Erase
Cycles Before Refresh
—
40
—
10M
—
—
—
—
E/W
TRETDD Characteristic Retention
Year Provided no other specifications are
violated
IDDPD
Supply Current during
Programming
7
mA
Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 221
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 29-13: COMPARATOR DC SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Conditions: 2.0V < VDD < 3.6V, -40°C < TA < +85°C (unless otherwise stated)
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Comments
D300
D301
D302
VIOFF
VICM
Input Offset Voltage*
—
0
20
—
—
40
VDD
—
mV
V
Input Common Mode Voltage*
CMRR
Common Mode Rejection
Ratio*
55
dB
* Parameters are characterized but not tested.
TABLE 29-14: COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE DC SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Conditions: 2.0V < VDD < 3.6V, -40°C < TA < +85°C (unless otherwise stated)
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Comments
VRD310 CVRES
VRD311 CVRAA
VRD312 CVRUR
Resolution
VDD/24
—
—
—
2k
VDD/32
AVDD – 1.5
—
LSb
LSb
Ω
Absolute Accuracy
Unit Resistor Value (R)
—
DS39927B-page 222
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
29.2 AC Characteristics and Timing Parameters
The information contained in this section defines the PIC24F16KA102 family AC characteristics and timing parameters.
TABLE 29-15: TEMPERATURE AND VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS – AC
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
Operating voltage VDD range as described in Section 29.1 “DC Characteristics”.
FIGURE 29-2:
LOAD CONDITIONS FOR DEVICE TIMING SPECIFICATIONS
Load Condition 1 – for all pins except OSCO
VDD/2
Load Condition 2 – for OSCO
CL
RL
Pin
VSS
CL
Pin
RL = 464Ω
CL = 50 pF for all pins except OSCO
15 pF for OSCO output
VSS
TABLE 29-16: CAPACITIVE LOADING REQUIREMENTS ON OUTPUT PINS
Param
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ(1) Max Units
Conditions
No.
DO50 COSC2
OSCO/CLKO pin
—
—
15
pF In XT and HS modes when
external clock is used to drive
OSCI
DO56 CIO
DO58 CB
All I/O Pins and OSCO
SCLx, SDAx
—
—
—
—
50
pF EC mode
pF In I2C™ mode
400
Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 223
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
FIGURE 29-3:
EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
OSCI
OS20
OS25
OS30 OS30
OS31 OS31
CLKO
OS40
OS41
TABLE 29-17: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8 to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
Sym
Characteristic
Min
Typ(1)
Max
Units
Conditions
OS10 FOSC External CLKI Frequency
(External clocks allowed
DC
4
—
—
32
8
MHz EC
MHz ECPLL
only in EC mode)
Oscillator Frequency
0.2
4
4
—
—
—
—
4
25
8
MHz XT
MHz HS
MHz HSPLL
kHz SOSC
31
33
OS20 TOSC TOSC = 1/FOSC
—
—
—
—
See parameter OS10 for FOSC
value
OS25 TCY
Instruction Cycle Time(2)
62.5
—
—
DC
—
ns
ns
OS30 TosL, External Clock in (OSCI)
TosH High or Low Time
0.45 x TOSC
EC
EC
OS31 TosR, External Clock in (OSCI)
TosF Rise or Fall Time
—
—
20
ns
OS40 TckR CLKO Rise Time(3)
OS41 TckF CLKO Fall Time(3)
—
—
6
6
10
10
ns
ns
Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
2: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals two times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values are
based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with
the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation
and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at “Min.” values with an
external clock applied to the OSCI/CLKI pin. When an external clock input is used, the “Max.” cycle time
limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices.
3: Measurements are taken in EC mode. The CLKO signal is measured on the OSCO pin. CLKO is low for the
Q1-Q2 period (1/2 TCY) and high for the Q3-Q4 period (1/2 TCY).
DS39927B-page 224
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 29-18: PLL CLOCK TIMING SPECIFICATIONS (VDD = 1.8V TO 3.6V)
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
Sym
Characteristic(1)
Min
Typ(2)
Max
Units
Conditions
OS50 FPLLI PLL Input Frequency
Range
4
—
8
MHz ECPLL, HSPLL modes,
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C
OS51 FSYS PLL Output Frequency
Range
16
—
-2
—
1
32
2
MHz -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C
OS52 TLOCK PLL Start-up Time
(Lock Time)
ms
—
OS53 DCLK CLKO Stability (Jitter)
1
2
%
Measured over 100 ms period
Note 1: These parameters are characterized but not tested in manufacturing.
2: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
TABLE 29-19: AC CHARACTERISTICS: INTERNAL RC ACCURACY
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
Param
No.
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
Internal FRC Accuracy @ 8 MHz(1)
F20
FRC
-1
-3
-5
—
—
—
+1
+3
+5
%
%
%
+25°C
3.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.6V
1.8V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.6V
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C
Note 1: Frequency calibrated at 25°C and 3.3V. OSCTUN bits can be used to compensate for temperature drift.
TABLE 29-20: AC CHARACTERISTICS: INTERNAL RC ACCURACY
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
LPRC @ 31 kHz(1)
F21
-15
-15
—
—
15
15
%
%
+25°C
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C
1.8V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.6V
Note 1: Change of LPRC frequency as VDD changes.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 225
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
FIGURE 29-4:
CLKO AND I/O TIMING CHARACTERISTICS
I/O Pin
(Input)
DI35
DI40
I/O Pin
(Output)
New Value
Old Value
DO31
DO32
Note:
Refer to Figure 29-2 for load conditions.
TABLE 29-21: CLKO AND I/O TIMING REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
Sym
Characteristic
Min
Typ(1)
Max
Units
Conditions
DO31 TIOR Port Output Rise Time
DO32 TIOF Port Output Fall Time
—
—
20
10
10
—
25
25
—
ns
ns
ns
DI35
TINP
INTx pin High or Low
Time (output)
DI40
TRBP CNx High or Low Time
(input)
2
—
—
TCY
Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.
DS39927B-page 226
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 29-22: COMPARATOR TIMINGS
Param
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Comments
No.
300
301
TRESP
Response Time*(1)
—
—
150
—
400
10
ns
TMC2OV Comparator Mode Change to
Output Valid*
μs
*
Parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note 1: Response time measured with one comparator input at (VDD – 1.5)/2, while the other input transitions from
VSS to VDD.
TABLE 29-23: COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE SETTLING TIME SPECIFICATIONS
Param
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Comments
No.
VR310 TSET
Settling Time(1)
—
—
10
μs
Note 1: Settling time measured while CVRR = 1and CVR<3:0> bits transition from ‘0000’ to ‘1111’.
TABLE 29-24: CTMU CURRENT SOURCE SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
Sym
Characteristic
Min
Typ(1)
Max
Units
Conditions
IOUT1 CTMU Current Source,
Base Range
—
550
—
nA
CTMUICON<1:0> = 01
IOUT2 CTMU Current Source,
10x Range
—
—
5.5
55
—
—
μA
μA
CTMUICON<1:0> = 10
CTMUICON<1:0> = 11
IOUT3 CTMU Current Source,
100x Range
Note 1: Nominal value at center point of current trim range (CTMUICON<7:2> = 000000)
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 227
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 29-25: ADC MODULE SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8V to 3.6V (unless otherwise
stated)
Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
Symbol
No.
Characteristic
Min.
Typ
Max.
Units
Conditions
Device Supply
AD01 AVDD
AD02 AVSS
Module VDD Supply
Module VSS Supply
Greater of
VDD – 0.3
or 1.8
—
—
Lesser of
VDD + 0.3
or 3.6
V
V
VSS – 0.3
VSS + 0.3
Reference Inputs
AD05 VREFH
AD06 VREFL
AD07 VREF
Reference Voltage High
Reference Voltage Low
AVSS + 1.7
AVSS
—
—
—
AVDD
V
V
V
AVDD – 1.7
AVDD + 0.3
Absolute Reference
Voltage
AVSS – 0.3
Analog Input
AD10 VINH-VINL Full-Scale Input Span
VREFL
—
—
VREFH
AVDD + 0.3
AVDD/2
V
V
V
(Note 2)
AD11 VIN
AD12 VINL
Absolute Input Voltage
AVSS – 0.3
AVSS – 0.3
Absolute VINL Input
Voltage
AD17 RIN
Recommended
—
—
2.5K
Ω
10-bit
Impedance of Analog
Voltage Source
ADC Accuracy
AD20b NR
AD21b INL
Resolution
—
—
10
±1
—
±2
bits
Integral Nonlinearity
LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3V
AD22b DNL
AD23b GERR
AD24b EOFF
AD25b
Differential Nonlinearity
Gain Error
—
—
—
—
±1
±1
±1
—
±1.5
±3
LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3V
LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3V
Offset Error
±2
LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3V
Monotonicity(1)
—
—
Guaranteed
Note 1: The ADC conversion result never decreases with an increase in the input voltage and has no missing codes.
2: Measurements taken with external VREF+ and VREF- used as the ADC voltage reference.
DS39927B-page 228
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 29-26: ADC CONVERSION TIMING REQUIREMENTS(1)
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8V to 3.6V
(unless otherwise stated)
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
Param
Symbol
No.
Characteristic
Min.
Typ
Max.
Units
Conditions
Clock Parameters
AD50
AD51
TAD
TRC
ADC Clock Period
75
—
—
—
ns
ns
TCY = 75 ns, AD1CON3
in default state
ADC Internal RC Oscillator Period
—
250
Conversion Rate
AD55
AD56
AD57
AD58
AD59
TCONV
FCNV
TSAMP
TACQ
Conversion Time
Throughput Rate
Sample Time
—
—
12
—
1
—
500
TAD
ksps AVDD ≥ 2.7V
—
—
TAD
Acquisition Time
750
—
—
—
ns
(Note 2)
TSWC
Switching Time from Convert to
Sample
—
(Note 3)
AD60
AD61
TDIS
Discharge Time
0.5
—
—
3
TAD
TAD
Clock Parameters
Sample Start Delay from setting
Sample bit (SAMP)
TPSS
2
—
Note 1: Because the sample caps will eventually lose charge, clock rates below 10 kHz can affect linearity
performance, especially at elevated temperatures.
2: The time for the holding capacitor to acquire the “New” input voltage when the voltage changes full scale
after the conversion (VDD to VSS or VSS to VDD).
3: On the following cycle of the device clock.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 229
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
TABLE 29-27: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER, POWER-UP TIMER
AND BROWN-OUT RESET TIMING REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8V to 3.6V
AC CHARACTERISTICS
(unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
Param
Symbol
No.
Characteristic
Min.
Typ(1) Max. Units
Conditions
SY10
SY11
SY12
SY13
TmcL
TPWRT
TPOR
TIOZ
MCLR Pulse Width (low)
Power-up Timer Period
Power-on Reset Delay
2
50
1
—
64
5
—
90
μs
ms
μs
ns
10
I/O High-Impedance from MCLR
Low or Watchdog Timer Reset
—
—
100
SY20
TWDT
Watchdog Timer Time-out Period
0.85
3.4
1
1.0
4.0
—
2
1.15
4.6
—
ms 1.32 prescaler
ms 1:128 prescaler
SY25
SY35
SY45
TBOR
TFSCM
TRST
Brown-out Reset Pulse Width
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor Delay
Configuration Update Time
μs
μs
μs
μs
—
2.3
—
—
20
10
TVREG
On-Chip Voltage Regulator
Output Delay
—
—
SY55
SY65
SY75
SY85
TLOCK
TOST
PLL Start-up Time
—
—
—
—
1
1024
1
—
—
ms
TOSC
μs
Oscillator Start-up Time
Fast RC Oscillator Start-up Time
TFRC
1.5
100
TLPRC
Low-Power Oscillator Start-up
Time
—
μs
Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.
DS39927B-page 230
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
30.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION
30.1 Package Marking Information
20-Lead PDIP
Example
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
PIC24F16KA101
-I/P
e
3
0910017
28-Lead SPDIP
Example
PIC24F16KA102
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
e
3
-I/SP
YYWWNNN
0910017
20-Lead SSOP
Example
PIC24F16KA
XXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXX
e
3
101-I/SS
YYWWNNN
0910017
28-Lead SSOP
Example
PIC24F08KA
XXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXX
e
3
102-I/SS
YYWWNNN
0910017
Legend: XX...X Product-specific information
Y
YY
Year code (last digit of calendar year)
Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)
WW
NNN
Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’)
Alphanumeric traceability code
e
3
Pb-free JEDEC designator for Matte Tin (Sn)
This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designator (
can be found on the outer packaging for this package.
*
)
3
e
Note: In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will
be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available
characters for customer-specific information.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 231
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
Example
-I/SO
20-Lead SOIC (.300”)
PIC24F16KA101
XXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXX
e
3
0910017
YYWWNNN
28-Lead SOIC (.300”)
Example
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
PIC24F16KA102
e
3
-I/SO
YYWWNNN
0910017
20-Lead QFN
Example
PIC24F
16KA101
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
e
3
-I/MQ
0910017
XXXXXX
YYWWNNN
28-Lead QFN
Example
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
24F16KA
102-I/ML
0910017
e
3
DS39927B-page 232
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
30.2 Package Details
The following sections give the technical details of the packages.
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢅꢊꢋꢌꢍꢇꢎꢏꢅꢉꢇꢐꢑꢂꢃꢌꢑꢄꢇꢒꢈꢓꢇMꢇꢔꢁꢁꢇꢕꢌꢉꢇꢖꢗꢆꢘꢇꢙꢈꢎꢐꢈꢚ
ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢜ 3ꢋꢉꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀ'ꢋ!&ꢀꢌ"ꢉꢉꢈꢅ&ꢀꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀ#ꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ!(ꢀꢓꢇꢈꢆ!ꢈꢀ!ꢈꢈꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑꢀꢐꢓꢈꢌꢄ%ꢄꢌꢆ&ꢄꢋꢅꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀꢆ&ꢀ
ꢍ&&ꢓ255***ꢂ'ꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢂꢌꢋ'5ꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑ
ꢀ
N
E1
NOTE 1
1
2
3
D
E
A2
A
L
c
A1
b1
eB
e
b
6ꢅꢄ&!
ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢀ9ꢄ'ꢄ&!
ꢚ7,8.ꢐ
7:ꢔ
ꢎꢕ
ꢂꢁꢕꢕꢀ1ꢐ,
M
ꢔꢚ7
ꢔꢗ;
7"')ꢈꢉꢀꢋ%ꢀꢃꢄꢅ!
ꢃꢄ&ꢌꢍ
7
ꢈ
ꢗ
ꢙꢋꢓꢀ&ꢋꢀꢐꢈꢆ&ꢄꢅꢑꢀꢃꢇꢆꢅꢈ
M
ꢂꢎꢁꢕ
ꢂꢁꢛꢘ
M
ꢔꢋꢇ#ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀꢙꢍꢄꢌ4ꢅꢈ!!
1ꢆ!ꢈꢀ&ꢋꢀꢐꢈꢆ&ꢄꢅꢑꢀꢃꢇꢆꢅꢈ
ꢐꢍꢋ"ꢇ#ꢈꢉꢀ&ꢋꢀꢐꢍꢋ"ꢇ#ꢈꢉꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
ꢔꢋꢇ#ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ9ꢈꢅꢑ&ꢍ
ꢙꢄꢓꢀ&ꢋꢀꢐꢈꢆ&ꢄꢅꢑꢀꢃꢇꢆꢅꢈ
9ꢈꢆ#ꢀꢙꢍꢄꢌ4ꢅꢈ!!
6ꢓꢓꢈꢉꢀ9ꢈꢆ#ꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
ꢗꢎ
ꢗꢁ
.
.ꢁ
ꢒ
9
ꢌ
)ꢁ
)
ꢈ1
ꢂꢁꢁꢘ
ꢂꢕꢁꢘ
ꢂ-ꢕꢕ
ꢂꢎꢖꢕ
ꢂꢛ>ꢕ
ꢂꢁꢁꢘ
ꢂꢕꢕ>
ꢂꢕꢖꢘ
ꢂꢕꢁꢖ
M
ꢂꢁ-ꢕ
M
ꢂ-ꢁꢕ
ꢂꢎꢘꢕ
ꢁꢂꢕ-ꢕ
ꢂꢁ-ꢕ
ꢂꢕꢁꢕ
ꢂꢕ?ꢕ
ꢂꢕꢁ>
M
ꢂ-ꢎꢘ
ꢂꢎ>ꢕ
ꢁꢂꢕ?ꢕ
ꢂꢁꢘꢕ
ꢂꢕꢁꢘ
ꢂꢕꢜꢕ
ꢂꢕꢎꢎ
ꢂꢖ-ꢕ
9ꢋ*ꢈꢉꢀ9ꢈꢆ#ꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀꢝꢋ*ꢀꢐꢓꢆꢌꢄꢅꢑꢀꢀꢏ
ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢊꢜ
ꢁꢂ ꢃꢄꢅꢀꢁꢀ ꢄ!"ꢆꢇꢀꢄꢅ#ꢈ$ꢀ%ꢈꢆ&"ꢉꢈꢀ'ꢆꢊꢀ ꢆꢉꢊ(ꢀ)"&ꢀ'"!&ꢀ)ꢈꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢄꢅꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢍꢆ&ꢌꢍꢈ#ꢀꢆꢉꢈꢆꢂ
ꢎꢂ ꢏꢀꢐꢄꢑꢅꢄ%ꢄꢌꢆꢅ&ꢀ,ꢍꢆꢉꢆꢌ&ꢈꢉꢄ!&ꢄꢌꢂ
-ꢂ ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢀꢒꢀꢆꢅ#ꢀ.ꢁꢀ#ꢋꢀꢅꢋ&ꢀꢄꢅꢌꢇ"#ꢈꢀ'ꢋꢇ#ꢀ%ꢇꢆ!ꢍꢀꢋꢉꢀꢓꢉꢋ&ꢉ"!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢂꢀꢔꢋꢇ#ꢀ%ꢇꢆ!ꢍꢀꢋꢉꢀꢓꢉꢋ&ꢉ"!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢀ!ꢍꢆꢇꢇꢀꢅꢋ&ꢀꢈ$ꢌꢈꢈ#ꢀꢂꢕꢁꢕ/ꢀꢓꢈꢉꢀ!ꢄ#ꢈꢂ
ꢖꢂ ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢄꢅꢑꢀꢆꢅ#ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢄꢅꢑꢀꢓꢈꢉꢀꢗꢐꢔ.ꢀ0ꢁꢖꢂꢘꢔꢂ
1ꢐ,2 1ꢆ!ꢄꢌꢀꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢂꢀꢙꢍꢈꢋꢉꢈ&ꢄꢌꢆꢇꢇꢊꢀꢈ$ꢆꢌ&ꢀ ꢆꢇ"ꢈꢀ!ꢍꢋ*ꢅꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢈ!ꢂ
ꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓ ꢙꢈꢌꢍꢅꢋꢇꢋꢑꢊ ꢒꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ ,ꢕꢖꢞꢕꢁꢛ1
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 233
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
ꢀ ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ!"ꢌꢑꢑꢘꢇꢈꢉꢅꢊꢋꢌꢍꢇꢎꢏꢅꢉꢇꢐꢑꢂꢃꢌꢑꢄꢇꢒ!ꢈꢓꢇMꢇꢔꢁꢁꢇꢕꢌꢉꢇꢖꢗꢆꢘꢇꢙ!ꢈꢎꢐꢈꢚ
ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢜ 3ꢋꢉꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀ'ꢋ!&ꢀꢌ"ꢉꢉꢈꢅ&ꢀꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀ#ꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ!(ꢀꢓꢇꢈꢆ!ꢈꢀ!ꢈꢈꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑꢀꢐꢓꢈꢌꢄ%ꢄꢌꢆ&ꢄꢋꢅꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀꢆ&ꢀ
ꢍ&&ꢓ255***ꢂ'ꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢂꢌꢋ'5ꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑ
N
NOTE 1
E1
1
2 3
D
E
A2
A
L
c
b1
A1
b
e
eB
6ꢅꢄ&!
ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢀ9ꢄ'ꢄ&!
ꢚ7,8.ꢐ
7:ꢔ
ꢎ>
ꢂꢁꢕꢕꢀ1ꢐ,
M
ꢔꢚ7
ꢔꢗ;
7"')ꢈꢉꢀꢋ%ꢀꢃꢄꢅ!
ꢃꢄ&ꢌꢍ
7
ꢈ
ꢗ
ꢙꢋꢓꢀ&ꢋꢀꢐꢈꢆ&ꢄꢅꢑꢀꢃꢇꢆꢅꢈ
M
ꢂꢎꢕꢕ
ꢂꢁꢘꢕ
M
ꢔꢋꢇ#ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀꢙꢍꢄꢌ4ꢅꢈ!!
1ꢆ!ꢈꢀ&ꢋꢀꢐꢈꢆ&ꢄꢅꢑꢀꢃꢇꢆꢅꢈ
ꢐꢍꢋ"ꢇ#ꢈꢉꢀ&ꢋꢀꢐꢍꢋ"ꢇ#ꢈꢉꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
ꢔꢋꢇ#ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ9ꢈꢅꢑ&ꢍ
ꢙꢄꢓꢀ&ꢋꢀꢐꢈꢆ&ꢄꢅꢑꢀꢃꢇꢆꢅꢈ
9ꢈꢆ#ꢀꢙꢍꢄꢌ4ꢅꢈ!!
6ꢓꢓꢈꢉꢀ9ꢈꢆ#ꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
ꢗꢎ
ꢗꢁ
.
.ꢁ
ꢒ
9
ꢌ
)ꢁ
)
ꢈ1
ꢂꢁꢎꢕ
ꢂꢕꢁꢘ
ꢂꢎꢛꢕ
ꢂꢎꢖꢕ
ꢁꢂ-ꢖꢘ
ꢂꢁꢁꢕ
ꢂꢕꢕ>
ꢂꢕꢖꢕ
ꢂꢕꢁꢖ
M
ꢂꢁ-ꢘ
M
ꢂ-ꢁꢕ
ꢂꢎ>ꢘ
ꢁꢂ-?ꢘ
ꢂꢁ-ꢕ
ꢂꢕꢁꢕ
ꢂꢕꢘꢕ
ꢂꢕꢁ>
M
ꢂ--ꢘ
ꢂꢎꢛꢘ
ꢁꢂꢖꢕꢕ
ꢂꢁꢘꢕ
ꢂꢕꢁꢘ
ꢂꢕꢜꢕ
ꢂꢕꢎꢎ
ꢂꢖ-ꢕ
9ꢋ*ꢈꢉꢀ9ꢈꢆ#ꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀꢝꢋ*ꢀꢐꢓꢆꢌꢄꢅꢑꢀꢀꢏ
ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢊꢜ
ꢁꢂ ꢃꢄꢅꢀꢁꢀ ꢄ!"ꢆꢇꢀꢄꢅ#ꢈ$ꢀ%ꢈꢆ&"ꢉꢈꢀ'ꢆꢊꢀ ꢆꢉꢊ(ꢀ)"&ꢀ'"!&ꢀ)ꢈꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢄꢅꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢍꢆ&ꢌꢍꢈ#ꢀꢆꢉꢈꢆꢂ
ꢎꢂ ꢏꢀꢐꢄꢑꢅꢄ%ꢄꢌꢆꢅ&ꢀ,ꢍꢆꢉꢆꢌ&ꢈꢉꢄ!&ꢄꢌꢂ
-ꢂ ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢀꢒꢀꢆꢅ#ꢀ.ꢁꢀ#ꢋꢀꢅꢋ&ꢀꢄꢅꢌꢇ"#ꢈꢀ'ꢋꢇ#ꢀ%ꢇꢆ!ꢍꢀꢋꢉꢀꢓꢉꢋ&ꢉ"!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢂꢀꢔꢋꢇ#ꢀ%ꢇꢆ!ꢍꢀꢋꢉꢀꢓꢉꢋ&ꢉ"!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢀ!ꢍꢆꢇꢇꢀꢅꢋ&ꢀꢈ$ꢌꢈꢈ#ꢀꢂꢕꢁꢕ/ꢀꢓꢈꢉꢀ!ꢄ#ꢈꢂ
ꢖꢂ ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢄꢅꢑꢀꢆꢅ#ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢄꢅꢑꢀꢓꢈꢉꢀꢗꢐꢔ.ꢀ0ꢁꢖꢂꢘꢔꢂ
1ꢐ,2 1ꢆ!ꢄꢌꢀꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢂꢀꢙꢍꢈꢋꢉꢈ&ꢄꢌꢆꢇꢇꢊꢀꢈ$ꢆꢌ&ꢀ ꢆꢇ"ꢈꢀ!ꢍꢋ*ꢅꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢈ!ꢂ
ꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓ ꢙꢈꢌꢍꢅꢋꢇꢋꢑꢊ ꢒꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ ,ꢕꢖꢞꢕꢜꢕ1
DS39927B-page 234
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢅꢊꢋꢌꢍꢇ!#$ꢌꢑ"ꢇ!ꢕꢅꢉꢉꢇ%ꢏꢋꢉꢌꢑꢄꢇꢒ!!ꢓꢇMꢇ&'ꢔꢁꢇꢕꢕꢇꢖꢗꢆꢘꢇꢙ!!%ꢈꢚꢇ
ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢜ 3ꢋꢉꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀ'ꢋ!&ꢀꢌ"ꢉꢉꢈꢅ&ꢀꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀ#ꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ!(ꢀꢓꢇꢈꢆ!ꢈꢀ!ꢈꢈꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑꢀꢐꢓꢈꢌꢄ%ꢄꢌꢆ&ꢄꢋꢅꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀꢆ&ꢀ
ꢍ&&ꢓ255***ꢂ'ꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢂꢌꢋ'5ꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑ
D
N
E
E1
NOTE 1
1
2
e
b
c
A2
A
φ
A1
L1
L
6ꢅꢄ&!
ꢔꢚ99ꢚꢔ.ꢙ.ꢝꢐ
ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢀ9ꢄ'ꢄ&!
ꢔꢚ7
7:ꢔ
ꢔꢗ;
7"')ꢈꢉꢀꢋ%ꢀꢃꢄꢅ!
ꢃꢄ&ꢌꢍ
7
ꢈ
ꢎꢕ
ꢕꢂ?ꢘꢀ1ꢐ,
: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ8ꢈꢄꢑꢍ&
ꢔꢋꢇ#ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀꢙꢍꢄꢌ4ꢅꢈ!!
ꢐ&ꢆꢅ#ꢋ%%ꢀ
: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
ꢔꢋꢇ#ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ9ꢈꢅꢑ&ꢍ
3ꢋꢋ&ꢀ9ꢈꢅꢑ&ꢍ
3ꢋꢋ&ꢓꢉꢄꢅ&
9ꢈꢆ#ꢀꢙꢍꢄꢌ4ꢅꢈ!!
3ꢋꢋ&ꢀꢗꢅꢑꢇꢈ
ꢗ
M
M
ꢁꢂꢜꢘ
M
ꢜꢂ>ꢕ
ꢘꢂ-ꢕ
ꢜꢂꢎꢕ
ꢕꢂꢜꢘ
ꢁꢂꢎꢘꢀꢝ.3
M
ꢎꢂꢕꢕ
ꢁꢂ>ꢘ
M
>ꢂꢎꢕ
ꢘꢂ?ꢕ
ꢜꢂꢘꢕ
ꢕꢂꢛꢘ
ꢗꢎ
ꢗꢁ
.
.ꢁ
ꢒ
9
9ꢁ
ꢌ
ꢁꢂ?ꢘ
ꢕꢂꢕꢘ
ꢜꢂꢖꢕ
ꢘꢂꢕꢕ
?ꢂꢛꢕ
ꢕꢂꢘꢘ
ꢕꢂꢕꢛ
ꢕꢟ
ꢕꢂꢎꢘ
>ꢟ
ꢀ
ꢖꢟ
9ꢈꢆ#ꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
)
ꢕꢂꢎꢎ
M
ꢕꢂ->
ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢊꢜ
ꢁꢂ ꢃꢄꢅꢀꢁꢀ ꢄ!"ꢆꢇꢀꢄꢅ#ꢈ$ꢀ%ꢈꢆ&"ꢉꢈꢀ'ꢆꢊꢀ ꢆꢉꢊ(ꢀ)"&ꢀ'"!&ꢀ)ꢈꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢄꢅꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢍꢆ&ꢌꢍꢈ#ꢀꢆꢉꢈꢆꢂ
ꢎꢂ ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢀꢒꢀꢆꢅ#ꢀ.ꢁꢀ#ꢋꢀꢅꢋ&ꢀꢄꢅꢌꢇ"#ꢈꢀ'ꢋꢇ#ꢀ%ꢇꢆ!ꢍꢀꢋꢉꢀꢓꢉꢋ&ꢉ"!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢂꢀꢔꢋꢇ#ꢀ%ꢇꢆ!ꢍꢀꢋꢉꢀꢓꢉꢋ&ꢉ"!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢀ!ꢍꢆꢇꢇꢀꢅꢋ&ꢀꢈ$ꢌꢈꢈ#ꢀꢕꢂꢎꢕꢀ''ꢀꢓꢈꢉꢀ!ꢄ#ꢈꢂ
-ꢂ ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢄꢅꢑꢀꢆꢅ#ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢄꢅꢑꢀꢓꢈꢉꢀꢗꢐꢔ.ꢀ0ꢁꢖꢂꢘꢔꢂ
1ꢐ,2 1ꢆ!ꢄꢌꢀꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢂꢀꢙꢍꢈꢋꢉꢈ&ꢄꢌꢆꢇꢇꢊꢀꢈ$ꢆꢌ&ꢀ ꢆꢇ"ꢈꢀ!ꢍꢋ*ꢅꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢈ!ꢂ
ꢝ.32 ꢝꢈ%ꢈꢉꢈꢅꢌꢈꢀꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅ(ꢀ"!"ꢆꢇꢇꢊꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢈ(ꢀ%ꢋꢉꢀꢄꢅ%ꢋꢉ'ꢆ&ꢄꢋꢅꢀꢓ"ꢉꢓꢋ!ꢈ!ꢀꢋꢅꢇꢊꢂ
ꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓ ꢙꢈꢌꢍꢅꢋꢇꢋꢑꢊ ꢒꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ ,ꢕꢖꢞꢕꢜꢎ1
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 235
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
ꢀ ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢅꢊꢋꢌꢍꢇ!#$ꢌꢑ"ꢇ!ꢕꢅꢉꢉꢇ%ꢏꢋꢉꢌꢑꢄꢇꢒ!!ꢓꢇMꢇ&'ꢔꢁꢇꢕꢕꢇꢖꢗꢆꢘꢇꢙ!!%ꢈꢚ
ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢜ 3ꢋꢉꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀ'ꢋ!&ꢀꢌ"ꢉꢉꢈꢅ&ꢀꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀ#ꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ!(ꢀꢓꢇꢈꢆ!ꢈꢀ!ꢈꢈꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑꢀꢐꢓꢈꢌꢄ%ꢄꢌꢆ&ꢄꢋꢅꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀꢆ&ꢀ
ꢍ&&ꢓ255***ꢂ'ꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢂꢌꢋ'5ꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑ
D
N
E
E1
1
2
b
NOTE 1
e
c
A2
A
φ
A1
L
L1
6ꢅꢄ&!
ꢔꢚ99ꢚꢔ.ꢙ.ꢝꢐ
ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢀ9ꢄ'ꢄ&!
ꢔꢚ7
7:ꢔ
ꢔꢗ;
7"')ꢈꢉꢀꢋ%ꢀꢃꢄꢅ!
ꢃꢄ&ꢌꢍ
7
ꢈ
ꢎ>
ꢕꢂ?ꢘꢀ1ꢐ,
: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ8ꢈꢄꢑꢍ&
ꢔꢋꢇ#ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀꢙꢍꢄꢌ4ꢅꢈ!!
ꢐ&ꢆꢅ#ꢋ%%ꢀ
: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
ꢔꢋꢇ#ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ9ꢈꢅꢑ&ꢍ
3ꢋꢋ&ꢀ9ꢈꢅꢑ&ꢍ
3ꢋꢋ&ꢓꢉꢄꢅ&
9ꢈꢆ#ꢀꢙꢍꢄꢌ4ꢅꢈ!!
3ꢋꢋ&ꢀꢗꢅꢑꢇꢈ
ꢗ
M
M
ꢁꢂꢜꢘ
M
ꢜꢂ>ꢕ
ꢘꢂ-ꢕ
ꢁꢕꢂꢎꢕ
ꢕꢂꢜꢘ
ꢁꢂꢎꢘꢀꢝ.3
M
ꢎꢂꢕꢕ
ꢁꢂ>ꢘ
M
>ꢂꢎꢕ
ꢘꢂ?ꢕ
ꢁꢕꢂꢘꢕ
ꢕꢂꢛꢘ
ꢗꢎ
ꢗꢁ
.
.ꢁ
ꢒ
9
9ꢁ
ꢌ
ꢁꢂ?ꢘ
ꢕꢂꢕꢘ
ꢜꢂꢖꢕ
ꢘꢂꢕꢕ
ꢛꢂꢛꢕ
ꢕꢂꢘꢘ
ꢕꢂꢕꢛ
ꢕꢟ
ꢕꢂꢎꢘ
>ꢟ
ꢀ
ꢖꢟ
9ꢈꢆ#ꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
)
ꢕꢂꢎꢎ
M
ꢕꢂ->
ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢊꢜ
ꢁꢂ ꢃꢄꢅꢀꢁꢀ ꢄ!"ꢆꢇꢀꢄꢅ#ꢈ$ꢀ%ꢈꢆ&"ꢉꢈꢀ'ꢆꢊꢀ ꢆꢉꢊ(ꢀ)"&ꢀ'"!&ꢀ)ꢈꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢄꢅꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢍꢆ&ꢌꢍꢈ#ꢀꢆꢉꢈꢆꢂ
ꢎꢂ ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢀꢒꢀꢆꢅ#ꢀ.ꢁꢀ#ꢋꢀꢅꢋ&ꢀꢄꢅꢌꢇ"#ꢈꢀ'ꢋꢇ#ꢀ%ꢇꢆ!ꢍꢀꢋꢉꢀꢓꢉꢋ&ꢉ"!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢂꢀꢔꢋꢇ#ꢀ%ꢇꢆ!ꢍꢀꢋꢉꢀꢓꢉꢋ&ꢉ"!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢀ!ꢍꢆꢇꢇꢀꢅꢋ&ꢀꢈ$ꢌꢈꢈ#ꢀꢕꢂꢎꢕꢀ''ꢀꢓꢈꢉꢀ!ꢄ#ꢈꢂ
-ꢂ ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢄꢅꢑꢀꢆꢅ#ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢄꢅꢑꢀꢓꢈꢉꢀꢗꢐꢔ.ꢀ0ꢁꢖꢂꢘꢔꢂ
1ꢐ,2 1ꢆ!ꢄꢌꢀꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢂꢀꢙꢍꢈꢋꢉꢈ&ꢄꢌꢆꢇꢇꢊꢀꢈ$ꢆꢌ&ꢀ ꢆꢇ"ꢈꢀ!ꢍꢋ*ꢅꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢈ!ꢂ
ꢝ.32 ꢝꢈ%ꢈꢉꢈꢅꢌꢈꢀꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅ(ꢀ"!"ꢆꢇꢇꢊꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢈ(ꢀ%ꢋꢉꢀꢄꢅ%ꢋꢉ'ꢆ&ꢄꢋꢅꢀꢓ"ꢉꢓꢋ!ꢈ!ꢀꢋꢅꢇꢊꢂ
ꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓ ꢙꢈꢌꢍꢅꢋꢇꢋꢑꢊ ꢒꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ ,ꢕꢖꢞꢕꢜ-1
DS39927B-page 236
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢅꢊꢋꢌꢍꢇ!ꢕꢅꢉꢉꢇ%ꢏꢋꢉꢌꢑꢄꢇꢒ!%ꢓꢇM (ꢌꢆꢄ)ꢇ*'&ꢁꢇꢕꢕꢇꢖꢗꢆꢘꢇꢙ!%ꢐ+ꢚ
ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢜ 3ꢋꢉꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀ'ꢋ!&ꢀꢌ"ꢉꢉꢈꢅ&ꢀꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀ#ꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ!(ꢀꢓꢇꢈꢆ!ꢈꢀ!ꢈꢈꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑꢀꢐꢓꢈꢌꢄ%ꢄꢌꢆ&ꢄꢋꢅꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀꢆ&ꢀ
ꢍ&&ꢓ255***ꢂ'ꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢂꢌꢋ'5ꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑ
D
N
E
E1
NOTE 1
1
2
3
b
e
α
h
h
c
φ
A2
A
L
β
A1
L1
6ꢅꢄ&!
ꢔꢚ99ꢚꢔ.ꢙ.ꢝꢐ
ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢀ9ꢄ'ꢄ&!
ꢔꢚ7
7:ꢔ
ꢔꢗ;
7"')ꢈꢉꢀꢋ%ꢀꢃꢄꢅ!
ꢃꢄ&ꢌꢍ
7
ꢈ
ꢎꢕ
ꢁꢂꢎꢜꢀ1ꢐ,
: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ8ꢈꢄꢑꢍ&
ꢔꢋꢇ#ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀꢙꢍꢄꢌ4ꢅꢈ!!
ꢐ&ꢆꢅ#ꢋ%%ꢀꢀꢏ
ꢗ
M
ꢎꢂꢕꢘ
ꢕꢂꢁꢕ
M
M
M
ꢎꢂ?ꢘ
M
ꢕꢂ-ꢕ
ꢗꢎ
ꢗꢁ
.
: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
ꢁꢕꢂ-ꢕꢀ1ꢐ,
ꢔꢋꢇ#ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ9ꢈꢅꢑ&ꢍ
,ꢍꢆ'%ꢈꢉꢀAꢋꢓ&ꢄꢋꢅꢆꢇB
3ꢋꢋ&ꢀ9ꢈꢅꢑ&ꢍ
.ꢁ
ꢒ
ꢍ
ꢜꢂꢘꢕꢀ1ꢐ,
ꢁꢎꢂ>ꢕꢀ1ꢐ,
ꢕꢂꢎꢘ
ꢕꢂꢖꢕ
M
M
ꢕꢂꢜꢘ
ꢁꢂꢎꢜ
9
3ꢋꢋ&ꢓꢉꢄꢅ&
3ꢋꢋ&ꢀꢗꢅꢑꢇꢈ
9ꢈꢆ#ꢀꢙꢍꢄꢌ4ꢅꢈ!!
9ꢈꢆ#ꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
ꢔꢋꢇ#ꢀꢒꢉꢆ%&ꢀꢗꢅꢑꢇꢈꢀꢙꢋꢓ
ꢔꢋꢇ#ꢀꢒꢉꢆ%&ꢀꢗꢅꢑꢇꢈꢀ1ꢋ&&ꢋ'
9ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁꢂꢖꢕꢀꢝ.3
ꢕꢟ
ꢕꢂꢎꢕ
ꢕꢂ-ꢁ
ꢘꢟ
M
M
M
M
M
>ꢟ
ꢌ
)
ꢁ
ꢕꢂ--
ꢕꢂꢘꢁ
ꢁꢘꢟ
ꢂ
ꢘꢟ
ꢁꢘꢟ
ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢊꢜ
ꢁꢂ ꢃꢄꢅꢀꢁꢀ ꢄ!"ꢆꢇꢀꢄꢅ#ꢈ$ꢀ%ꢈꢆ&"ꢉꢈꢀ'ꢆꢊꢀ ꢆꢉꢊ(ꢀ)"&ꢀ'"!&ꢀ)ꢈꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢄꢅꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢍꢆ&ꢌꢍꢈ#ꢀꢆꢉꢈꢆꢂ
ꢎꢂ ꢏꢀꢐꢄꢑꢅꢄ%ꢄꢌꢆꢅ&ꢀ,ꢍꢆꢉꢆꢌ&ꢈꢉꢄ!&ꢄꢌꢂ
-ꢂ ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢀꢒꢀꢆꢅ#ꢀ.ꢁꢀ#ꢋꢀꢅꢋ&ꢀꢄꢅꢌꢇ"#ꢈꢀ'ꢋꢇ#ꢀ%ꢇꢆ!ꢍꢀꢋꢉꢀꢓꢉꢋ&ꢉ"!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢂꢀꢔꢋꢇ#ꢀ%ꢇꢆ!ꢍꢀꢋꢉꢀꢓꢉꢋ&ꢉ"!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢀ!ꢍꢆꢇꢇꢀꢅꢋ&ꢀꢈ$ꢌꢈꢈ#ꢀꢕꢂꢁꢘꢀ''ꢀꢓꢈꢉꢀ!ꢄ#ꢈꢂ
ꢖꢂ ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢄꢅꢑꢀꢆꢅ#ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢄꢅꢑꢀꢓꢈꢉꢀꢗꢐꢔ.ꢀ0ꢁꢖꢂꢘꢔꢂ
1ꢐ,2 1ꢆ!ꢄꢌꢀꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢂꢀꢙꢍꢈꢋꢉꢈ&ꢄꢌꢆꢇꢇꢊꢀꢈ$ꢆꢌ&ꢀ ꢆꢇ"ꢈꢀ!ꢍꢋ*ꢅꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢈ!ꢂ
ꢝ.32 ꢝꢈ%ꢈꢉꢈꢅꢌꢈꢀꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅ(ꢀ"!"ꢆꢇꢇꢊꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢈ(ꢀ%ꢋꢉꢀꢄꢅ%ꢋꢉ'ꢆ&ꢄꢋꢅꢀꢓ"ꢉꢓꢋ!ꢈ!ꢀꢋꢅꢇꢊꢂ
ꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓ ꢙꢈꢌꢍꢅꢋꢇꢋꢑꢊ ꢒꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ ,ꢕꢖꢞꢕꢛꢖ1
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 237
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
ꢀ ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢅꢊꢋꢌꢍꢇ!ꢕꢅꢉꢉꢇ%ꢏꢋꢉꢌꢑꢄꢇꢒ!%ꢓꢇMꢇ(ꢌꢆꢄ)ꢇ*'&ꢁꢇꢕꢕꢇꢖꢗꢆꢘꢇꢙ!%ꢐ+ꢚ
ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢜ 3ꢋꢉꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀ'ꢋ!&ꢀꢌ"ꢉꢉꢈꢅ&ꢀꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀ#ꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ!(ꢀꢓꢇꢈꢆ!ꢈꢀ!ꢈꢈꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑꢀꢐꢓꢈꢌꢄ%ꢄꢌꢆ&ꢄꢋꢅꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀꢆ&ꢀ
ꢍ&&ꢓ255***ꢂ'ꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢂꢌꢋ'5ꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑ
D
N
E
E1
NOTE 1
1
2
3
e
b
h
α
h
c
φ
A2
A
L
A1
L1
β
6ꢅꢄ&!
ꢔꢚ99ꢚꢔ.ꢙ.ꢝꢐ
ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢀ9ꢄ'ꢄ&!
ꢔꢚ7
7:ꢔ
ꢔꢗ;
7"')ꢈꢉꢀꢋ%ꢀꢃꢄꢅ!
ꢃꢄ&ꢌꢍ
7
ꢈ
ꢎ>
ꢁꢂꢎꢜꢀ1ꢐ,
: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ8ꢈꢄꢑꢍ&
ꢔꢋꢇ#ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀꢙꢍꢄꢌ4ꢅꢈ!!
ꢐ&ꢆꢅ#ꢋ%%ꢀꢀꢏ
ꢗ
M
ꢎꢂꢕꢘ
ꢕꢂꢁꢕ
M
M
M
ꢎꢂ?ꢘ
M
ꢕꢂ-ꢕ
ꢗꢎ
ꢗꢁ
.
: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
ꢁꢕꢂ-ꢕꢀ1ꢐ,
ꢔꢋꢇ#ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ9ꢈꢅꢑ&ꢍ
,ꢍꢆ'%ꢈꢉꢀAꢋꢓ&ꢄꢋꢅꢆꢇB
3ꢋꢋ&ꢀ9ꢈꢅꢑ&ꢍ
.ꢁ
ꢒ
ꢍ
ꢜꢂꢘꢕꢀ1ꢐ,
ꢁꢜꢂꢛꢕꢀ1ꢐ,
ꢕꢂꢎꢘ
ꢕꢂꢖꢕ
M
M
ꢕꢂꢜꢘ
ꢁꢂꢎꢜ
9
3ꢋꢋ&ꢓꢉꢄꢅ&
9ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁꢂꢖꢕꢀꢝ.3
3ꢋꢋ&ꢀꢗꢅꢑꢇꢈꢀꢙꢋꢓ
9ꢈꢆ#ꢀꢙꢍꢄꢌ4ꢅꢈ!!
9ꢈꢆ#ꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
ꢔꢋꢇ#ꢀꢒꢉꢆ%&ꢀꢗꢅꢑꢇꢈꢀꢙꢋꢓ
ꢔꢋꢇ#ꢀꢒꢉꢆ%&ꢀꢗꢅꢑꢇꢈꢀ1ꢋ&&ꢋ'
ꢕꢟ
ꢕꢂꢁ>
ꢕꢂ-ꢁ
ꢘꢟ
M
M
M
M
M
>ꢟ
ꢌ
)
ꢁ
ꢕꢂ--
ꢕꢂꢘꢁ
ꢁꢘꢟ
ꢂ
ꢘꢟ
ꢁꢘꢟ
ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢊꢜ
ꢁꢂ ꢃꢄꢅꢀꢁꢀ ꢄ!"ꢆꢇꢀꢄꢅ#ꢈ$ꢀ%ꢈꢆ&"ꢉꢈꢀ'ꢆꢊꢀ ꢆꢉꢊ(ꢀ)"&ꢀ'"!&ꢀ)ꢈꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢄꢅꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢍꢆ&ꢌꢍꢈ#ꢀꢆꢉꢈꢆꢂ
ꢎꢂ ꢏꢀꢐꢄꢑꢅꢄ%ꢄꢌꢆꢅ&ꢀ,ꢍꢆꢉꢆꢌ&ꢈꢉꢄ!&ꢄꢌꢂ
-ꢂ ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢀꢒꢀꢆꢅ#ꢀ.ꢁꢀ#ꢋꢀꢅꢋ&ꢀꢄꢅꢌꢇ"#ꢈꢀ'ꢋꢇ#ꢀ%ꢇꢆ!ꢍꢀꢋꢉꢀꢓꢉꢋ&ꢉ"!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢂꢀꢔꢋꢇ#ꢀ%ꢇꢆ!ꢍꢀꢋꢉꢀꢓꢉꢋ&ꢉ"!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢀ!ꢍꢆꢇꢇꢀꢅꢋ&ꢀꢈ$ꢌꢈꢈ#ꢀꢕꢂꢁꢘꢀ''ꢀꢓꢈꢉꢀ!ꢄ#ꢈꢂ
ꢖꢂ ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢄꢅꢑꢀꢆꢅ#ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢄꢅꢑꢀꢓꢈꢉꢀꢗꢐꢔ.ꢀ0ꢁꢖꢂꢘꢔꢂ
1ꢐ,2 1ꢆ!ꢄꢌꢀꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢂꢀꢙꢍꢈꢋꢉꢈ&ꢄꢌꢆꢇꢇꢊꢀꢈ$ꢆꢌ&ꢀ ꢆꢇ"ꢈꢀ!ꢍꢋ*ꢅꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢈ!ꢂ
ꢝ.32 ꢝꢈ%ꢈꢉꢈꢅꢌꢈꢀꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅ(ꢀ"!"ꢆꢇꢇꢊꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢈ(ꢀ%ꢋꢉꢀꢄꢅ%ꢋꢉ'ꢆ&ꢄꢋꢅꢀꢓ"ꢉꢓꢋ!ꢈ!ꢀꢋꢅꢇꢊꢂ
ꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓ ꢙꢈꢌꢍꢅꢋꢇꢋꢑꢊ ꢒꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ ,ꢕꢖꢞꢕꢘꢎ1
DS39927B-page 238
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
20-Lead Plastic Quad Flat, No Lead Package (MQ) – 5x5x0.9 mm Body [QFN]
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 239
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
ꢀ ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢅꢊꢋꢌꢍꢇ,ꢏꢅꢆꢇ-ꢉꢅꢋ)ꢇꢛꢗꢇꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢅꢍ"ꢅ.ꢄꢇꢒ/ꢃꢓꢇMꢇ010ꢇꢕꢕꢇꢖꢗꢆꢘꢇꢙ,-ꢛꢚ
2ꢌꢋ#ꢇꢁ'&&ꢇꢕꢕꢇ+ꢗꢑꢋꢅꢍꢋꢇꢃꢄꢑ.ꢋ#
ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢜ 3ꢋꢉꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀ'ꢋ!&ꢀꢌ"ꢉꢉꢈꢅ&ꢀꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀ#ꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ!(ꢀꢓꢇꢈꢆ!ꢈꢀ!ꢈꢈꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑꢀꢐꢓꢈꢌꢄ%ꢄꢌꢆ&ꢄꢋꢅꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀꢆ&ꢀ
ꢍ&&ꢓ255***ꢂ'ꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢂꢌꢋ'5ꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑ
D
D2
EXPOSED
PAD
e
E
b
E2
2
1
2
1
K
N
N
NOTE 1
L
BOTTOM VIEW
TOP VIEW
A
A3
A1
6ꢅꢄ&!
ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢀ9ꢄ'ꢄ&!
ꢔꢚ99ꢚꢔ.ꢙ.ꢝꢐ
7:ꢔ
ꢔꢚ7
ꢔꢗ;
7"')ꢈꢉꢀꢋ%ꢀꢃꢄꢅ!
ꢃꢄ&ꢌꢍ
: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ8ꢈꢄꢑꢍ&
ꢐ&ꢆꢅ#ꢋ%%ꢀ
,ꢋꢅ&ꢆꢌ&ꢀꢙꢍꢄꢌ4ꢅꢈ!!
: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
.$ꢓꢋ!ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆ#ꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ9ꢈꢅꢑ&ꢍ
.$ꢓꢋ!ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆ#ꢀ9ꢈꢅꢑ&ꢍ
,ꢋꢅ&ꢆꢌ&ꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ
,ꢋꢅ&ꢆꢌ&ꢀ9ꢈꢅꢑ&ꢍ
,ꢋꢅ&ꢆꢌ&ꢞ&ꢋꢞ.$ꢓꢋ!ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆ#
7
ꢈ
ꢗ
ꢗꢁ
ꢗ-
.
.ꢎ
ꢒ
ꢎ>
ꢕꢂ?ꢘꢀ1ꢐ,
ꢕꢂꢛꢕ
ꢕꢂ>ꢕ
ꢕꢂꢕꢕ
ꢁꢂꢕꢕ
ꢕꢂꢕꢘ
ꢕꢂꢕꢎ
ꢕꢂꢎꢕꢀꢝ.3
?ꢂꢕꢕꢀ1ꢐ,
-ꢂꢜꢕ
?ꢂꢕꢕꢀ1ꢐ,
-ꢂꢜꢕ
ꢕꢂ-ꢕ
ꢕꢂꢘꢘ
M
-ꢂ?ꢘ
ꢖꢂꢎꢕ
ꢒꢎ
)
9
-ꢂ?ꢘ
ꢕꢂꢎ-
ꢕꢂꢘꢕ
ꢕꢂꢎꢕ
ꢖꢂꢎꢕ
ꢕꢂ-ꢘ
ꢕꢂꢜꢕ
M
C
ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢊꢜ
ꢁꢂ ꢃꢄꢅꢀꢁꢀ ꢄ!"ꢆꢇꢀꢄꢅ#ꢈ$ꢀ%ꢈꢆ&"ꢉꢈꢀ'ꢆꢊꢀ ꢆꢉꢊ(ꢀ)"&ꢀ'"!&ꢀ)ꢈꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢄꢅꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢍꢆ&ꢌꢍꢈ#ꢀꢆꢉꢈꢆꢂ
ꢎꢂ ꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀꢄ!ꢀ!ꢆ*ꢀ!ꢄꢅꢑ"ꢇꢆ&ꢈ#ꢂ
-ꢂ ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢄꢅꢑꢀꢆꢅ#ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢄꢅꢑꢀꢓꢈꢉꢀꢗꢐꢔ.ꢀ0ꢁꢖꢂꢘꢔꢂ
1ꢐ,2 1ꢆ!ꢄꢌꢀꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢂꢀꢙꢍꢈꢋꢉꢈ&ꢄꢌꢆꢇꢇꢊꢀꢈ$ꢆꢌ&ꢀ ꢆꢇ"ꢈꢀ!ꢍꢋ*ꢅꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢈ!ꢂ
ꢝ.32 ꢝꢈ%ꢈꢉꢈꢅꢌꢈꢀꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅ(ꢀ"!"ꢆꢇꢇꢊꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢈ(ꢀ%ꢋꢉꢀꢄꢅ%ꢋꢉ'ꢆ&ꢄꢋꢅꢀꢓ"ꢉꢓꢋ!ꢈ!ꢀꢋꢅꢇꢊꢂ
ꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓ ꢙꢈꢌꢍꢅꢋꢇꢋꢑꢊ ꢒꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ ,ꢕꢖꢞꢁꢕꢘ1
DS39927B-page 240
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
ꢀ ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢅꢊꢋꢌꢍꢇ,ꢏꢅꢆꢇ-ꢉꢅꢋ)ꢇꢛꢗꢇꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢅꢍ"ꢅ.ꢄꢇꢒ/ꢃꢓꢇMꢇ010ꢇꢕꢕꢇꢖꢗꢆꢘꢇꢙ,-ꢛꢚ
2ꢌꢋ#ꢇꢁ'&&ꢇꢕꢕꢇ+ꢗꢑꢋꢅꢍꢋꢇꢃꢄꢑ.ꢋ#
ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢜ 3ꢋꢉꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀ'ꢋ!&ꢀꢌ"ꢉꢉꢈꢅ&ꢀꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀ#ꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ!(ꢀꢓꢇꢈꢆ!ꢈꢀ!ꢈꢈꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑꢀꢐꢓꢈꢌꢄ%ꢄꢌꢆ&ꢄꢋꢅꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀꢆ&ꢀ
ꢍ&&ꢓ255***ꢂ'ꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢂꢌꢋ'5ꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑ
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 241
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39927B-page 242
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
APPENDIX A: REVISION HISTORY
Revision A (November 2008)
Original data sheet for the PIC24F16KA102 family of
devices.
Revision B (March 2009)
Section 29.0 “Electrical Characteristics” was
revised and minor text edits were made throughout the
document.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 243
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39927B-page 244
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
INDEX
Timer3 (16-Bit Synchronous Mode) ......................... 115
Watchdog Timer (WDT) ........................................... 196
Brown-out Reset
Trip Points ............................................................... 214
Brown-out Reset (BOR) ..................................................... 61
A
A/D
10-Bit High-Speed A/D Converter ............................ 169
Conversion Timing Requirements ............................ 229
Module Specifications .............................................. 228
Reset, Watchdog Timer, Oscillator Start-up Timer,
Power-up Timer and Brown-out Reset
C
C Compilers
Timing Requirements ....................................... 230
MPLAB C18 ............................................................. 200
MPLAB C30 ............................................................. 200
Charge Time Measurement Unit. See CTMU.
Code Examples
A/D Converter
Analog Input Model .................................................. 176
Transfer Function ..................................................... 177
AC Characteristics
Data EEPROM Bulk Erase ........................................ 55
Data EEPROM Unlock Sequence ............................. 51
Erasing a Program Memory Row,
’C’ Language Code ............................................ 47
Erasing a Program Memory Row,
Assembly Language Code ................................ 46
I/O Port Write/Read ................................................. 110
Initiating a Programming Sequence,
’C’ Language Code ............................................ 49
Initiating a Programming Sequence,
Assembly Language Code ................................ 49
Loading the Write Buffers,
’C’ Language Code ............................................ 48
Loading the Write Buffers,
Assembly Language Code ................................ 48
Programming a Single Word of
Flash Program Memory ..................................... 49
PWRSAV Instruction Syntax ................................... 101
Reading the Data EEPROM Using the
Capacitive Loading Requirements on
Output Pins ...................................................... 223
Comparator .............................................................. 227
Comparator Voltage Reference Settling Time ......... 227
CTMU Current Source ............................................. 227
Internal RC Accuracy ............................................... 225
Load Conditions and Requirements ......................... 223
Temperature and Voltage Specifications ................. 223
Assembler
MPASM Assembler .................................................. 200
B
Basic Connection Requirements ........................................ 15
Baud Rate Generator
Setting as a Bus Master ........................................... 137
Block Diagrams
10-Bit High-Speed A/D Converter ............................ 170
16-Bit Timer1 ........................................................... 111
Accessing Program Memory with
TBLRD Command ............................................. 56
Sequence for Clock Switching ................................... 98
Setting the RTCWREN Bit ....................................... 152
Single-Word Erase .................................................... 54
Single-Word Write to Data EEPROM ........................ 55
Code Protection ............................................................... 197
Comparator ...................................................................... 179
Comparator Voltage Reference ....................................... 183
Configuration Bits ............................................................ 189
Configuration of Analog, Digital Pins
During ICSP Operation .............................................. 18
Core Features ...................................................................... 7
CPU
ALU ............................................................................ 23
Control Registers ....................................................... 22
Core Registers ........................................................... 20
Programmer’s Model ................................................. 19
CRC
Table Instructions ............................................. 40
CALL Stack Frame ..................................................... 37
Comparator Module ................................................. 179
Comparator Voltage Reference ............................... 183
CPU Programmer’s Model ......................................... 21
CRC Reconfigured for Polynomial ........................... 164
CRC Shifter Details .................................................. 163
CTMU Connections and Internal Configuration
for Capacitance Measurement ......................... 185
CTMU Typical Connections and Internal
Configuration for Pulse Delay Generation ....... 186
CTMU Typical Connections and Internal
Configuration for Time Measurement .............. 186
Data Access From Program Space
Address Generation ........................................... 38
High/Low-Voltage Detect (HLVD) ............................ 167
2
I C Module ............................................................... 136
Individual Comparator Configurations ...................... 180
Input Capture ........................................................... 119
Output Compare ...................................................... 124
PIC24F CPU Core ..................................................... 20
PIC24F16KA102 Family (General) ............................ 10
PSV Operation ........................................................... 41
Reset System ............................................................. 57
RTCC ....................................................................... 151
Shared I/O Port Structure ........................................ 109
Simplified UART ....................................................... 143
SPI1 Module (Enhanced Buffer Mode) .................... 129
SPI1 Module (Standard Buffer Mode) ...................... 128
System Clock ............................................................. 91
Timer2 (16-Bit Synchronous Mode) ......................... 115
Timer2/3 (32-Bit Mode) ............................................ 114
Operation in Power Save Modes ............................. 164
User Interface .......................................................... 164
CTMU
Measuring Capacitance ........................................... 185
Measuring Time ....................................................... 186
Pulse Delay and Generation .................................... 186
Customer Change Notification Service ............................ 249
Customer Notification Service ......................................... 249
Customer Support ............................................................ 249
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 245
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
D
H
Data EEPROM
High/Low-Voltage Detect
Erasing .......................................................................54
Operations .................................................................53
Programming
Characteristics ......................................................... 213
High/Low-Voltage Detect (HLVD) .................................... 167
I
Data EEPROM Bulk Erase ................................55
Reading Data EEPROM ....................................56
Single-Word Write ..............................................55
I/O Ports
Analog Port Configuration ........................................ 110
Input Change Notification ........................................ 110
Open-Drain Configuration ........................................ 110
Parallel (PIO) ........................................................... 109
Data Memory
Address Space ...........................................................27
Memory Map ..............................................................27
Near Data Space .......................................................28
Organization ...............................................................28
SFR Space .................................................................28
Software Stack ...........................................................37
Space Width ...............................................................27
2
I C
Clock Rates ............................................................. 137
Communicating as Master in Single
Master Environment ........................................ 135
Pin Remapping Options ........................................... 135
Reserved Addresses ............................................... 137
Slave Address Masking ........................................... 137
ICSP Pins .......................................................................... 17
In-Circuit Debugger .......................................................... 197
In-Circuit Serial Programming .......................................... 197
Input Capture ................................................................... 119
Instruction Set
DC Characteristics
Comparator ..............................................................222
Comparator Voltage Reference ...............................222
Data EEPROM Memory ...........................................221
I/O Pin Input Specifications ......................................220
I/O Pin Output Specifications ...................................221
Idle Current IIDLE ......................................................216
Operating Current IDD ..............................................214
Power-Down Current IPD .........................................217
Program Memory .....................................................221
Temperature and Voltage Specifications .................213
Deep Sleep BOR (DSBOR) ...............................................61
Development Support ......................................................199
Device Features (Summary) ................................................9
Doze Mode .......................................................................107
Opcode Symbols ..................................................... 204
Overview .................................................................. 205
Summary ................................................................. 203
2
Inter-Integrated Circuit. See I C.
Internet Address .............................................................. 249
Interrupts
Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT) ..................... 63
Implemented Vectors ................................................. 65
Interrupt Vector Table (IVT) ....................................... 63
Reset Sequence ........................................................ 63
Setup and Service Procedures .................................. 90
Trap Vectors .............................................................. 65
Vector Table .............................................................. 64
E
Electrical Characteristics
Absolute Maximum Ratings .....................................211
Thermal Operating Conditions .................................212
V/F Graphs ...............................................................212
Equations
M
Master Clear (MCLR) Pin .................................................. 16
Microchip Internet Web Site ............................................. 249
MPLAB ASM30 Assembler, Linker, Librarian .................. 200
MPLAB ICD 2 In-Circuit Debugger .................................. 201
MPLAB ICE 2000 High-Performance
Universal In-Circuit Emulator ................................... 201
MPLAB Integrated Development
Environment Software ............................................. 199
MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer ................................... 201
MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System ............... 201
MPLINK Object Linker/MPLIB Object Librarian ............... 200
A/D Conversion Clock Period ..................................176
Baud Rate Reload Calculation .................................137
Calculating the PWM Period ....................................122
Calculation for Maximum PWM Resolution ..............122
Device and SPI Clock Speed Relationship ..............134
UART Baud Rate with BRGH = 0 ............................144
UART Baud Rate with BRGH = 1 ............................144
Errata ...................................................................................6
External Oscillator Pins ......................................................18
F
Flash and Data EEPROM Programming
N
Control Registers .......................................................51
NVMADR ...........................................................53
NVMCON ...........................................................51
NVMKEY ............................................................51
Flash Program Memory
Near Data Space ............................................................... 28
O
Oscillator Configuration
Clock Switching ......................................................... 97
Sequence .......................................................... 97
Configuration Values for Clock Selection .................. 92
CPU Clocking Scheme .............................................. 92
Initial Configuration on POR ...................................... 92
Output Compare
Control Registers .......................................................44
Enhanced ICSP Operation .........................................44
Programming Algorithm .............................................46
Programming Operations ...........................................44
RTSP Operation .........................................................44
Table Instructions .......................................................43
Continuous Output Pulse Generation ...................... 121
PWM Mode
Period and Duty Cycle Calculations ................ 123
Single Output Pulse Generation .............................. 121
DS39927B-page 246
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
CMSTAT (Comparator Status) ................................ 182
CMxCON (Comparator x Control) ........................... 181
CORCON (Core Control) ........................................... 68
CORCON (CPU Control) ........................................... 23
CRCCON (CRC Control) ......................................... 165
CRCXOR (CRC XOR Polynomial) .......................... 166
CTMUCON (CTMU Control) .................................... 187
CTMUICON (CTMU Current Control) ...................... 188
CVRCON (Comparator Voltage
P
Packaging
Details ...................................................................... 233
Marking .................................................................... 231
PICSTART Plus Development Programmer .................... 202
Pinout Descriptions ...................................................... 11–14
Power Supply Pins ............................................................. 16
Power-Saving Features ................................................... 101
Clock Frequency and Clock Switching ..................... 101
Instruction-Based Modes ......................................... 101
Deep Sleep ...................................................... 102
Idle ................................................................... 102
Sleep ................................................................ 101
Product Identification System .......................................... 251
Program and Data Memory
Access Using Table Instructions ................................ 39
Program Space Visibility ............................................ 40
Program and Data Memory Spaces
Interfacing .................................................................. 37
Program Memory
Reference Control) .......................................... 184
DEVID (Device ID) ................................................... 195
DEVREV (Device Revision) ..................................... 195
DSCON (Deep Sleep Control) ................................. 105
DSWSRC (Deep Sleep Wake-up Source) ............... 106
FBS (Boot Segment Configuration) ......................... 189
FDS (Deep Sleep Configuration) ............................. 194
FGS (General Segment Configuration) ................... 190
FICD (In-Circuit Debugger Configuration) ............... 193
FOSC (Oscillator Configuration) .............................. 191
FOSCSEL (Oscillator Selection Configuration) ....... 190
FPOR (Reset Configuration) ................................... 193
FWDT (Watchdog Timer Configuration) .................. 192
HLVDCON (High/Low-Voltage Detect Control) ....... 168
I2C1CON (I2C1 Control) ......................................... 138
I2C1MSK (I2C1 Slave Mode Address Mask) .......... 142
I2C1STAT (I2C1 Status) .......................................... 140
IC1CON (Input Capture 1 Control) .......................... 120
IEC0 (Interrupt Enable Control 0) .............................. 75
IEC1 (Interrupt Enable Control 1) .............................. 76
IEC3 (Interrupt Enable Control 3) .............................. 77
IEC4 (Interrupt Enable Control 4) .............................. 78
IFS0 (Interrupt Flag Status 0) .................................... 71
IFS1 (Interrupt Flag Status 1) .................................... 72
IFS3 (Interrupt Flag Status 3) .................................... 73
IFS4 (Interrupt Flag Status 4) .................................... 74
INTCON1 (Interrupt Control 1) .................................. 69
INTTREG Interrupt Control and Status ...................... 89
IPC0 (Interrupt Priority Control 0) .............................. 79
IPC1 (Interrupt Priority Control 1) .............................. 80
IPC15 (Interrupt Priority Control 15) .......................... 86
IPC16 (Interrupt Priority Control 16) .......................... 87
IPC18 (Interrupt Priority Control 18) .......................... 88
IPC19 (Interrupt Priority Control 19) .......................... 88
IPC2 (Interrupt Priority Control 2) .............................. 81
IPC3 (Interrupt Priority Control 3) .............................. 82
IPC4 (Interrupt Priority Control 4) .............................. 83
IPC5 (Interrupt Priority Control 5) .............................. 84
IPC7 (Interrupt Priority Control 7) .............................. 85
MINSEC (RTCC Minutes and Seconds Value) ....... 157
MTHDY (RTCC Month and Day Value) ................... 156
NVMCON (Flash Memory Control) ............................ 45
NVMCON (Nonvolatile Memory Control) ................... 52
OC1CON (Output Compare 1 Control) .................... 125
OSCCON (Oscillator Control) .................................... 93
OSCTUN (FRC Oscillator Tune) ............................... 96
PADCFG1 (Pad Configuration
Address Space ........................................................... 25
Memory Map .............................................................. 25
Program Verification ........................................................ 197
Programmable Cyclic Redundancy
Check (CRC) Generator .......................................... 163
Pulse-Width Modulation. See PWM. ................................ 122
R
Reader Response ............................................................ 250
Reference Clock Output ..................................................... 98
Register Maps
A/D Converter (ADC) ................................................. 34
Clock Control ............................................................. 36
CPU Core ................................................................... 29
CRC ........................................................................... 35
CTMU ......................................................................... 34
Deep Sleep ................................................................ 36
Dual Comparator ........................................................ 35
2
I C .............................................................................. 32
ICN ............................................................................. 30
Input Capture ............................................................. 31
Interrupt Controller ..................................................... 30
NVM ........................................................................... 36
Output Compare ........................................................ 31
Pad Configuration ...................................................... 33
PMD ........................................................................... 36
PORTA ....................................................................... 33
PORTB ....................................................................... 33
Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC) .................... 35
SPI ............................................................................. 32
Timer .......................................................................... 31
UART ......................................................................... 32
Registers
AD1CHS (A/D Input Select) ..................................... 174
AD1CON1 (A/D Control 1) ....................................... 171
AD1CON2 (A/D Control 2) ....................................... 172
AD1CON3 (A/D Control 3) ....................................... 173
AD1CSSL (A/D Input Scan Select, Low) ................. 175
AD1PCFG (A/D Port Configuration) ......................... 175
ALCFGRPT (Alarm Configuration) ........................... 155
ALMINSEC (Alarm Minutes and
Seconds Value) ............................................... 159
ALMTHDY (Alarm Month and Day Value) ............... 158
ALWDHR (Alarm Weekday and Hours Value) ......... 158
CLKDIV (Clock Divider) ............................................. 95
Control) ............................................ 126, 142, 154
RCFGCAL (RTCC Calibration and Configuration) .. 153
RCON (Reset Control) ............................................... 58
REFOCON (Reference Oscillator Control) ................ 99
SPI1CON1 (SPI1 Control 1) .................................... 132
SPI1CON2 (SPI1 Control 2) .................................... 133
SPI1STAT (SPI1 Status and Control) ...................... 130
SR (ALU STATUS) .............................................. 22, 67
T1CON (Timer1 Control) ......................................... 112
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 247
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
T2CON (Timer2 Control) ..........................................116
T
T3CON (Timer3 Control) ..........................................117
UxMODE (UARTx Mode) .........................................146
UxRXREG (UARTx Receive) ...................................150
UxSTA (UARTx Status and Control) ........................148
UxTXREG (UARTx Transmit) ..................................150
WKDYHR (RTCC Weekday and
Timer1 .............................................................................. 111
Timer2/3 ........................................................................... 113
Timing Diagrams
CLKO and I/O Timing .............................................. 226
External Clock .......................................................... 224
Timing Requirements
Hours Value) ....................................................157
YEAR (RTCC Year Value) .......................................156
CLKO and I/O .......................................................... 226
External Clock .......................................................... 224
PLL Clock Specifications ......................................... 225
Resets
Clock Source Selection ..............................................59
Delay Times ...............................................................60
Device Times .............................................................60
RCON Flags Operation ..............................................59
SFR States .................................................................61
Revision History ...............................................................243
RTCC ...............................................................................151
Alarm Configuration .................................................160
Alarm Mask Settings (figure) ....................................161
Calibration ................................................................160
Register Mapping .....................................................152
Selecting Clock Source ............................................152
Source Clock ............................................................151
Write Lock ................................................................152
U
UART ............................................................................... 143
Baud Rate Generator (BRG) ................................... 144
Break and Sync Transmit Sequence ....................... 145
IrDA Support ............................................................ 145
Operation of UxCTS and UxRTS Control Pins ........ 145
Receiving in 8-Bit or 9-Bit Data Mode ...................... 145
Transmitting in 8-Bit Data Mode .............................. 145
Transmitting in 9-Bit Data Mode .............................. 145
Unused I/Os ....................................................................... 18
V
Voltage Regulator Pins ...................................................... 17
S
W
Selective Peripheral Power Control .................................107
Serial Peripheral Interface. See SPI.
SFR Space .........................................................................28
Software Simulator (MPLAB SIM) ....................................200
Software Stack ...................................................................37
Watchdog Timer
Deep Sleep (DSWDT) ............................................. 197
Watchdog Timer (WDT) ................................................... 196
Windowed Operation ............................................... 196
WWW Address ................................................................ 249
WWW, On-Line Support ...................................................... 6
DS39927B-page 248
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
THE MICROCHIP WEB SITE
CUSTOMER SUPPORT
Microchip provides online support via our WWW site at
www.microchip.com. This web site is used as a means
to make files and information easily available to
customers. Accessible by using your favorite Internet
browser, the web site contains the following
information:
Users of Microchip products can receive assistance
through several channels:
• Distributor or Representative
• Local Sales Office
• Field Application Engineer (FAE)
• Technical Support
• Product Support – Data sheets and errata,
application notes and sample programs, design
resources, user’s guides and hardware support
documents, latest software releases and archived
software
• Development Systems Information Line
Customers
should
contact
their
distributor,
representative or field application engineer (FAE) for
support. Local sales offices are also available to help
customers. A listing of sales offices and locations is
included in the back of this document.
• General Technical Support – Frequently Asked
Questions (FAQ), technical support requests,
online discussion groups, Microchip consultant
program member listing
Technical support is available through the web site
at: http://support.microchip.com
• Business of Microchip – Product selector and
ordering guides, latest Microchip press releases,
listing of seminars and events, listings of
Microchip sales offices, distributors and factory
representatives
CUSTOMER CHANGE NOTIFICATION
SERVICE
Microchip’s customer notification service helps keep
customers current on Microchip products. Subscribers
will receive e-mail notification whenever there are
changes, updates, revisions or errata related to a
specified product family or development tool of interest.
To register, access the Microchip web site at
www.microchip.com, click on Customer Change
Notification and follow the registration instructions.
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 249
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
READER RESPONSE
It is our intention to provide you with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip prod-
uct. If you wish to provide your comments on organization, clarity, subject matter, and ways in which our documentation
can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at (480) 792-4150.
Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this document.
To:
Technical Publications Manager
Reader Response
Total Pages Sent ________
RE:
From:
Name
Company
Address
City / State / ZIP / Country
Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________
FAX: (______) _________ - _________
Application (optional):
Would you like a reply?
Y
N
PIC24F16KA102 Family
DS39927B
Literature Number:
Device:
Questions:
1. What are the best features of this document?
2. How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs?
3. Do you find the organization of this document easy to follow? If not, why?
4. What additions to the document do you think would enhance the structure and subject?
5. What deletions from the document could be made without affecting the overall usefulness?
6. Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)?
7. How would you improve this document?
DS39927B-page 250
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC24F16KA102 FAMILY
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office.
Examples:
a) PIC24F16KA102-I/ML: General purpose,
PIC 24 F 16 KA1 02 T - I / PT - XXX
16-Kbyte program memory, 28-pin, Industrial
temp.,QFN package.
Microchip Trademark
Architecture
Flash Memory Family
Program Memory Size (KB)
Product Group
Pin Count
Tape and Reel Flag (if applicable)
Temperature Range
Package
Pattern
Architecture
24 = 16-bit modified Harvard without DSP
Flash Memory Family
Product Group
Pin Count
F
= Flash program memory
KA1 = General purpose microcontrollers
01 = 20-pin
02 = 28-pin
Temperature Range
Package
I
= -40°C to +85°C (Industrial)
SP = SPDIP
SO = SOIC
SS = SSOP
ML = QFN
P
= PDIP
Pattern
Three-digit QTP, SQTP, Code or Special Requirements
(blank otherwise)
ES = Engineering Sample
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS39927B-page 251
WORLDWIDE SALES AND SERVICE
AMERICAS
ASIA/PACIFIC
ASIA/PACIFIC
EUROPE
Corporate Office
Asia Pacific Office
Suites 3707-14, 37th Floor
Tower 6, The Gateway
Harbour City, Kowloon
Hong Kong
Tel: 852-2401-1200
Fax: 852-2401-3431
India - Bangalore
Tel: 91-80-3090-4444
Fax: 91-80-3090-4080
Austria - Wels
Tel: 43-7242-2244-39
Fax: 43-7242-2244-393
2355 West Chandler Blvd.
Chandler, AZ 85224-6199
Tel: 480-792-7200
Fax: 480-792-7277
Technical Support:
http://support.microchip.com
Web Address:
www.microchip.com
Denmark - Copenhagen
Tel: 45-4450-2828
Fax: 45-4485-2829
India - New Delhi
Tel: 91-11-4160-8631
Fax: 91-11-4160-8632
France - Paris
Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20
Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79
India - Pune
Tel: 91-20-2566-1512
Fax: 91-20-2566-1513
Australia - Sydney
Tel: 61-2-9868-6733
Fax: 61-2-9868-6755
Atlanta
Duluth, GA
Tel: 678-957-9614
Fax: 678-957-1455
Germany - Munich
Tel: 49-89-627-144-0
Fax: 49-89-627-144-44
Japan - Yokohama
Tel: 81-45-471- 6166
Fax: 81-45-471-6122
China - Beijing
Tel: 86-10-8528-2100
Fax: 86-10-8528-2104
Italy - Milan
Tel: 39-0331-742611
Fax: 39-0331-466781
Korea - Daegu
Tel: 82-53-744-4301
Fax: 82-53-744-4302
Boston
China - Chengdu
Tel: 86-28-8665-5511
Fax: 86-28-8665-7889
Westborough, MA
Tel: 774-760-0087
Fax: 774-760-0088
Netherlands - Drunen
Tel: 31-416-690399
Fax: 31-416-690340
Korea - Seoul
China - Hong Kong SAR
Tel: 852-2401-1200
Fax: 852-2401-3431
Tel: 82-2-554-7200
Fax: 82-2-558-5932 or
82-2-558-5934
Chicago
Itasca, IL
Tel: 630-285-0071
Fax: 630-285-0075
Spain - Madrid
Tel: 34-91-708-08-90
Fax: 34-91-708-08-91
China - Nanjing
Tel: 86-25-8473-2460
Fax: 86-25-8473-2470
Malaysia - Kuala Lumpur
Tel: 60-3-6201-9857
Fax: 60-3-6201-9859
Cleveland
UK - Wokingham
Tel: 44-118-921-5869
Fax: 44-118-921-5820
Independence, OH
Tel: 216-447-0464
Fax: 216-447-0643
China - Qingdao
Tel: 86-532-8502-7355
Fax: 86-532-8502-7205
Malaysia - Penang
Tel: 60-4-227-8870
Fax: 60-4-227-4068
Dallas
Addison, TX
Tel: 972-818-7423
Fax: 972-818-2924
China - Shanghai
Tel: 86-21-5407-5533
Fax: 86-21-5407-5066
Philippines - Manila
Tel: 63-2-634-9065
Fax: 63-2-634-9069
Detroit
China - Shenyang
Tel: 86-24-2334-2829
Fax: 86-24-2334-2393
Singapore
Tel: 65-6334-8870
Fax: 65-6334-8850
Farmington Hills, MI
Tel: 248-538-2250
Fax: 248-538-2260
China - Shenzhen
Tel: 86-755-8203-2660
Fax: 86-755-8203-1760
Taiwan - Hsin Chu
Tel: 886-3-6578-300
Fax: 886-3-6578-370
Kokomo
Kokomo, IN
Tel: 765-864-8360
Fax: 765-864-8387
China - Wuhan
Tel: 86-27-5980-5300
Fax: 86-27-5980-5118
Taiwan - Kaohsiung
Tel: 886-7-536-4818
Fax: 886-7-536-4803
Los Angeles
Mission Viejo, CA
Tel: 949-462-9523
Fax: 949-462-9608
China - Xiamen
Tel: 86-592-2388138
Fax: 86-592-2388130
Taiwan - Taipei
Tel: 886-2-2500-6610
Fax: 886-2-2508-0102
Santa Clara
China - Xian
Tel: 86-29-8833-7252
Fax: 86-29-8833-7256
Thailand - Bangkok
Tel: 66-2-694-1351
Fax: 66-2-694-1350
Santa Clara, CA
Tel: 408-961-6444
Fax: 408-961-6445
China - Zhuhai
Tel: 86-756-3210040
Fax: 86-756-3210049
Toronto
Mississauga, Ontario,
Canada
Tel: 905-673-0699
Fax: 905-673-6509
03/26/09
DS39927B-page 252
Preliminary
© 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.
相关型号:
PIC24F16KA102-I/SP
20/28-Pin General Purpose, 16-Bit Flash Microcontrollers with nanoWatt XLP™ Technology
MICROCHIP
PIC24F16KA102-I/SS
20/28-Pin General Purpose, 16-Bit Flash Microcontrollers with nanoWatt XLP™ Technology
MICROCHIP
PIC24F16KA102T-E
20/28-Pin General Purpose, 16-Bit Flash Microcontrollers with nanoWatt XLP Technology
MICROCHIP
PIC24F16KA102T-EML-ES
20/28-Pin General Purpose, 16-Bit Flash Microcontrollers with nanoWatt XLP Technology
MICROCHIP
PIC24F16KA102T-EP-ES
20/28-Pin General Purpose, 16-Bit Flash Microcontrollers with nanoWatt XLP Technology
MICROCHIP
PIC24F16KA102T-ESO-ES
20/28-Pin General Purpose, 16-Bit Flash Microcontrollers with nanoWatt XLP Technology
MICROCHIP
PIC24F16KA102T-ESP-ES
20/28-Pin General Purpose, 16-Bit Flash Microcontrollers with nanoWatt XLP Technology
MICROCHIP
PIC24F16KA102T-ESS-ES
20/28-Pin General Purpose, 16-Bit Flash Microcontrollers with nanoWatt XLP Technology
MICROCHIP
PIC24F16KA102T-I
20/28-Pin General Purpose, 16-Bit Flash Microcontrollers with nanoWatt XLP Technology
MICROCHIP
PIC24F16KA102T-I/ML
16-BIT, FLASH, 32 MHz, MICROCONTROLLER, PQCC28, 6 X 6 MM, LEAD FREE, PLASTIC, QFN-28
MICROCHIP
©2020 ICPDF网 联系我们和版权申明